JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN, EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S. VOL. 2eit, ILLUSTRATED WITH PLATES AND CUTS LONDON: WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, 1904, Mo.Bot.Garden ICoC48 CONTRIBUTORS TO THE PRESENT VOLUME, a J. Apams, M.A. Aueustin Ley, M.A. tinue ARMITAGE. . F. Linton, M.A. J. KE. Baenaut, A.L.S. Arruur Lister, F.R.S. E. G. Baxer, F.L.S. GULIELMA LISTER. J. G. Baxer, F.R.S. Symers M. Macvicar. Artaur Bennett, F ‘ i. S. Marsnaty, M.A., F.L.S. Seencer H. Bicxnam, F.L.S. J. Cosmo Menvitt, M.A., F.L.S. 8S. Bouncer, F Spencer te M. Moors, F.L.S. JaMEs- Britten, F.L.8 G. R. M. Murray, F.R.S RITTON. P. Outsson-SEFFE Lu. J. Cocks. pre H. N. Drxon, M.A., F.L.S W. G. C. Drucr, M°A., F.L.S. Tom von Post. G. F. Scorr Exxior, M.A., F.L.8. | R. Lu. Prazcer, B.A bide 14M Fow er, M.A. | H. W. Puestey, B.A. . Frirscu, B.Sc. | R. F. Rann, M.D., F.L.S. ¥, N A. Garry, M.A. A. B. Rennie, D.Se., F.L.S. Antony Gepp, M.A., F.L.S. H. J. Rippetspewt, M.A. Kruet §. Gepp. W. Moyte Rogers, F.L.S. K. G. Gitsert, M.D. C. E. Saumon, : E. 8. Grecory E. S. Saumon, F.L.S Percy Groom, M.A., F.L.S. W. A. Suoousrep, F.L.S Henry Gro F.L.S. AnniE L. Sura James Groves, F.L.S. H. 8. Tuompson, F.L.S . H. Hammonp. F. Townsenp, M L.S W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.8. G. R. Warp. E. M. Homes, F.L.S. | G. 8S. West, M.A., F.L.S. A. R. Horwoop. oo A. Wuepon, F. L.S. A. B. Jackson, J. W. Waite, F L.§S B. Daypon Jackson, Sec.L.8. | W. Wurrwett, F.L.S. J. R. Jackson, A.L.S. | W. H. Witxrson, F.L.S. D. A. Jones, F.L.8 iF. N. Witurams, F.L Orto Kunrze. | AuBert WItson, F.L.S. H. W. Lert, M. A. BK. A. Woopeusaas PEacock. Directions to Binder. Tas. 456 : ; ; ; ; ; to face page 33 4 407 a 65 » 458 3 97 » (469 = 129 », 460 : 161 5 S08 . 193 » 462 v6 217 » 463 = 249 » 464 satis, 281 » 465 3 321 », 466 “9 361 »» -S6T ; ’ ‘ : : Se 363 Portrait oF Rev. W. H. Purcwas : i 80 - Sir JoserH Hooker ‘ i Frontispiece. Or all the Plates may be placed together at the end of the volume. The Supplement (‘Notes on the Drawings for English Botany’) should be placed separately at the end of the volume. T ee Ay ye Ota & AL fran AW at, ‘ayrs oN Cote be gest ain FA. gen, Journal of Botany THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. REE SEAR R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS. By James Britten, F.L.S. Tue first published list of Madeira plants appears to be the ‘* Verzeichniss der auf Madeira wildwachsenden Pflanzen” given in Leopold von Buch’s Physicalische Beschreibung der Canarischen Inseln (1825), pp. 189-199. This is usually quoted as a that author— é.g. in De Candolle’ s Prodromus, the Index Kewensis, and, whi ch is more remarkable, in Lowe’s Flora of Madeira, althotigh the last- named author ascribes many of the novelties to Solander. There can, however, be no doubt that the author of the list, and conse- quently the authority for the names first printed therein, is Robert mia: von Buch idk at the head of it the following note :— “Dieses V schon vor vielen Jahren, von Robert Brown aus Uagion s Ioutnal, pin Londner Herbarien und aus einige Tage eigener Anzicht, zusammengetragen und mir giitigst mitgetheilt worden.” It would seem that von Buch became acquainted with Brown's work after the reading of his paper on Canary Island plants in November, 1817; for when the paper was published in 1819 in Wekindiingen Akad. Berlin, 1816-17, al added a “ Nachtrag”’ of eighteen species on the author rity 0 of Bro The omission of the list from the ‘ Collected Works of Robert rown”’ is difficult to understand. Mr. Lowe’s acknowledgment of indebtedness both to Brown and Bennett, and the intimate re- lations existing between the two last-named, as well as Bennett’s intimate knowledge of what was contained in the Department of Botany and his well-known carefulness as a bibliographer, all oe to make explanation difficult: the fact, however, remains no reference to the Madeiran list is to be found in the : PBallectet orks.”’ Brown's MS.. from which the published list is taken, is in the Department of Botany of the British Museum; it contains an enumeration of ‘‘ about 600 species,”’ and corresponds in the main With that Sak ls by Buch, which includes 409; the difference in n’s number bein sree | accounted for by the inclusion in Brown MS. of balbvaied plant Banks and Balanites were in Madeira Sept. 13-18, 1768; a Journat or Borany.—Von, 42. [Janvary, 1904.] B 2 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY native names, many of them cultivated: it was probably added to the Journal at a later date. A still earlier list, in Banks’s hand, is preserved in the Department; it forms one of the « Catalogues of the plants of Cook’s First Voyage in the order in which they were loosely placed in the drying books in which they were brought ome.” In this is indicated the number of specimens collected of each, the number of species being 255. In it are many MS. names, which were continued through the later list into the MS. lists of last-named in the list in Buch’s work. Although originated by Banks, in whose first MS. they appear—or perhaps more accurately by Banks and Solander—they must, so far as published in Buch, be quoted as of Brown, who is responsible for their publication and for such descriptions as are given. These lists formed the basis of the folio MS. in Solander’s hand, preserved in the Department of Botany, entitled * Primitis Florm Maderensis, ‘sive Catalogus Plan- tarum in Insula Madera a.c. mpccuxvin diebus : collectarum.” This is an extremely careful piece of work, which i is to be regretted was not published ; it contains descriptions of Masson sent Ba 28 species, and also his ‘‘own herbarium,” containing “about 444 folios and upwards of 400 different species, which I take the liberty to recommend to your care unti , with power to open, examine, and describe any plants that may not be in your collection.” * He continues: “ investigate either the Canaries or Azores with that accuracy as Madeira: owing to the good disposition of the Governour, and the genteel society of English Gentlemen who reside here.” n August of the same year Masson sent “a few plants’ to Linneus, among them the plant described from his specimens (Linn. f. Suppl. 141) as Campanula aurea. Masson, in the letter + * I have never been able to discover what became of Masson’s herbarium ; his plants are of course well represented in the Banksian collection, but he evidently had a rium of his own. + Correspondence of Linneus, ii. 562. R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS 3 announcing the sending of the plants, said that he thought this ‘a new genus, but this matter I must submit to your better judg- ment”; subsequent authors, however, have confirmed Masson’s view, and the plant is now known as Musschia aurea. Other ann sie toae a by the younger petite in the Supplementum from sp mens sent by Masson are Sida carpinifolia, Campanula ( Wahlenbergia) lobelivides, Sonchus fruticosus, Carthamus (Carlina) salicifolius, Echium candicans, and Digitalis Sceptrum; it would appear from a letter of Masson to the younger Linneeus that the latter was at first inclined to réfer these to HE. argentewn and D. ee but that Masson maintained their af soso from these spec Masson left Madeira for the Wes e Eadie: in October, 1778, returning to Bapland is in 1781; in 1788 he went to Portugal, and thence to Madeira, returning home in 1785. We have in the Department of Botany a MS. list in Dryander’ shand, with notes by Solander, lettered ‘‘ Massonii Flora Maderensis’’; this is probably a transcript from a MS. by Masson; in it the species supposed to be new are indicated by an asterisk: a number of the plants are localized and have vernacular names. This is the basis of Brown’s mo in Buch’s work, which includes his own gatherings in the island on Aug 1802. It seems somewhat strange that Lowe, to whose constant con- sultation of the Banksian collections much of the elucidation of the plants mentioned by Buch is due, should have given no account of them in the introductory portion of his Flora of Madeira, The preliminary ‘‘ notice”’ of two pages was, however, probably intended to be merely temporary; had the author lived to complete his work, we should Jowheless have had a more sufficient introduction. In the preface to his Primitie Flor @ Madere (1881), he thus “EE to these sources of info rmation: ‘Cl. Rob. Brown, adjuvante J. I. Bennett arm°, summ ‘iutann tate ac benevolentia, plantarum Maderensium ) Masson aiague lectarum, in Herbario Banksiano conservatarum, necnon manuscriptorum ipsius Solandri, copiam feci Besides the specimens and lists, we have a volume of twenty-two drawings by Sydney Parkinson, who accompanied Banks and Solan- der, some of which were engraved although not published. The following is a list of them; those engraved are indicated by an asterisk ;— Tlex Perado Ait. *Linaria he ar Desf. ,, Azevinho Sol. (canariensis *Sibthorpia grina L oir.). *Globularia iilieins iain: *Lotus glaucus Ait. Lavandula pinnata L. f. Eugenia err L. *Ocotea foetens Nees niflora L. Smilax pendulina Lowe. *Lythrum “Greefferi Ten. Caladium picturatum C. Koch *Helichrysum obconicum, DC. & Bouché. *Clethra arborea Ait. ine ents a *Ardisia excelsa Ait. Pte Diospyros Lotus L. Polypoditim helper *Convolvulus Snot B vire- *Asplenium monanthos. scens Lowe. B 2 4 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY It may be added that in the Banksian Herbarium we have early Madeiran specimens from an anonymous collector in 1763, from Downe aba and Robins (1774)—collectors of whom I know nothing turer n the course of going through the National Herbarium with the view of ‘identifying the plants collected by Banks and Solander, I observed that a considerable number of the names in Buch’s (i. e. Brown's) list are eet misapplied and that others, which have dropped out of notice or have been ranked as synonyms, ought to be retained. It seem feat to me that in view of this being the earliest published attempt at a Madeiran Flora, it might be worth while to reprint the list, with modern identifications and such notes as have resulted from my investigation. The names in small capitals and the localities and notes which occasionally follow them are tran- scribed from Buch’ 8 list ; my identifications and notes follow them, in square brackets.* I have rearranged the sequence of orders in accordance with Banthat and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum; but in other seavecis the list is an —_— transcript. s to which no synonymy is attached are those which are geaceatly iaiaiiad: I have not thought it necessary to add the uthority for these, and have not corrected the occasional errors in aielling. Many of them t the types from which the descrip- tions in Aiton’s Hortus Kewensis were drawn u up. Detrninium Consonipa, NIGELLA parapet UNCULUS REPENS. i US z misprint for ereticus. ‘‘In sylvis umbrosis Ribeira rie Ey adical. reniform. crenatis sublobatis, caul. 3 part. lanceol.” aide s short diagnosis eg that he iiflsber tated this plant from the true creticus of Linnx Lowe first distinguished it specifically as R. grandifolius in his Py imitie@ (p. 88), but sybee quently (Prim. App. v.) restored it to creticus. In 185 u plant and its allies, and restored the n ame grandifolius: this, however, had been published earlier by C. A. Meyer for a Siberian plant, and Steudel had on this account substituted megaphyllus for Lowe’s grandifolius. Lowe (l.c. 74) says that the question of priority between the two plants called grandifolius ‘ cannot well be settled,’’ as both date from 1880; but this can hardly be the case, as Lowe’s paper was not read until Nov. 15 of that year, and was not published until 1831. Lowe prefers to retain his own name, and suggests R. Meyeri for hte s plant: this is not entered in the Kew Index. eer te hee G. rer a ii. 484 (1841 R. iii! ‘ib ai arcticus) Br. in Buch Canar. Ins. 195 (1825) ; Lowe, Prim. ed. 2, App. v. (1851), non Linn. * A considerable number of the names are omitted from the Index Kewensis, although so far as they are taken up and identified by Lowe in his Flora the vec Ps ce there. I have not thought it necessary to specify these in will be readily apparent if the list be compared with the Index. Ld R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS 5 R. J nt ie Lowe, wets hy (1881) ee in Steen Journ. Bot. 1851) ; Fl. Mad.; 3 (1857), non C. A. Meyer R. ertuaflie Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4625 et deser. parti, non CHELIDONIUM MAIUs. Foumaria orricinauis [F. muralis Sond. a vulgaris Lowe]. gene PERENNE [Lapistrum rugosum ‘ ee Lowe, FI. Mad. i This name, like many others in the list, is not cited in fu. Kew. j M. ce Seb geed fruticosa L. oe See redo FI. — ; 89, where M. t l.in Herb. Banks onym nt VIRGINICU EARIA CoRONOPIFOLIA [a slip for C. Coronopus = Coronopus Ruellii All. (1785), C. -aiabeetois Gilib. (178 1 Iseris nupicauuis [Teesdalia nudicaulis Sisymprium Nasturtium [Rovipa Nutsbaeil Beck. Fl. Nieder- idee 468 (1892).] YSIMUM OFFICINALE Tee ane pete Scop.] Cuemanruus irroreus [Lowe (Fl ge ii 28) aoe this with his Mathiola maderensis; I find d no Madeiran plant bear aring n plan the name in the Herbarium. C. littoreus (Malcomia littorea Br.) is not recorded as a Madeiran plant.] [This was the name employed by Solander when first describing the plant for the Hortus Kewensts, in which, on publication, the name CU. mutabilis L’ Hérit. (Stirp. Nov. p. 92) was adopted. C. penratus. [This, as — says (Fl. Mad, i. 28), is merely a more hoary roa ahaa nahi m of C., mutabdilis. C. rexurrotius. [This name was adopted by L’ sti AC y from the Banksian Herbarium, where he was oki Ik both this and C. mutabilis are cstablished on Masson’s sieditai. 3 Hespenrts pirrusa. [This and Sinapis rrutescens= Sinapodendron frutescens Lowe itera frutescens Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. met ; the st.] AraBis aupina [4. sitiad Stev.] Brassica murauis. [This isin Brown's and Masson’s M8. lists, but I find no specimen, nor does Lowe recognize it as a Madeiran plant. J B, rrutescens [Sinapodendron salicifolium Lowe, Prim. 37 | (1831) (S. ri bgp nse Lowe, Fl. Mad. 80 (1857); Sinapis seapustjole DC. Syst. ii. 624 (1821)). If, as seems probable, Lowe’s genus Sina podendron consists of one variable species, the name for ee sogrogato under Brassica will be B. frutescens Sol. ex DC. Syst. ii. 624.) SrnaPis FRUTESCENS [see above under Hesperis. | S. mvcana Mass. [This appears in Brown’s MS. as “8. incana L. ?’’: the name is notin Masson’s list. The reference is, I think, to a specimen of S, frutescens grown at Kew in 1778 from Madeiran seeds, in which Solander has noted ‘‘Sinapis ? incana ? ep. specimen Masson.” Lowe (Fl. Mad. 27) considers Brassica nigra as ‘ un- doubtedly the plant intended by Von Buch and others in their lists of Mad. plants under the name of S. incana L.’’ But it will be observed that in Buch’s list it stands as ‘‘S. incana Mass.,” and I find no Madeiran specimen of B. nigra collected by him.] 6 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Bunias Caxite. Porto Santo Som maritima Scop.] IsaTIS TINCTORIA aU. pracox Kit.] ESEDA LurEo Cistus wining pi Juxta templum §, Antonio. SaGina PROCUM ALSINE MEDIA [Storia media With. ] DIANTHUS PROLIFE CucusBaLus Bem [Silene inflata 8m.] SILENE GALLI S. INAPERTA. Sreniaria Graminea. [* A bad but undoubted Madeiran speci- men of [S. wliginosa] in the Bfanksian] H{erbarium], marked ‘iS. graminea L.?’ has doubtless occasioned the insertion of S. graminea as wellas of S. uliginosa in Von Buch’s list of Mad. plants. The true S. graminea L. is certainly not found in the Madeiran aniets aati we, Fl. Mad. 60. : Cerastium viscosum [C. glomeratum Thuill.] PortULACA OLERACEA. HYPERICUM ERECTUM [H. oF Gi he eae The name erectum —a misprint for ‘ evectum,”’ as is Banks’s and Brown’s MSS.—is taken up by Webb me Besthello ee Can. i. 51), it i i Banks, 1768.” ge FLORIBUNDUM H. ancust aA linarifolium Vahl. The name angusti- Lie, was published b y Lowe (Prim. 35), who subsequently (Fl. Mad. i. 78) reduced it to pata In the Indea Kewensis it is erdaesaaly referred to perforat MONTANUM. [A pornt aha ‘of the MS. lists of Brown and Masson shows that “H. ovatum” of the latter (which Lowe thought might be id bah ee x = montanum Br, = perfoliatum L.] H. ¢ UM. Sita RHOMBIFOLIA. S. CARPINIFOLIA (caNARIENSIS). [This species Sane: in Linn. f. Suppl. 307 (1781) ) was established on a vent ee lected by Masson —— in Horto Monasterii Sti Franc ALVA ROTUNDIFOLIA ;_ me RITANICA, ‘Both are M, mauritanica L. ; see note on the spec in Lowe, Fl. Mad. 67.] Linum PERENNE [L. angst Huds.] L. GaLiicum KE. matacorpgs. [‘‘ Of two n the Banksian Herbarium on the same sheet, marked ‘ Lrodium a I malacoides .—Madeira, Fr. Masson,’ the smaller may possibly be rightly so called, but the larger is certainly E, chium L.”” Lowe, Fl, Mad. 98.) R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS 7 Geos stricosum [Frodium Botrys L.] G, Lzvigatum [G. rolls 55 L’Hér. Geran. t, 36. I think . MS the ‘ G. S oigitin, Burm. e 8.” of DC. Prodr. i, 640, refers to Masson’ s specimens named levigatum in Herb. Banks, and that “Burm.” is wrongly eaheantbad for ‘Banks.”’ I can fin oe to the name in hat ae but L’Heéritier went through anks’s Geraniacee, many of which are types of his species, and finte his names attached in his nanWe ting.] G. Roperrianu M. - ROTUNDIFOLIUM ‘‘ var. fol. profundius incisis, laciniis angusti- oribus.” {Lowe retains this under G. rotundifolium, but the speci- men seems to be a oe plant of G. dissectum.] XALIS CORNICULAT Ruta GRAVEOLENS if. glandulosa DC.) Inex Perapo Ait. I. xsrrvauis ee ‘fan eadem ?” (1. canariensis Poir, I, Azevinho Sol. ! MSS. and in Lowe, Fl. Mad. ii. 12—a name not taken up in the Index Kewensis, which does not seem to include the second volume ‘: of which only one part was published) of Lowe’s work.] s umpeLLatus. ‘Inermis. Foliis elypticis, consi dentaoutetis laevibus, pedunenlis le wager unifloris.” [Gym sporia Dryandri Masferrer in Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. x. 176 (Catha Dryandri Lowe! ath Fl. Mad. i. 109). Ruamnus cuanpuuosus. [The des won in Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 265, was drawn up from Masson’s specimens. | Ravus coriaRia. Spartium vircatum [Genista vir oes DC.] S. scoparium [Cytisus scoparius GENISTA CANARIENSIS. ‘In isla 20 pedalis” [G. maderensis Webb. ] Laruyrus Apuaca. ‘‘In sylvis prope villam.’ L. sativus. L. Ses aa L, City VIcIA GR s [Er vum pubescens DO. B glabrescens Lowe (as to Banks and Seineder’s specimen), and V,. albicans Lowe, Prim, 33 (as to Masson’s fe scpene) ; see Lowe, Fl. Mad. pp. 196, 200-1. on’s plant is the type of V. micrantha Lowe, Prim. 33, and was subsequently nnited by him with V. albicans (see Prim. App. iv. vy.) : it is the V. Loweana Steud. Nomencl., a name retained by error in Index ogg ‘hier V. albicans is given as=atropurpurea Desf. | V. LuTea Ervoum Tetraspermum [Vicia ge Crantz.] E. mirsutum [V. hirsuta 8. F. Gray.] INUM. Cytisus GLutinosus [A: denocarpus intermedius DC, ; see Fl. Mad. i. 128.] geen sngiaieste O, comprE Scorpr rico ee 8 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY AGALUS canEsceNS. [This name should be retained for the a he ahich Lowe called later 4. Solandri. The synonymy is A. canescens Br, in Buch, Canar. Ins. 197, n. 399 (nomen) (1825); Sol. MSS. et Herb. Banks! ex Lowe, Prim. (1831) ; non DC. Astrag. 142 (1802) nec Bunge, Gen. Astra- gal. ii. 174 (1869) nec Kit. in Linnea, xxxii. 625 (1863). A. Solandri Lowe in Hook. Kew Journ. viii. 294 (1856); Fl. Mad. i. 188 (1862). « Although in strictness Dr. Solander’s MS. designation of this plant is not superseded by A. canescens of De Ca ndolle, that species having merged into a synonym of 4. onobrychoides Bieb., it would be now undesirable to adopt a name having no real claim to prefer- sa and liable to cause confusion’ (Lowe in Kew Journ. l.c.). ander’s name, however, must be adopted by those followers of the law of priority who do not accept the formula ‘‘ once a oles always a synonym ”’; it dates from Lowe’s P baer (1831)—Brown's paged copy of Willdenow, p. 4156, runs: ‘ A. canescens caulescens diffusus. foliolis ovalibus retusis eat spicis paucifloris, siliquis falcatis compressis pilosis. Hab. Insula Porto Santo prope Madeirum locis arenosis. Fr. tecdini a PsoRALEA BITUMINOSA. ‘‘ me sepibus.”’ MELSLoTUS INDICA iM ns Salzm.] M. rrarica kam Lippaliton 5 Tapety] Trir tT. Caeaeenr T. ANGUSTIFOLIUM, JT. STELLATUM T, GLOMERATUM, T. sTRIATU T. AGRARIUM i (T. procumbens L.] T. procumBens [7’. minus Relh. [The confusion in these ry is not quite satisfactorily i ai up by Lowe, whose note (under 7’. minus) runs as follows good spec. of this pl. on one seek ae arked ‘ Tr. agrarium es ae Pl. 1087—-Madera’ in BH. sllicionty attest the syn. T. agrarium of Buch. On the other hand, his 7. procumbens was doubtless founded on the ‘ 7. agrarium var. foliis non retusis Madera 1776 Downe’ of the same Herb. marked also ‘ 7’. procumbens,’ and which is unquestionably true 7. Procmbens L !” The latter plant, it is clear from Brown’s MS. list (in which the phrase ‘ var. foliis non Sige follows the name), i is the 7. agrarium of the list published by ; the “three specimens,” and three others which Lowe apparently did not see, were collected by Banks and Solander,.and e the procumbens of Brown’s list—the name procumbens is attached $i vines in the herbarium, as well as to Downe’s plant. The syno- nymy is therefore as given above.] (To be continued. SOUTH DEVONSHIRE PLANTS. By G. Cuarmwer Druce, M.A., F.L.S. I spent a few days in July, 1899, at Plymouth and at Torr Cross, when I noticed, fem others, the following plants. I have to thank the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers for naming the brambles, Mr. F. Townsend for examining the Euphrasia, and Mr. E. G. Baker for critical assistance. My late friend Herr Freyn ‘suggested the names for the varieties of Urtica and Arenaria, and Prof. Hackel named the new variety of Agropyron. uaa leptoclados Guss. var. scabra Rouy & Fouc. Fl. Fr. p. 242. ‘* Plantes pubescente- -scabres, non glanduleuses, pelos presque lache, fleurs petites.”” At Slapton, South Devon. I think the first record for Britain.—A. serpyllifolia L. var. scabra Fenzl. lapton. Buda rupestris Druce in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. xx. 184 (1894) ; F. J. yo 2 pes Cat. ed. ix. 1895. Torr Cross. Maiva rotundifolia L. (M. vulgaris Fries = M, neglecta Waillr. in Syll. Pl. Ratisb. i. (1824), p. 140), var. staat Pagats in Fl. Nieder. Oester. 1. 539). ‘* Blatter klein 8-15 . breit, oft nieren- formig und querbreiter, die Blattstiele héchstens 35 mm, — Fruchtscheiben 5-6 breit. Blumenblitter 8-11 mm. lang.’ very dwarf form Posies the Slapton Sands is very near to, if spe ne with, t Erodium seatevtith L’Hérit. var. micranthum Beck l. ¢. p. 563. On the Slapton Sands. Ononis repens L. var. inermis Lange. Slapton Sands. Rubus erythrinus Génev. Tamerton Foliot.— R. dumnoniensis Bab. Tamerton Foliot.—R. mucronatus Blox. Torr Cross.—R. cal- vatus Blox. Tamerton Foliot, teste Focke. — R. Schlechtendalii Weihe. Torr Cross.—R. Borreri Bell-Salt. var. dentatifolius Briggs. Sedum rupestre L. Dawlish Epilobium Lamyi Schultz. Near Tamerton Foliot. —£. roseum Schreb. eter. Galium erectum Huds. Near Torr Cros Arctium minus Bernh. A neat small Spnuditoas form occurs at Torr Cross, which is 4g further study. Erythrea pulchella Fries = E. ramosissima Pers. Plentiful near Torr Cross, by the side of Bleston Ley.—E. capitata Willd. Near Torr Cros 3. Statice linearifolia Laterr. = S. recta Sm. Torr Cross. The holotrichous S. maritima not seen Verbascum Thapsus L. With ia yellow flowers than usual near Torr Cross. ; Melampyrum pratense L. var. hians Drace. Plentiful by the Tamar near Weir Head. 10 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY rags oon nemorost H. Mart. Slapton Ley. — E. occidentalis Wetts. Coast near Torquay. Mentha Dit gite L. Syst. Nat. ed. x. 1099, n. 4a (1759) (M. arvensis X aquatica). On Slapton Ley as a form with oblong ma —M. verticillata L. var. paludosa (Sole). By Slapton Ley. — subspicata (Weihe in Beck. Fl. Frankf. p. 222) as a eaciite of M. hirsuta, teste Freyn. Near Tamerton Foliot antago Coronopus L. var. pumila Lange. Near Torr Cross. Atr spire Babingtonii Woods. A form with very small leaves at Torr Hankege dioica Li. var. hispida Gren. & Godr. FI. Fr. iii. P 108. * Feuilles ovales et méme suborbiculaires inférieurement, a dents trés profondes, 4 pétiole court comme dans le type ; 4 poils extréme- ment nombreux sur les feuilles et sur la tige; stipules plus larges.”’ This very soon and powerfully stinging nettle grew on the shingle near Slapton ypha anafiaiefolid L. Extremely abundant and luxuriant at Slapton Ley. Scirpus Taber a Gmel. Slapton Ley Agropyron repens Beauy. var. lasiorachis Hackel, in litt. Differs from the type in asing the rachis ik ee with hairs. By the tidal river near Tamerton Foliot. A ne Chara connivens Brann. In great astidasines in Slapton Ley. -INULA GRANDIFLORA W1:xp. By A. B. Renpuz, D.Se. In looking up some garden specimens of Inula with Mr. Britten, reference to the t types of Inula grandiflora Willd. and J. barbata allich, in the National Herbarium, suggested the following observations :— . GRANDIFLORA Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. p. 2096 (1800) is ; based on Tournefort’ s Aster Orientalis, Conyz@ folio, flore luteo, maximo, of ‘which we have an original specimen. As Lamarck founded his I. orientalis (Eneye. ili. p. 255) agen years before ne on a saw takes precedence. Willdenow Abodihia at the same ‘time with I. grandiflora (the description follows that of J. grandiflora) I. glandulosa, also an Eastern species, differing from J. grandiflora in he s ine of the spine pune (lanceolate as compared with li with Touristael re hus Sims, in Bot. poe 1907 87, figures and tocol I. glandulosa, citing I. orientalis Lam. as a synonym, and, as a variety 6, I. grandiflora Willd, and the i INULA GRANDIFLORA 11 original reference from Tournefort, whose plant he had seen in Herb. Banks. He distinguishes the varie ety from the species by the presence of the glands on the serratures of the former, a character which he has previously noted as being very variable. Bot. Reg. 834 (1818) represents, under J. glandulosa, what is pro- bably the same species, though the ray-fiorets are depicted with curiously laciniate tips. The writer quotes Marschall von Bieber- stein, who found the plant on Mount Caucasus, growing along with I. grandiflora, from which, he observes, ‘it differs only by having the glands of the leaves produced on a completely entire rae instead of ey the points of the teeth of a serrated border it seems to be a mere variety.’’ Tournefort’s original specimen bic é. » Willde enow’s E grandiflora), however, has leaves with an almost entire margin, on which the small black glands occur at os gh intervals. The suggestion therefore is Bet Willdenow’s two species are vasielied, or perhaps merely forms, of the same plant, and are thus ee by the earlier aioe I, orientalis Lamarck. a Wallich, enon and list (no. 2961, oda Blink- worth 5, esttiied by . De Candolle (Prodr. . p. 470) is a We Lieven Rare We have an ocipiiial specimen from Kumaon, collected by Robert Blinkworth. Other specimens from Kumaon (Strachey & Winterbottom, no. 5), Garhwal (Schlagint- weit, Duthie), Kashmir, &c., agree with the page ht barbata is not included in the Flora of British India, where, however, we find I. grandiflora (vii. p. 294) cited as Western Danaea, but the Specimens are noted as differing in the involucre mera the Caucasian species. As one of the chief distinctions between the species lies in the shape ‘a indumentum of the in volun leaves (larger, narrower, and more hairy, with darker reddish brown hairs EE fap sesintte it is suggested that the J. grandislora of Flor. Brit. Ind. t L. grandiflora Willd., but represents J. barbata Wall. This ew i supported by the fact that Mr. O. B. Clarke Composite Indica, p. 122) says, under /. barbata, that it has been distributed as I. grandiflora, and herbarium specimens bear this out. Mr. Clarke, however, includes I. grandiflora as a native of high altitudes on the North-west Himalayas, basing his statement on a specimen collected at 14,000 to 17,000 ft. by Dr. Stoliczka. His description of the involucral scales as “ saepusiiidiai oblonga” does not quite suggest those uf J. grandiflora, and Dr. Stoliezka’s plant may per- haps not represent this species, which on this view has only an “ oriental”’ distribution (Caucasus, &c.). The following is the synonymy of the _ plants :— I. ontentauis Lam. Encye. iii. p. 255 (178 Aster Orientalis, Conyze@ folio, flore Pert maximo Tourn. Coroll, Instit. p. 36 (1708). ra Paice Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. p. 2096 (1800); Boiss. Fl. Orient. iii, p. 186; ?C. B. Clarke, Composite Indice, p- 138, ; Vee I. glandulosa Willd. op. cit. p. 2097 ; Ait. Hort, Kew. ed. ii, v. . 12 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY p. 78 (1813); Sims in Bot. Mag. t. 1907 (1817); Bot. Reg. B34 (1818); Boiss. Fl. Orient. iii. p. 187. I. alpina Web. & Mohr. Beitr. z. Poa agameaN SS i. p. 68 (1805). An Oriental species (Caucasus, &c.). I. BARBATA Wall. list and herb. 2961 (1828); DeCand. Prodr. v. p. 470; C. B. Clarke, Composite Indice, p. 122. 1, grandiflora Hook. f. Fi. Brit. Ind. vii. p. 294, non Willd. A Western Himalayan plant. NORTH-EAST HIGHLAND PLANTS (1903). By tue Rev. W. Movie Rogers, F.L.S. notes refer only to plants seen last summer in the Wasson finilica of Banff (94), Elgin (95), and eg (96), E. Hi which together constitute the Sub- Province be ‘Ns ighlands ”’ of Cybele Britannica. ‘Strathspey plants ’’ would have been Sitioat as accurate a heading, very nearly all the lealiies visited being in the siete ae neighbourhood of the Spey, or of one of its affluents, R. ven or R. Nethy, at no great sakicine from its junction with th My first sak ‘dens 19-26) was spent at Carrbridge, ga i had considerable help in my botanizing from my son, Re Rogers. After three nights at Aberlour (Banff), the rest of my oe was divided between Nethybridge (June 30-July 15) and egue (July 15-27). I thus stayed for five weeks in Kasterness, and w the help of the two railway lines oe Highland R. and the N.S. R. ds which have their junction at Aviemore, I explored a fair amount of ground in that vice-county, and also made a few incursions into the counties of Elgin and Banff. ackwardness of the season, ee the height above sea-level at which I was staying all my time in Easterness, pain y go far to account for the comparatively niall umber (about 3638) of the species seen. While Carrbridge stands at over 900 ft., Nethy- bridge and Kingussie are both over 700, as are all my other Easter- ness localities except Culloden Moor, which is only 440. Hence the number of plants common in England for which I searched in vain was greater than I had siiosied and Culloden Moor was the with the one further remarkable exception of Kincraig, where, by Loch Insh, at about 800 ft., my son pointed out to me some vigorous and characteristic bushes of Rubus Rogersti. From Nethy, however, I was able to visit some Elgin and Banff localities at a lower level (the saan being Advie, at shout 650 ft.), and these ded in all seven bramble parte The two glans points (both Haart reached by me were by the railway stations at Rakin (1029 ft.) and Dalwhinnie (1174 4). At each of these, within about a mile of the station, NORTH-EAST HIGHLAND PLANTS 13 I had nearly two hours’ work noting all ee dees I could find, lists of which I here subjoin. To But, I should e ain, my visit to Tomatin was pea? beh a half weeks the carl a the two, a circumstance which, e last, probably uch a accounts in 2 a measure for aie ee Seether of species found at Dalwhin ~ ‘Tomartin (1029 ft.), June 247, 1903. (81 Species.) Anemone nemorosa. Seen acris. R. repens. Didtnesiis pratensis. Bursa pastoris. Polygala ser fos Silene Cucubalus. Cerastitin: lone Trifolium pratense. T. repens. T. dubium. Lotus corniculatus. Lathyrus montanus. Potentilla — Pyrus Aucu par Conopodium aentida wind: alium verum Antennaria dioica. ey t Tussilago Farfara. Senecio Jacobeea. Onieits "anoiclaeaa: C. arvensis. Crepis virens Leontodon autumnalis, Taraxacum officinale Vaccinium Vitis-Idea. V. Myrtillus Aretostaphyisk Uva-Ursi. Myosotis arvensis. M. ver Veronica, = ObanhieneyE Salix aurita. rg i 5 Ss m m << — ) la} cr bee jen] ee fae) Law | S ° for (er) B & Qu oO a>) a @ Ler 1 Ss [o) ad & bs pete ™m er m S sje) og oO Mm er i] [o) -~ as REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1902 51 the — ys the upper lip. The lobe of the lower lip is rarely notched as in bifida. The corolla is so short and so inwardly re- flexed that it stands well ‘nti the calyx-teeth, which are stiff and very sharp- pointed when dry. In har arvesting in ‘‘the good old times”’ before the advent of the “self-binder,’”’ this form of ‘ the swcstedl nettle” was locally known as ‘‘the venom-nettle,” from poisoning the hands of ‘the sheaf-tiers.”’ It is not easily dis- fingtiahed in the herbarium. The flowers of various species of Galeopsis are much eaten by the larve of an insect in Lincolnshire, and it is no easy matter to obtain perfect herbarium specimens, The nymph or imago, however, I have never been able to obtain for identification. Thinking that ‘‘the venom-nettle’’ forms were galled plants, unable properly to develop, I did not take more than passing notice of them for years. I now find, when every specimen of the type is ruined by larve in drying, the form referred to here is quite free from insect pests. other form of G. Tetrahit, from arable blown sand, I men- tioned in The Naturalist, 1896, p.181. It was sent to me as Nepeta Cataria, and yee the flowers were wonderfully like a large orm of t species; being white, with the upper lip tinged with yellow on the outer surface, and pink spots on the inner surface o the lower lip. Flowers nearer the shape of G. versicolor, but not quite so large. Though there was some quantity found of it at the time, it has never been seen since, apa frequently hunted for on the old spot. Can it have been a me e floral monstrosity? It certainly was a thing of beauty, and scientifically of interest, " it seemed a half-way form between Tetrahit and versicolor, Has ever been met with elsewhere ? REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1902. By Grorce Murray, F.R.S. The fine collection of Diatoms of the late Thomas Comber, of Parkgate, Cheshire, was presented to the Department by his widow. It consists of 2926 microscope-slides, 2225 photographic negatives and lantern-slides, and upwards of 500 photographic prints ; 28 MS. notes, and 88 tracts. This carefully elaborated collection forms an important addition to the already immense series of Diatomaces in the possession of the Department. | Africa, from Capt togams from rh ell Tid eryptogams a tcatel by the late . W. Statter in E 2 52 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY East Australia and also in the British Isles, from E. A. Benjamin; 14 specimens: from South Spain and Tangiers, from Lord Walsing- ham; 5 specimens from Teneriffe, from Rev. R. P. Murray ; 124 phanerogams and 6 cryptogams from Patagonia, from H. Prichard ; 60 phanerogams and 19 cryptogams from China, from Dr. J. M. Dalziel ; 8 specimens from India, from Miss M. K. Wall; 21 specimens of cultivated plants, from E. A. Bowles; 11 speci- specimens of cultivated plants, from J. i, ero ; specimen of Helt- chrysum and cone of Pinus, from Dr. M. T. Masters; 84 specimens from North Beluchistan, from A. H. Savage Landor ; 1 phanerogam from Corea and 3 cryptogams from the Faroe Islands, from A. Ben- nett ; 45 specimens of plants from the Cape, from Col. H. Feilden; 18 specimens from Nairobi, British East Africa, from A. Blayney Percival; 94 specimens from the neighbourhood of Johannesburg, from H. T. Ommanney ; 5 specimens of cultivated from Miss E. Willmott; 8 “speci mens of cultivated plants, from Messrs. Veitch & Sons ; 51 specimens from Syria, from Dr. Post; 552 phanerogams and ‘11 er togams from Tropical East Africa, from A. Whyte; 100 plants exsiccatee Grayane from Dr. B. Robinson ; 2 specimens of cultivated ere from R. I. Lynch; 6 specimens of cultivated plants, from A. Worsley ; 2 specimens of cultivated pants from Rev. W. Dod; 3 specimens of orchids, from A. H. Kent; 3 specimens of Ceropegia, from Mrs. Brightwen ; tubes of Plankton material from the Atlantic Ocean, from Lieut. Woolridge ; 8 eet mosses, ae Mons. A. Ro bert ; a new ze from Bermuda, from Marshall A. Howe; a fungus from aentia West Africa, from — Strachan; 5 — from the Sand- wich Islands, from Prof. W. G. Farlow; 11 tubes of freshwater alge, from the Superintendent of the Roval Botanic Gardens, Sib- pur, Calcutta; 15 microscope-slides of diatoms from Socotra and from Munipur, from Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen ; specimens of a fungus infésting a maritime Madeiran plant, from Miss F Grabham ; specimens of a New Zealand moss, from E. 8. Salmon. The following additions have been made by presentation to the British Herbarium :—103 specimens, from Arthur Bennett; 279 phanerogams and 1 Chara, — Rev. E.S. Marshall; 12 phanero- mens of Kantia submersa, froma J. A. Wheldon ; specimens of a rare mycetozoon from Merionethsire, — Arthur Lister; 4 neW varieties of mosses, from H. N. Dixo The following additicins have hadi made by exchange of dupli- REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1902 58 cates :—138 phanerogams and 5 cryptogams ag various omeranel from Pr ms Hans Schinz; 10 phanerogams and 6 ecryp pone mayer m Sardinia, from Prof, Ugolino Martelli: 100 Kry game Pisa hay from the K.K. Naturhist. Hofmuseum of — Among the additions acquired by purchase, special mention must be made of the herbarium of hepatics purdhaseds from Mr. W. H. Pearson, consisting of about 9000 specimens. As being the collection upon which is base od Mr. Pearson’s recently completed ‘ Hepatic of the British Isles,’ it is of the greatest importance to British botanists; and it is a most welcome addition to the pre- the material elaborated 2 Mr. Pearson for his papers on the hepatics of New South Wales, Tasmania, Canada, Madagascar, and me Africa; and also numerous camera-lucida sketches and MS. Otis following have also been acquired by purchase :—Herb. Normale : fascicles xlii. and xliii., by Sri ineitnst mie om “Angola, by Joh eg faa gs Flora E hear Carniotios, centuries 1 and 2, by Dentin set of Eur ropean cereals, 218 specimens, by John Percival; Flora Polonica Exsiccata, fasciclé i ix., by E. Wolo- ee Ric Tends ; 100 spe cimens from Vancouver Island (inelnding 8 cryptogams s), by C. O. Rosendahl & Carl J. Brand; 240 specimens, Flora Bulgarica, by V. Stribrny ; 395 Hie a ae and 59 crypto- gams from Gu oast, America, by 5S. M. Tracy; 993 phanero- gams and 36 cryptogams from Tropical Hast Abin: by T. Kiass- ner; fascicles i.-iv. of specimens from Transcaspia, by Sintenis; 544 specimens, Plante Australie Occidentalis, by EH. Pritzel ; 270 specimens from West x otra by L. Webster; Graminez Exsic- cate, fasc. vil.-x., Cyperaces, fasc. = & iv., 201 specimens, by A. Smith ; 100 Bohemian mosses, by Bauer ; 100 mosses of the Indian Archipelago, by Fleischer ; 325 mosses from Chile and gies by Dusén ; 125 micro-fungi, by Vestergren ; 75 No:th American cetes, om Sy dow; 50 Ascomyosts, by Rehm; 30 alge from the Bosphorus, as Richards; and 40 microscope- -slides and 23 herbarium specimens of British micro- -fungi, by Miss A. L. Smith. 54 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY SHORT NOTES. Fruaco minima Fries—On bare sandy spots among the pine- woods of Finchampstead, Berks, between Wokingham and Welling- ton College, there grows a curious form of Filago minima. It 18 exceedingly attenuated in all its parts. Its slender, thread-like stems are from one and a quarter inches to five inches high, the greater number averaging three inches. It is generally unbranched, but sometimes bears two or three stems from the base, branched or unbranched. e tiny flower-heads are usually placed singly up the stem, four or five of them; occasionally there are two heads together, rarely three, not more. In October, 1908, I found it in abundance, and also Centunculus minimus L. The plants of the latter were the largest I have ever seen. Specimens of this little Filago are deposited in the National Herbarium; I shall also be glad to send some to any applicant.—Exxonora Armitace ; Dadnor, Ross, Herefordshire. Westmoretanp Prants. — Last August the Rev. H. J. Riddels- dell and myself spent a couple of days at Kirkby Stephen, in 4 search, which proved fruitless, of Sawifraga Hirculus, which used to grow at the juncture of the Balder Brook. Near Barras Station we were fortunate enough to meet with a Hieracium which the Rev. . Linton refers without doubt to H. cumbriense F. J. Hanb. record. material, H. cumbriense is omitted from the enumeration of Hieracia in Mr. F illiams’s Prodromus Flore Britannica, although he refers to it on p. 178. Near Barras we also gathered Euphrasia nemorosa, Cochlearia alpina, Arabis hirsuta (without personal authority in Top. Bot.), Sagina nodosa, Draba incana, Gentiana Amarella L., and Crepis hieracioides Waldst. & Kit. Sedum viliosum grew on the Fells. Near Kirkby Stephen, in a wettish field, occurred Scirpus Caricis, Glyceria plicata, and Festuca rubraL., all new county records; also Rosa giauca Vill., Mentha piperita L., Crataegus monogyna Jacd: (the only form seen), Carea paludosa Good., Orchis maculata vat. ericetorum, Thymus Chamedrys Fries, Alchemilla vulgaris var. filt- caulis, Vicia angustifolia, Arctium nemorosum, Salix Smithiana, S. purpurea, 8, cinerea, S. triandra, and S. pentandra—G, CLARIDGE The latest issue (part viii.) appeared in March, 1898, and, so far #§ e can ascertain, there is no prospect of the continuance of the work,—Ep. Journ. Bor.] SHORT NOTES 55 CrENOMYCES SERRATUS: A Correction. — Mr. E. S. Salmon has drawn my attention to the descriptions and gues of Arthroderma Curreyi Berk. published by Currey in Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. ii. 241, t. ix. figs. ate (1854), and again described and aa. 2. him- op. Clul Mr. Salmon has igndly allowed me to see a seca of iis Tange and also a specimen collected by Dr. Cooke and now in the Kew Herbarium. They are identical with the Ascomycete Cteno- myces serratus Hidam, the description of which was published in this Journal for 1908 (p. 257). None of the British specimens show the comb-like resting mycelium or the white fluffy conidial stage described by Eidam ; there is only the sha peridium and the central mass of asci. Arthroderma Curreyt has of course many years’ priority, and must stand as the name ofthe plant. The asci, though minute, were Meads hia in the specimen submitted to me, 0 lo and it did not occur to m ok te r previous records among the Hyphomycetes.—A. Pie Sir CCINIUM VACILLANS. — In ca American floras this name is attributed to Kalm, on faith of a reference in Torrey’s Flora of New York, i. 444 (1 coe where the plant was first published (misspelt vaccillans), to ‘‘ Ka . in Herb. Banks.” In Index Kewensis it stands as ‘ dolatid ex A, Gray Man. ‘Bot. N. U. St. ed. i. gic if (1848), and ap though not the first Leone gives the author of the name. We have in the National Herbarium es sheets—one fect Hort. Kew, 1774, the other aur Hort. Fothergill —named by Solander, and i in his MSS. there is a full desoripien of the air There is, however, nothing to connect the plan any way with Kalm, either by specimen or MS., and the nietieban o him is clearly a mistake. If the Decandollian law, that ‘‘ the author who first published the name’ should be quoted as its i } rr.: it cannot stand as ‘“‘ Soland. ex Torr.,” for Torrey makes no mention of Solander, and to cite it as rat Kalm is manifestly an absurdity.— AMES elertempat nupum Brid. 1 Norrsants. — I found this rare a0 2 a in Stowe Wood, Northamptonshire, in Septe of last year. It was in very young fruit, and was unfortunately almost entirely destroyed at a later date by a combination of w weather and fox-hunting. As this is, so far as | am aware, the rst occurrence of this moss, so far as Great an: is ag ey south of Cheshire, it may be worth recording here.—H. N. Dix Portia Herm Fiirnr. 1nuanp.— I gathered Gis perhaps ie is Grimmia maritima our most distinctly maritime moss, on a gravelled walk in the aire of Rushton Hall, Northants, in July last; it was, as usual, richly fruiting, and ¢ overed severa square yards of ground. On enquiry, L was told that salt had been put down to kill weeds at that spot, some time previously. P. Heimii has been recorded in the neighbourhood of saline springs in a few inland 56 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY localities, but there is nothing of the kind to account for its oceur- rence in the above station. Tt f occurs in abundance . Hunstanton, and probably in other localities about the Wash, but the nearest possible station in acl to the sea would be at least forty miles distant.—H. N. Dix Witp Frowers ar a Ramway Sration.—It may interest some of your readers to know that while waiting for a train at an important station in Cornwall on September 7th, 1901, I counted fifty-two _ species of flowering plants and ferns, in flower or fruit, without going beyond the platform on either side. The fact that the station n a cutting, with a good deal . bare or nearly bare rock expos ategaaibe for the presence of most of the ferns (eight species) and many of the other plants. es g the more interesting plants on were—Dianthus Armeria (Gntecdtieed many years ago), Epilobium lanceolatum (frequent in the district), Spirea salicifolta (of course planted), Solidago Virgaurea, Jasione montana, Ser ophularia & nodosa, Stachys arvensis, Teucrium Scorodonia, Luzula sylvatica, Pterts aquilina, Lomaria Spicant, Asplenium Adiantum-nigrum, Athyruum Filix-femina, Scolopendrium vulgare, Lastrea Filia-mas, L. dilatata, and Polypodium vulgare. There is reason to believe that all fifty- two, except the Dianthus and Spirea, are of spontaneous growth ; an it may be mentioned that Linaria viscida, which I have seen growing between the metals in many parts of England cat — Continent, was conspicuous by its absence.—H. Sruarr — Romus Maximus Desf. in West Lancasut re peapags October 31st last, Mr. Charles ers pioneered me to the place on the sandhills to the south of St. Anne’s-on-Sea, where Ambrosia artemisi@folia L. was found by him to ‘be so well astablisticl. Hard by, a large and very tall green tuft or two of a handsome Bromus attracted us both simultaneously, and recalled at once to my mind the appearance of B. maximus Desf. in a similar lonely situation at Millbrook, St. Aubin’s Bay, Jersey. Upon Poesaryes this surmise has proved to be a correct one.—J. Cosmo Mutvr NOTICES OF BOOKS. Flora of the Southeastern United States. By Joun K. Smatz, Ph.D. Bein sae omer of the Flowering and Fern Plants growing d Park, New York Tus handsome and — printed volume is an important addi- 1s po tion to our collected knowledge of North American Botany, taking = PAs Te ee Sg FLORA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 57 ag beside Dr. Britton’s Manual of the Flora of the Northern States. r. Small has very wisely followed the Northern ov in its eoge features ; ~ sequence of orders is in the main that of ngl d Pranil, the nomenclature appears to co that - w iat Kuntze alin ‘**the inexecutable Rochester resolution In each te the entire cigars of even the briefest bibliographical references is, we think, a som what serious defect, accentua h ame indicated ; the adding of this would have given no eabis to the author, and would have greatly increased facility of reference. In eden details—e. y. in the omission of all “English” names save those in aoe use, and the inclusion of all names in one index— Dr. Small’s book has improved upon its predecessor ; on the other hand, we Pai the information as po the extent and distribution of the genera and the origin of their names. The work is enriched by the Tontebetists of spaniels the plan adopted in the Kew floras of placing the name of the author and of the A an at the age o fewer than forty- six new genera, mostly scernieea, are oftabliahed the number of ‘“‘species’’—a term here taken to include new names—occupies nearly sixteen pages of small print ; the indication of the “type” of each novelty is a useful feature, though it suggests that the species are for the most part established on single specimens, as only one is cited for each novelty. This especially in the genus Crataegus, which occupies in North American botany the position which Brambles and Hawkweeds fill among ourselves. For the last few hg species have been peste in various journals, aiaindy by Prof. Sargent, whose supply is appar- ently inexhaustible; the last pik (iii.) of his Trees and Shrubs contains six new species. In the Flora before us, Mr. C. D. Beadle bases his “ bee of the genus”’ * only on the material at the Biltmore Herbarium, supplemented by brief notes taken at several of the leading herhasis .’ This material yields 185 species, divided into 33 sections: of this number 142 owe their literary existence to Mr. Beadle’s ingenuity; most of them, we fancy, are here first published, but here we are face to face with a difficulty, for not one of them mite in the *‘ List of Genera and Species published in the Flora American aed omplete, our attention. is arrested by th mer tion of Svida for a which authors lly are content to leave under Cornus, where they were originally placed. Svjda—for in 1852 by Opiz (Seznam, p. 94), who referred to it two species O. sanguinea and O. alba, retaining Cornus for C. mas sL. It is 58 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY be regretted that Dr. Small does not give us some reason for the adoption as of generic rank of a name which Harms (in Engler and Prantl) does not even accept for a section or subsection, and which, one would think rightly, — been ignored by Lapa and is not adopted by Dr. Britton and American author It is im- possible to avoid a — ha a love of change daa a liking for attaching one’s ow me to the resultant combinations have much to do with tess ae this kind, which encumbers nomenclature without, so far as we can see, any resultant benefit os Generum Phanerogamarum inde ab anno MDCCXXXVII1 ecb medio auctore Tom von as : opus revisum et auctum ab Orro Kuntze. 8vo, pp. xlvii, 714, cloth. Price 10 marks. et Deutsche Verlags- Asia lt. 1904, Wit commendable promptitude, the Lexicon of which we noticed “the introductory essay—Codex brevis maturus—in our December number made its appearance during that month. Before pentane: - = contents, we must at once compliment all concerned rable manner of its production. Convenient in size, Biosaly toes sloasly printed, bound in such a way that it readily lies open upon the table, and, owing to the generous subvention of three peat aa exceedingly ¢ che eap—ten m marks for nearly 800 pages—the book should find a place in every botanical library, however small, for in no othe work can so complete an enumeration of genera be found, estat up as it is to the end of March, 1903. The Lexicon is the outcome of a recommendation of the Confer- ence on Fbusidinta ture held at Geneva in 1900; and the compilers— or rather Dr, Kaiti, for the English of the prefatory matter is full of the charm which his pen confers upon our native tongue assurance: ‘ exicon re-establish international order in nomenclature and reasonable harmony between botanists! There seems no other remedy.” And indeed it will be bad for the Vienna Congress if it does not adopt the Codex, ata any rate, as the basis for its deliberations to “ replace other regulations”; for Dr. Kuntze himself tells us: ‘* That is the only way at the last ‘time to arrange y a Congress—three Congresses having already worked thereabout in vain—still the international order in botanic nomenclature. 0 Lexicon to make it free torn polemic. As by the subvention of the Lexicon the charge of the Lexicon is became very cheap, anyone who likes polemic can easily buy it.” We take this to mean, though it phen does not say, that ‘‘ polemic” is absent from the Lexicon ; and this conclusion, we are glad to say, is borne Gus by an ex- pret sera of its pages. INDEX KEWENSIS 59 The first part, which constitutes the bulk of the book, is an alphabetical Piece sn of all generic names, with authorities— those retained being in black type, and the rest reduced to their equivalent. Un iter keh retained genus are given the date of establishment, its order, the estimated number of recent and fossil species, the geogra aphical Molsibation, the synonyms reduced to it, and the sections, if any, into which it has been divided, thus :— 61; 8. Abelicea Rehb. 1828, omit é i alin" Syn.: Planera Desf. 1815 non Gm. 1794. Planera. § Abelicea Endl. 1837, Zelkoua Spach 1841.” The type, eae close, is clear, but we think the use of italics for certain details would have made consultation easier. The figures the systematic arrangement which forms the second part of the volume. It may be doubted whether more information has ever Some names appear here for the first time, and are accompanied by a short nec ig ip é. concep este O. K. 1903, based on Patrinia monandra Clarke, has a : “Genus alterum monandrum Valeri- anacearum, ab gen. Phu for soaleouee fr. triloculari non plumoso differt.”’ The plant had already been named Monopatrinia, as a section of Patrinia; this name is dismissed—‘‘ nom. delendum sesquipedale.”” Dr. Kuntze’s sensitiveness on this point is not quite easy to understand, as he revives aaa retains pee much longer emg um in place of Melaleuca. One name, the identification of which has escaped both Mr. Jackson and Dr. Kuntze, may be cleared up by a reference to this Jo ye : On ag in one small point aa we find mes al for wife doAiesble criticism. Mr. . Jackson sume years since denounced ‘* the vile practice of intermingling I with J and U with V”’ as “‘a reli of barbarism”; the Lexicon perpetrates the former, although we are glad to say ‘it eschews the latter. Index Slee Plantarum Phanerogamarum, Supplementum Primum 886-95]. Confecerunt Tazopsitus Duranp et B. Daypon ame. Fasci ara (I or pala Te 4to, pp. 225-3828. Bruxelles: A. Casta ne. [Nov. 1903.] WE are gla a to liaise the publication of a third instalment of the Supplement which forms an indispensable companion to the equally indispensable Index Kewensis, bringing that work ten years nearer to the present time. The progress is at least as rapid can il ide one seeing that M. Durand is unfortunately and more incapacitated by failure of sight for his roe of iia the work through the press. It is to be regretted that no one can be found to relieve him of this irksome task, especially as it ig to be feared that the usefulness of the undertaking, great as it will always be, is to some extent impaired by this affliction; for, — 60 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY it must be said, the references in this instalment, unless we have been exceptionally unfortunate in our random selection, do not appear to have been as carefully checked as the importance of the work deman The slips at are for the most part in references, and in one sense are thus the more serious, on account of the reprehensible practice, indulged in by too many writers, of quoting at second hand. Thus in Pandanus we ha ave, under sparganoides, ‘ Journ. Bot. » where * Journ. Linn. Soc.’ is meant; under Welwitschii, ‘‘ v.”’ instead of “+t.” 3 under Livingstonianus, 6336” for ‘*826"’; under Barterianus the name ‘‘ Barteriana’”’ follows the reference, implying, but not accurately, that it is there so spelt. Under Jasminum we note under nummularifolium ‘*100” for “109"’; under Walleri “93” for 95°’; the ? under octocuspe should be removed; tenwifoliuvm is a misprint for ternifolium; and the identity of J. brevipes Baker (1895) with J. et num Knobl. (1898), pointed out in this Journal as dis tinet, In ‘one entry under Pentas several corrections are required : se ee eae Hiern. ex Oliver, in Trans. Linn. Soc. Ser. IL iii (1887) 8 should run: “ mombassana Hiern — ex Oliver in — Linn. Soc. Ser. IL. ii. (1887) 835 = parvifoli P. involucrata Baker, aiuvigh retained, is synonymous with Spermacoce dibrachiata Oliv. nt “‘ Schimpert Hochst. ex prey Pflanzenw. Ost. Afr. A (1895) 92 = P. Schimperi Vatke ? seems to have been made under a misapprehension ; the reference to Engler shows neither attribution to Hochstetter nor indication of a new species, and the whole entry should disappear. A small matter of frequent occurrence is the peeing st a period (a sign of wb eat 2 after names which are not curtailed. think it necessary or de sirable to include artificial hybrids ; : of the seventeen entries under Nymphaea, at least nine are creations of this kind. Lehrbuch der ibys fiir Hochschulen. Von Dr. Ep. SrraspurGER, Dr. r. Hernricu pespeny u. Dr, GErorGE reg Sixth edition, Large 8vo, pp. viii, 591, tt. 741, many coloured. Jena: Fischer. 1904. Price 7 m. 50 pf. (8 m. 50 pf. bound). sixth edition of this well-known text-book maintains the high standard reached by the previous editions which have been reviewed or noticed from time to time in the pages of our Journal. It represents, in our opinion, the limit of possibility of the single text-book, and its excellence as such is to a great extent due to appreciation of the principle of the differentiation of “go ye Por more advanced work the student must avail hims handbooks on the various phases of the subject. While < on the ANATOMICAL POTAMOGETON-STUDIES 61 same lines as previous editions, the present volume introduces some considerable alterations, mainly in the portion dealing with the special treatment of the seed- plants. The late Professor Schimper’s place has been taken by. Dr. George Karsten, and the change has given the opportunity for a revision and re-arrangement ‘of the subject-matter of this section, which now follows more closely ~ order of arrangement of Engler’s Syllabus. The Gymnosperm are wagiy ane more fully, and in the accounts of the families of the Angiosperms more space is devoted to the description of indivi apa plants which are of importance from an economic or medicinal apg aa The number of figures in this — has been increased, and it is now most profusely illustrated ; the coloured pictures occupy the whole or the greater shes of the page; they show also a marked improvement on some of those in formér editions, which were poor and inadequate. In fact, so copious and helpful towards the elucidation of the text are the figures, that we fear lest many students may consider it unnecessary e specimens for examination, or to make themselves the results of revision of, or addition to, the a. athe in other sections, we may note that in the ch Physiology, by Dr. Noll, the portion dealing with the suécinisichd tissues of the plan has been enlarged, and the increasing interest in the euckeguel aspect of plant-life finds expression in additional subject-ma atter, and some excellent figures borrowed mainly from Professor Schimper’s Pflanzen- geographic. The weakest part of the volume seems to be that we Boy lge, and especially the Chloro- phycea, which are e disposed of in eight pages, and on the same lines as in the original edition mrs the three orders, Protococcoidea, Confer- sites: acai Siphonee ; the treatment of the Fungi is more satisfac- tory, but in both these great groups it would be helpful ‘if more space were given to the discussion of general principles. Finally the volume is produced with that degree of excellence which we are wont to associate with the works issued by Messrs. Fischer of Jena. A. Bo R. Anatomical arp iio and Potamogeton fluitans, Raungizer. (Botanisk Tidsskrift, xxv. 8, pp. 253-280 *i908}). In this admirable paper (written in English) Mr. Raunkier, who has studied st anatomy of Potamogeton, shows that, by the struc- ture of the stems and leaves, many species can be separated, cheer better than of systematic or — aeationees: He poin out that this must be done with all the species before a mien behoves all who have it in their power to help him — either dried, in spirit, or rae specimens. He has examined, more or less, some fifty-three species, and gives foares of the axial ermine’, sections of leaves, etc., of several. Hon the present he. divides s these fifty-three species into seventeen groups typical species of the groups; but es points. out that this arrange : 62 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ment may be altered or modified as the me iesee of the anatomy of the other species is studied. The author considers that the ‘leaf endowed with sheath (and outs is more primary than the sheathless.’’ In this I entirely agree, as, I believe, does Mr. Fryer ; become so at an early stage. As the result of his study of Potamogeton fluitans, Herr Raun- kiewr shows that the plant generally pee as hybrid P. lucens x natans has sub-epidermal bast-bundles e bark and vascular bundles in the walls of the lacune, cn se ‘‘Neckar”’ plant has not; the hybrid also differs from that in having the axial cylinder smaller and differently arranged. The difference in the two figures of the sections is certainly very noticeable. He goes on to discuss which of these should bear Roth’s name, and arrives at the con- ikon that it should be the Neckar plant. Unfortunately, he does not seem to have noticed the remark I made (Journ. Bot. 1901, 198) respecting Schreber’s specimens at Munich, which, from the obser- ie of Roth, seems to me to make it certain that these specimens aaa in the U or States as Lonchites.’’ I was, of course, saying that an een botanist would ees — it Lonchites ; not that it was Lonchites, for I knew that was not s must utter a uta against calling the Noskar plant ‘‘ fluitans of Roth,’’ unless the two are combined, as they are by Ascherson and Graebner (Syn. Mitteleurop. Fl. i. pp. 8308-9 (1897) )—a view which the author shows to be untenable. If the Neckar plant is not the same as ap American P. Lonchites Tuck, it must have another name. almost every author in Europe Roth’s fluitans is looked upon as a cashes, and to call the Neckar plant ‘ fluitans of Roth” seems most undesirable. Aaenih Bidaikrs: BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, de. Tue Fourteenth Report of the Missouri Botanical Garden : a is almost wholly occupied with a synopsis of Lonicera, by Dr. Rehder, which, so far as a cursory inspection enables one to oaige is exhaustive and careful. A hundred and fifty-four a — cluding many novelties) with numerous varieties are described, there are twenty plates, mostly from photographs of pacesriel i . We do not know what gro that the Indea Kewensis rightly refers it to Chiococca racemosa. Tue last two parts of the tee issued by Messrs. Fischer, of Jena, with Dr. G. Karste H. Schenck as editors, came to hand too late for mention in te perme in the Journal (see 1908, p. 414). any 7, by Dr. Schenck, illustrates the coast-vege- BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC, 63 tation of Brazil, and comprises the Ipomea ste oo. formation (two plates), and the so-called ‘‘restinga-form ’ (four plates), with Ss Bromeliads, species of _ it Part 8, for which s. G. Karsten and E. Stahl are responsible, is entitled Mexican, Cacti-, Agave- 2a) Bromeliad-vegetation, and includes two excellent to be tulated on the completion of this useful series of piseane iifeeaten plant-life. Dr. Botus and Major Wolley-Dod contribute to the Transactions of the South senha rise vaste Society = part 8, Oct. 1903) a “List of t ring Plants Ferns of the Cape Peninsula, extremely useful to every worker on South African botany. Al- though shrodeatly styled a * list, it consenting much more information than this title implies; localities are given for the more interesting species; and, altho . no novelties are published, critical remarks are frequent. The authors enumerate 2,117 native species of phanerogams, 179 behig entered as foreign or rata native. e is an exceedingly interesting introduction b dealing with the various features of ‘the vegetation, the vélitione of the peninsular flora to others, the Oe ed of various regions ; an important note on the effects of bush fires on the ‘ares seems to demand the attention of practical favinie ers. a f the paper may, we believe, be obtained from Messrs. W. Wesley & Son. In connection with the above it may be useful to call attention to the MS. Florula Capensis, compiled by Solander and annotated by Dryander, which is in the library of the National Herbarium It isa Sbsoeceas list (on the Linnean classification) with indications of the collectors and localities and notes on the species, aioe though not ecoluatvely. of the plants in the Banksian ae um hese are usually localized in the herbarium with s a paboral indication, such as “Cap. B. Spei,” re the special ise it ty can be ascerta ained by reference to the PMS. 1 The collectors ? dicated re Banks, myn Oldenburg, ei, Pier Phdabere: Brande, Roberteon, and the Forsters. Mr. Hiern has found the volume (which is indexed) of considerable interest in connection with his work for the Flora Capensis, and it should certainly be consulted by all who take part in the wor Pror, Henstow’s unpretandig little volume on South African Floweri: te Plants (Lon s, 5s.), ‘‘for the use of beginners, stu- and teachers,”’ is is jest t the kind of handbook wanted by the classes for whom it is specially intended. We are constantly asked by those making a long visit or proposing to reside in one of our colonies to recomm mend a book which should enable them, with a reasonable expenditure of trouble, to obtain some general idea of the plants they are likely to meet with in the local flora, or might serve as an tected te to botany; but we usually have to regret that no such work exists. We hope that what Prof. Henslow, who acknowledges help from Prof, McOwan and Dr. Schénland, has done 64 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY for South Africa will be done for many other colonies. The volume is illustrated by over a hundred figures, and clearly printed; there are two indexes, —— one should suffice. With this volume and the list by Dr. Bolus and Major Wolley-Dod, the ri . tence have no a in working at the botany of t ape Peninsula. v. JoHN Stevenson, who died at ee near Rovtat r, on November ‘27, 1903, was born at Coupar crac on the borders of Forfarshire and Perthshire, in 1886. In 1850 he went to the Uni- Macy of St. Andrews (which in 1888 conferred on him the degree L.D.) and was licensed as a preacher in the Kstablished Chureh or Sena in 1859, and became Minister of Glamis in 1873. Here he prosecuted with much success the study of fungi, ia a large number to Berkeley, who named and recorded them in his ‘ Notices.” Not content with discovering and forwarding forms to be named, Stevenson made a careful personal mate especially of the Hymeno- mycetes, and was recognized a authority on these took an active part in the foandation of the Scottish Cryptogamie Society in 1874, of which he was secretary almost from its formation ogta which were enumerated all ‘the forms ‘that aa been vablished he an tribute largely to periodical publications; three short papers from his pen appeared in the Scottish Naturalist for 1877-8. In 1886 ap- his principal work, British oat Uy tested tet 3 thisis based n Fries, for whose work he had great ration embodies the vsnsntehies of Bévkstey and other miyaolngiet Ss. finap notice of Stevenson will be found in the Annals of Scottish Natural History for January, to which we are indebted for the above information. Tae Rev. H. J. Rivperspeiti, M.A., of St. Michael’s College, q Aberdare, Glamorgan, is accumulating material for a preliminary list of Glamorganshire plants. He would be much obliged if readers of this Journal would furnish him with any material, either literary or the result of individual field-work, such as lists of plants made in any locality of the county, or information as to specimens contained n herbaria. Mr. Riddelsdell would at once acknowledge any com- munications pes to him at the above address. ce Harrapen’s recent novel mpaeitei Frensham — Miss Brea N’s recent n contains a e608 deal about Wir won tniile and plan 8, s, and a severe criticism on un-English methods which we rat is unmerited. ‘Tt is a barbarous country, t this suihen d,” says one of the charac- ters. ‘I know nothing about politics, thank heaven, nothing about war, and so forth. But this I can tell you: that En ngland is the only country which refused to exchange botanical specimens with our Botanical Museum. The barbarian director wrote a rude letter.” We think there must be some mistake; at any rate, no offer of exchange ai Re: pee at the National Herbarium. Miss- arraden a high opinion of the intelligence of botan ists 5 one of her ectielete is styled * an unilluminated botanical duffer.” ~ Tab. 457. Journ. Bot. West,Newman imp. S.C.Hendrey del.et lith. AB.Rendle anal A. Bromus interruptus Druce. B. Viola calearea Gregory. C. V. hirta Z. 65 BROMUS INTERRUPTUS. By G. Cxuarmee Druce, Hon.M.A., F.L.S. (Puate 457a.) Tse above plant, which was diagnosed in this Journal for 1895 (p. 844), and fully described in the Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany), xxxii. p. oh sep has also been alluded to in the Flora of Berkshire, p. her he Reports of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1895, p. 503 (1897), for 1901, p- 30 (1902), and 1902, p. 64 at the Flora of Kent, p. 418, and this Journal for 1897, pp. 18-20. ie addition to, or in emendation of, the description already given, it may be observed that in the wild state, growing as it usually does in annual crops, its duration is usually annual. Its alliance is evidently with 5. mollis L., but it differs from this, and _ indeed from every British grass, in having the palea always split nearly to the base; and in the almost sessile lower spikelets being often compound. ‘It i is normally of a taller growth ; for instance, when associated with B. mollis, as this year, in a field near West Wycombe, Buckinghamshire, at an altitude of over 500 feet, B. interruptus was on the average 25 per cent. taller than B. mollis. In luxuriant specimens four feet high the splitting of the palea was equally se and the stiff interrupted panicle equally efinite in characte Mr. F. "Tutnail, one of the managers of Messrs. Sutton at Satie who knew the oe teed _ well in all their stages of growth as well as their fruits, grew B. inter crane and B. mollis side by side in the ‘‘ Trial Gr ret ”” collected the fruits, and culti- vated them. for some years. From the result of this test he became convinced that they were distinct species. The grains of one could be picked out from the other when mixed, and while B. mollis from igen to year, B. interruptus remained remarkably con 5 Mr. L. V. Lester, having found it plentifully in a -eaincy comfield a Elsfield, near Oxford, noticed the palea was spilt, and drew my attention to the character. The result of my examination of many hundreds of specimens showed that this character was constant, = in that year it was duly diagnosed and published as a full specie Sines that time I have met with B, interruptus in many counties of southern, eastern, and central England, but have not observed it abroad in Europe, Asia, or Africa, although the countries which were once the granaries of Rome have been especially searched; I have not seen it in any pe ojaalg herbarium, nor has Professor Hackel seen a continental specim As to its cree of ckasanbens one cannot speak confidently ; from its apparent absence from continental herbaria, and from the fact that Professor Hackel has not seen any other than British specimens, it may be urged that in B. interruptus we have an Journat or Botany.—Vou, 42. {Marcu, 1904.] 66 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY endemic species. Against this view there is the fact that it has not yet been found in ground undisturbed by man, indeed it is more usually found, not in crops of British clover, but in fields of t weeny of the individual grasses. So abundant sometimes is it at once in eight square yards I gathered a hundred specimens. in these fields it is sehcated with B. mollis, B. commutatus, B. racemosus, B. secalinus, and B. sterilis; but I have never seen arvensis, Silene eeetone, Crepis nicaensis, Vicia villosa, or other southern or eastern casuals. British distribution, so far as it is known, is English- Germanic, and thi may also be held to militate against its being indigenous. In ee majority of localities where it has been observed it is not permanent, and this is caused by the temporary nature of 9 crop with which it is associated. The vetches and ‘‘seeds”’ are either cut in the early stage for saree, or eaten off by sheep, so that specimens are not allowed to go to seed, That it can seed if allowed the chance is evident by its ie ence in small quantities for a year or two after it had been plentiful in a rye crop which had been allowed to ripen, and it has been seen in small quantity in a wheat gdh whic had replaced a clover crop in which it was lea have distributed specimens through Dorfler Herbarium Noone and this may lead to its being detected (as I should expect) in foreign cornfields, and afford i nformation which is at present lacking as to its distribution and origin it is not a recent introduction is proved b the fact that a resembles that ae dwarf and littoral state of B. mollis, which s been See called ‘ B. pe eo by several British ‘ se i herbarium of Mr. H. C. Watson at ams and there is another in the British Museum Herbarium; both are B. interruptus. e following is the comital distributiba: where no other authority is named, I am responsible :— Bromus —— s Druce, see Pharm. Journ. Suppl. Oct. 5 95) ; oe ie 1895, p. 8344; Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxii. PP. 426- 80 (189 B. mollis Linn. var. ua Hackel in Rep. Bot. Exch. Club, 1888, 240. B. pseudo- — —— ex Watson in Phyt. iii. pp. 807-8 a ; sine diagn Kent (Wo lley-Doa, Fi. Kent, pp. 418-4, and Rep. B Exch. Club, 1893, p. 429); “Surrey (G. Nicholson) Hants ‘— siveds VIOLA CALCAREA AS A SPECIES 67 Jackson, Journ. Bot. 1898, 274, and Miss C. E. Palmer, Journ. Bot. 1902, 264) ; Middlesex x (Deuce, sear ci oo. 319); Oxford Berks (Druce, Rep. Bot. Exch. Club, , , p. 240, and Flo pea Journ. 1892, -p. 106) ; Cambridge (Marshall Ward, m litt.) ; Herts (Barnard, 1040); Beds; Northants; Lincoln, South (Tufnail, 1890). [I have pointed out to Mr. Druce that in my judgement and in that of others whom I have consulted, Miss Barnard’s name must stand for the plant which we have been calling B, interruptus Druce. It is true there is no description, although some of the points fied upon by Mr. Druce as distinguishing the plant—e. g. the greater height and the ‘more close or compact’’ panicle—are clearly indicated by Watson; but the distribution ‘‘ among leading public collections, of numbered specimens, accompanied by printed or autograph tickets; bearing the date of the sale or distribution,”’ which is considered by the Decandollean laws as constituting Hert cation, is in tbe main fulfilled by Miss Barnard’s ticket: ‘‘ 1856 Bromus pseudo-velutinus. Odsey, Herts. June 1849. M. amnard coll, & comm.” I do not know how widely the plant may have been distributed—now that attention has at last been called to it, Miss Barnard’s specimens may be found in many herbaria—but it appears from Watson’s note Ges e. 810) that the Botanical Society at that time numbered ‘‘ near two hundred and fifty members.’”’ I think therefore that the sien given by Mr. Druce must be reversed, and that the species must stand as B. pseudo-velutinus Barnard; hardly, I think, even if the generally ignored Art. 5 be followed, as of Watson, as the names therein “directed to - individualized by the addition of the name of the author who publishes them are those from ‘non-distributed collections.’’— Ep. Journ. Bor.] NATION OF Prate 457a.—Bromus interruptus. 1, Flowering culm, m § oie ime en sent by Mr. Druce from Upton, Berks; 2, Floret opened to show split glume (enlarged). VIOLA CALCAREA AS A SPECIES. By Mrs. E. 8. Greeory. (Prats 4578.) For many years I have studied ee genus Viola with much care, more especially the hybrids of V. odorata x hirta and the so-called variety calcarea of V. hirta. This latter plant grows wn on the meter hills of Somerset, and was identified for me some yea o by Mr. Beeby. Since then the growing plant has ten under = close observation during the spring and early summer of each year. Neither in its wild state nor under cultivation does it change its very marked characteristics. I have also examined carefully the F 2 68 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY type-specimens in Babington’s herbarium at Cambridge, and find that they are wooly with our Somerset plants. . calearea was looked upon a thsi as essentially a Cambridge- shire plant, growing a on the Gogm 2808 Hills, and was there recognized by Babington, who, a Bhs ough, gave no adequate description of the plant in his Manual. The characters he mentions e minor ones, and do not touch the plant’s main features. Syme ae of it, ‘‘A curious state of this species’’ (hirta) ; Hooker calls it “a dwarf, starved form, with petals narrower.” Beeby says (Journ. Bot, 1892, p. 68), ‘Judging by the plants cultivated by Watson and myself, this form does not revert to the type. I believe it to be a variety, and not @ mere state due to situation.” (Italics mine.) igi the concurrence of is “rari and convinced by my own investigations, I would n o further and claim for Viola sane: ea specific rank, A dagotiption of the plant follows :— Viola calcarea (pro specie). Viola hirta L. var. calcarea Bab. Stolonibus destituta, radice ramosa, ramis lignosis crassis, foliis parvis ovatis vel oblongo-ovatis cordatis pilosis, pedunculis foltis multo Lagiorsbus, sepalis sioniios ovatis, petalis angustis (superis quattuor inusitate compositis, forma erucis decussa ate) calcare vix viso "Sram recto conico. In pratis siccis et collibus calcareis. ‘lores parvissimi violacei vel sea cei, ne eodem colore & -s gay sma violet, or mauve, with throat of the same tint. Leaves (after fowsring) enlarging but little. ere is a small fo hirta which has doubtless been some- times taken for calcarea. The two plants (V. calcarea and the small 0 flowers are concerned, are at first sight indistinguishable. On examination, however, one finds in the hirta form hairy petioles, and a much longer os distinctly hooked spur; while the calcarea plant has a straight, almost imperceptible spur (its most strongly- marked characteristic), and its surface might almost be termed glabrate. A flower of V. hirta is figured for comparison specimens of V. calcarea from three localities :—Eastwear Bay, Folkestone (Rev. G. E. Smith in Mrs. pb mrs 8 gases ‘‘Downs near St. Margaret’s, E. Kent, May 8 ” (Rev. E. S. Marshall); and “Boxhill, in i turf, April 6, 1861” (H. Trimen). 69 NOTES ON POTAMOGETON. By Arraur Bennett, F.L.S. (Continued from Journ. Bot. 1902, p. 149.) PoraMOGETON LIMOSELLIFoLIUS Maxim. ex Korshinsky in Act. Hort. Petrop. xii. 8393 (1893). Amur (lat. 53°, long. 120°). ‘‘ Hab. in aquis stagnantibus ad fl. Fawitaja prope Michailowskoje inter Zejam et Burejam 28 Jul. [1891]. et fr. imm. [leg. 8. Korshinsky]. A fi. Ussuri medium ras Buldshi a Maack inventa (Regel, Fl. Ussur. p. 189, sub nom. usilli); eadem planta a Wright 1 in insulis Loo-Choo Hit: tschu) solleate est (herb. Horti Petrop.)” The Abbé Faurie has sent from Corea specimens collected in 1901, in rice-fields near Chinhampo, which seem exactly to accord _ with this plant. Dr. Britton writes me that it is not in Wright’s collection from the Loo-Choo a eae ong Ringgold and Rodgers in 1853-6). There are specim the National Her- barium from Manchuria (prov. Wasitangoo) Sollagted in 1902 by Dr. Litwinow (no. 1633 The aspect of the plant i is much that of a delicate P. Miduhi- kimo Makino , or P. cristatus Regel & Maack; unfortunately there are no ripe fool ‘on the Abbé’s specimens. With P. lateralis Moro ong and P. javanicus Hassk. it forms a group remarkable for their close resemblance to each other in facies, yet with very different fruits. Maximowicz fron gor P. limosellifolius with cristatus Regel & Maack, but that has the most complex fruit of any species of the genus, and would form an excellent object of study in evolution if it coul be grown for that purpose. As P. limosellifolius was collected in 1891, and Maximowicz died in February of that year, it must have been one of the last age: which that estimable botanist examined before his death. In writing to me only a few months before, he mentioned that he expected to be able to send me some interesting specimens of the genus from Asia, a hope he did te live to fulfil. The other Corean species ae? sen me as Abbé Faurie a *)y a that are probably the plant named by Franchet, as ** P, polygonifolius,” not the plant of Pourret, but probably a new species, which will be described as such by M. Baagoe. Another sheet, marke re ** Potamogetun in rivulis Syon. Ouen, 0. 692,” is probably a a new Aponogeton. Among Japanese specimen s diste- —mine are poor examples; it may be, better ae are extant in yee sets. One at least of my examples seems to be referable to P. a Rafin., var. Cayugensis Wiegand ene: st ing Cham.). The species is sometimes difficult to se from P. americanus Cham. (P. lonchites Tuck.) by the hecovea leaves only, but my specimen has the peculiar siscaiave of epi- 70 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY hydrum. If correctly identified, this is another North American species found in Japan and not elsewhere recorded. The var. Cayugensis Wiegand (in Rhodora, ii. p. 102, 1900), occurs in the lakes and rivers of Central New York. I possess a specimen from ‘‘ Ste. Rose, Quebec, Canada, 10. 7. 1889. D. N. St. Cyr,’ from Prof. Macoun; this matches specimens satit me by Mr. Wiegand from Cayuga Lake. The floating leaves are larger than in the type, the submerged much longer, broader, and with more nume- rous veins ;. it is altogether a larger plant in all its parts, including the fruit, It is probable it was the form seen by the Rev. HE. J. aul in Michigan (Bot. Gazette, 1881, 260). HETEROPHYLLUs f, MyRropHYLLUS Morong, N. Amer. Naiad. 24 (isasy Herr K. Maly has sent this remarkable form from Lake Blidnije, Herzegovina, Aug., 1900. A specimen from Leopolds- hafen (A. Braun, 1839) comes near this, and specimens in Kovat's herbarium are closely alee to, if not identical with it; but speci- mens from Sweden so named by Dr. Tiselius do not seem to agree with Dr. Robbins’s enn Morong speaks of local conditions producing it in the original locality (Apponang Pond, Mass.), but this can scarcely be the rae in ee Quinsigamond and Salton- stall, U.S.A., where it also o LONGUS swiultasiedses his paper on the Potamogetons of enoairitae ae shortly petioled, subcoriaceous, and almost floating, a state of the plant of which I can find no mention.” I learn from Mr. Barclay, of Perth, there are no such specimens in the Perth Museum herbarium, nor have I ever seen such, living or dried Mr. Barclay suggests that Dr. White afterwards discovered this was not prelongus. It is possible the plant seen was P. angustt- folius Bertch & Pres] (P. Zizii Roth), as I have seen in Scottish collections specimens of this named prelongus P. ampxirotius Tuckerm.—Two forms of this occur that do not seem to be noted in American floras. One (var. ovalifolius Morong, in litt.) has oval, submerged, and semi-coriaceous floating leaves of the same shape, giving the plant a facies very different from the ordinary state. Another ‘f. amphibius) “in pools nearly dry, E. Massachusetts, U.S. i ., 1880, T. Mo orong (N. American Naiadacea, p- 17), has the ena smaller than the ordinary plant, and less cori- aceous, with the veins far less prominent, and of course cheve is no sign of any dimeiged leaves. That the leaves are less coria- ceous is rather remarkable, as usually the absence of water contri- butes to make them more so. Forms with an extraordinary deve- lopment of the submerged leaves occur in Cache Lake and Navy sland, Canada, and rather less in Pringle’s Vermont specimens of 1879; these have the leaves three times the size of the usual plant, and well exemplify the vac of the species. Specimens of a puzzling plant have been sent by Prof. Macoun from ‘‘ Chilliwack ae ae Columbia (lat. 49° and 49° 10’, and long. 121° 25’ 122°). No. 26816, 21. 8. 1900. J.M.Macoun. International. Boundary diaonnltodien Collection.” In my notes to Prof. Macoun NOTES ON POTAMOGETON _ 71 on these — I remarked that they could not be referred to P, lucens or to P. Zizii, as the former does not produce floating leaves, and the floating leaves of these specimens were unlike any form of Zizii known to me, while the oe pe did not agree with either. I also noted that they reminded me of specimens col- lected in 1848, in San Miguel, Azores, by ic T. C. Hunt, which were named “ P. lucens?” by Mr. Watson.. ap likeness is remarkable, but only superficial. The same plant was gathered (but not in flower) by Mr. Trelease in 1894, a from the same lagoon in San eae , I have not yet been able to name these specimens satisfactorily. Coming under duces in a wide sense, they are neither exactly lucens, pei or Zizii; Tam inclined to regard them as an endemic ety of pis which may be named var. azorica. In habit they somewhat resemble the ‘* P. lucens L.” gathered by Gardner (No. 2756) in eek which Dr. K. Schumann accepts as lucens in who —— the oe plan P. posrn oe occurs in Van- Baver's Island and Griffin Lake, associated with a peculiar form P. Zizi; but the numerous lakes, lagoons, &c., ng never yet een systematically examined. The plant is certainly nearer st of which it has the submerged leaves of the narrow-leaved form except that the nervation is towards epihydrum; the spikes also are Zizi, abet the stipules and floating leaves are almost exactly those of epthydru . upPsALIENSIsS Tiselius. Dr. Tiselius, in Botaniska Notiser (1884), p. 15, identifies his plant with P, salicifolius Wolfg., Roem. & Sch., pon ie “ — 1827, and P. samen a Gorski ex Reich. Ie. Fl. Germ. v 9 (1845), and Mr. Fry this Journal for 1890 (p. 138), a ems to coincide with this, view. Ascherson and Graebner (Syn. Mitte eleurop. Flor a, Band i. p. 328 (1897) ), on the co er i brid— P, alpinus x lucens, and di from P. decipiens Nol with which Tiselius and Fryer unite it. conc th Ascherson and Graebner’s, for I have always felt that if salicifolius was a hybrid, alpinus was clearly one of the parents ey have seen gang's, and a beautiful series of the upsaliensis of Tiselius; anda microscopic — of Wolfgang’s specimens con nfirms this view. I believe the matter could be settle d at once if the chemical revive the peculiar colouring. If this were present in the slightest degree in Wolfgang’s plant | it would decide in favour of P. alpinus lucens. r. Fryer considers the decipiens of the Cambridgeshire fens to be certainly P. lucens x P. perfoliatus, and in this I entirely agree, 72 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY as does Almquist in Hartman’s Skand. Fl. ed. 12, 47 (1889). Ascherson and Graebner (J.c.) place decipiens under two heads— L P. lucens x prelongus. It is possible that some of Dr. Tiselius’s specimens of his upsaliensis may be lucens X pralongus; the great majority of the specimens named decipiens are to me lucens x perfoliatus P. aupinus Balb.. (P. arte Schrad.). On the receipt of h sheet of specimens of this cies from the herbarium of Pro ata of Japan, I was rsa ae sed by the dark colour smo AS, S a & © te 8 eS a ~~) o 7 wn 7 2 cae Dr. Robbins, in Gray’s Manual, ed. 5, 486 (1879), says, “ floating leaves often wanting obrutus Woods).” These dark-coloured narrow-leaved forms are the P. rufescens ‘‘ forma angustifolia” of Chamisso (Linnea, he 211 (1827) = P. microstachys Wolfgang in Roem. & Schu ltes, Mantissa, iii. 360 (1827). These specimens look very corer tis from the forms named P. nerviger Wolfg. (l.c. 859) and those named var. maaimus Mert. & Koch, Deuts i i species. observations a orfolk, I am inclined to think that ea produce floating icon one year, and then not; but as this has not been tested by cultivation, it is better to con- sider it not proved. In ponds or lakes, the level of the water and the amoun i notes have been made in backwaters of rivers, or the local Broads, which are subject to conditions and water-level different from those of eg} locked ae and pee being influenced occa- the banks on the id flow of the tide, and large pamela are «didled” out and thrown in the ‘“rond.” This causes the Potamogetons to be cut off; they have to begin a fresh growth, and it is probable that in the aie in which this occurs many have not time to produce floating leave P, distinctus, sp. nov. Stems from a ae creeping rootstock ; when dry compressed, striated, branched. Lower leaves lanceolate to linear-lanceolate on petioles 14-24 in. long; secondary nerves (not basal) produced along the central nerve about halfway up; middle and upper (floating) leaves semi-coriaceous, variable in shape, firm, lance-linear to oblong-lanceolate, 18-18-nerved, on petioles 1}-6 in. long (with a mean of 243-3 in.). Pedunceles Ply duced often from fascicles of leaves at the apex, stout, graduall tapering to the base of the spike. Spikes dense, cylindrical. Frait with the ventral side nearly straight, the dorsal semicircular with three keels, the middle one subacute, undulated. the exterior ones NOTES ON POTAMOGETON 73 less acute. produced here and there into small knobs, the spaces a filled with irregular lines; base of the fruit usually with wo small bosses, produced below the fruit attachment, terminated es a short style, forming a continuation of the ventral margin; not = fruit impressed with very faint raised lines. Embryo in- curved, much as in P. alpinus. Stems 16 in. high, rooting at the ower branches. Upper leaves 3} x 1}-5} x ¢ in., petioles 43- 6 in. Lower leaves 54 x 3 in., aa 14-3 in. Stipules 1-1} in. Peduncles sah in. Spikes 13 in Habitat. Japan (herb. Prof. Kinashi) ; Amori, July, 1902 (ex Abbé Faurie) ; vampire (prov. Zizikar), Dr. Litwinow, no. 2424 aera oe Bri inmost confounded this with P. erg ig Presl (P. lane Miq.), having seen specimens with only the lower leaves, and sition FEN or fruits, and partly a sci sie specimens named P. maliana B tenuis Mig. seemed to have the leaves very upper leaves also, as is well shown in Morong’s oo of his P. Wrightii (= mucronatus), Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xiii. t. 59 (1886). The specimens ou ed by Abbé eer (nos. 4757, 2 805, ** prov. Yun-nan, China, 17.8 -1887 ’), and named by m e for M. Franchet ‘* P. mucronatus Presl,’* are perhaps UH to P. distinctus, but the specimens were returned, and I only possess leaf-outlines and notes. In Shee many specimens seen by me of P. mucronatus there is no trace of SDaRe leaves, but intwo specimens at Kew (Formosa, A. Henry, 1203, 1203 a) they are Hae the lower leaves have the structure of mucronatus, but there is no fruit, Whether these are a form of mucronatus or a new silebiod must remain doubtiu until more sinieiiiadsa is availa heer Ar. Benn. In the British Museum Herbarium there is a sheet of specimens of a Potamogeton from Mauritius, oollesiad by Sir J. Vistiecabe | in 1819, that, so far as that island is concerned, I have seen in no other herbarium. ere are three cross nervation; the upper leaves with numerous nerves, and the same outline and consistence of leaf as in sulcatus. There is un- fortunately no fruit; the fruit* is so distinct from any other species (except perhaps tricarinatus Muell. & Ar. Benn.) that even immature examples would have been decisive. Chamisso and Schlechtendahl in Linnea, ii. p. 200, 1827, mention nanos received an incomplete specimen from the Mauritius eke om the description of it, it may have been the plant I men ant is of a dist daetly. Ravtsalign type, represented in N, N. Auperion by Pu vgn cated and 1 yylchey ; in 8. Ameria by an * d.e. of sulcatus. 74 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY pee ay plant; and in the Old World by P. indicus. Fro e Mauritius to Melbourne is 4500 miles, and if the plant 109 73-168. 523-537? Au. ,, [B. F. 30 Au.] ) 177-236 169-240, 538-5522? Ja. 1924. [B. F. 24 Ja.) ; 237-300 241-320. 553-5692 Ap. 45 F. 24 Ap.) : 301-360 321-392! 570-585? Au. ,, [B. F. 21 Au.) ) 361-420 93-542. ? (B.F. 48.) ) Vi 1— 56. 601-615! N. . ([B.F.13N.] 31 49-112 57-144, 616-630! D. 4, [B.F. 25 D.] 32 113-176 145-224. 631-645 ! . [B. F.19 F.] 33 177-236 225-296. 646-659 bis! My. ,, F, 14 My.] - 237-2 297-876. 660-673! Je t -§ a xt} 35 297-356. 377-448. 674-690! Jl. -t. ° 36 ° 149 691-700! N. ,, (B. F.3D.) * [Bibliographie de la France.) 156 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY There is little doubt that the first ee" moore were dated ‘*1815,” and that fascicle 10 was dated < ic and it is not certain that these fascicles were not i iach before the close of those years. In fact, all of the dates Pe which notices appeared in the Bibliographie de la France may be as much as six or eight weeks later than the actual sabhestiol of the fascicles. PLAGIOTHECIUM PILIFERUM IN BRITAIN. By D. A. Jonzs, F.L.S. In August, 1902, Messrs. Cleminshaw and Duncan and I paid a visit of a fortnight’s duration to Ben Lawers, and devoted most of that time to the investigation of the rich moss-flora of its slopes. Last year, in looking over his collection, Mr. Duncan noticed a Plagiothecium in trait” which somewhat resembled a small form of P. denticulatum in habit. Upon closer inspection, however, it was found to differ considerably from any forms of that panei Wik v were narrower. The small straight scouts was also very charac- teristic. It was sent to Professor Barker for his opinion, and declared it to be P. piliferum, which determination was subsequently confirmed by Mr. H. N. Dixon. The following is for the most part a translation of Schimper’s eg ae in the Bryologia Europea, to which the measurements fro cht’s Laubmoose Deutschlands, &c., have been added :— E tsitencd tufts, beautifully green and fruiting freely. Stems sified branched, prostrate, and sparingly radiculose ; branches nearly erect or curved. Leaves small, crowded, distichous, com- planate, widely ovate-lanceolate, 1-1-2 mm. long, and 0°5-0°6 mm. wide, suddenly contracted to a very long, fine, and oer acumen, bracts resets paler, gradually an ongly acuminate ; - the aa ior ones convolute and re Peviguted bracts widely ovate, acu- erga he red, 10-15 m. long. a ineli or almost brown. Calyptra long, na: pit to the maiddle. Lid conical, cord clio gi sberistome-tcth distinct, very hygroscopic, 0°45 mm. long, and 0-035 mm. broad, pale, with distant articulations, hyaline andexede Sno papillose; inner peristome colourless ; basal membrane very short, 0°07 mm. high. Cilia none or rudimen Spores yellowish atom Hat fei 014mm.,smooth. Monoicous: male flow: ertil It grows Sisnost iamell on granite or siliceous rocks, covering their vertical and overhanging faces in wide flattened tufts. DIE MUSCI DER FLORA VON BUITENZORG 157 Syn.: Leskea pilifera Swartz, Summ. Veget. Scandin. p. 41; Ha Skand. Fl. ed. v. p. 385. Neckera pilifera R. Spruce in Muse. Pyren. No. 66. Hypnum denticulatum y piliferum Wahlenb. Flora Suec. ii. p. 710 H. orthocarpum Angstr. Disp. Muse. Scand. H. trichophorum R. Spruce, Muse. Pyren. teste Miiller, Synops. ii. p. 252 Our plant grew in the crevices of one of the boulders which lie at the base of the south-east face of Ben Lawers, and extend as far as the head of Lochan-a’-Chait. Although we spent parts of three days among the boulders, we only met with one tuft. Its distribution in Europe extends over the Pyrenees, Apennines, and the mountains of Scandinavia, Finland, and Corsica, It also occurs in North America. Its fruit reaches maturity in June. SHORT NOTE, Arthur Bennett urs in naming Rumew conglomeratus x pulcher ; and Epipactis media Bab. was found sparingly at Forester’s Oaks, — Epwarp 8. Marsnati; W. A. Sxoo.srep. NOTICE OF BOOK. Max Fuetscner. Die Musci der Flora von Buitenzorg. Band I. Leiden: E. J. Brill. 1904. Pp. xxxi, 886; 71 figs. in text. Price 20s. comparison. His long residence of five years at Buitenzorg enabled im to make a thorough study of the development and anatomy of the mosses, and especially of the peristome, and to investigate bio- 158 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY logical and phylogenetic details—e. g. the curious dicecism of Macro- mitrium, the water-sacs of Cyathophorum taitense, the ‘racaangg of emme in an inflorescence or at the foot of a sporogonium, the emission of Phieoids from a seta—and he discovered a sporogonium of the protonematoid Mphemeropsis. He is so convinced of the great systematic importance of the characters of the capsule, and espe- cially of its peristome, that he makes these the makes of his classification, and attaches far less value to such vegetative cha- racters as the acrocarpic or pleurocarpic position of the inflorescence, the distichous or spiral arrangement of the apne? a areolation of the leaves, ete. The work is entirely i in Germ rst volume contains the Sphaynales and the Haplolepites, with descinora of 194 species, many of which are ne The figures, though mere line-process blocks, are wonderfully ‘rhe to nature. As Gee BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ée. Ar the meeting of the Linnean Society on April 7th, after the reading of the Minutes of the previous meeting, Mr. George Murray moved that the portion dealing with the election of an a be =i aie on the ground that, the President a given a ruling on Febru ary 18th, which had been endorsed by th > Feliaw’ at the next i ti after ion the Minutes as a whole were put to the meeting and rejected. Mr. F. Enock then gave an exhibition of natural-colour photography of esr insects and flowers, showing a large series of yews slides, any of which were sata life. like. Mr. C. E. Jones read a he morphology and anatomy of the stem of the genus Lycopodium, and dchinnss nied by aid ‘of lantern-slides the com- parative — of the stele in a Tak of species and forms. At the ting on April 21st, after the approval of the Minutes of the eerie meeting g, the President read an opinion received from Sir Edward Fry, whieh stated that the action of the officials in connection with the recent declared election of an Associate was merely irregular, not illegal. This opinion was contested by Mr. Henry Groves, but the legal authority carried the greater weight, and on the Minutes of the meeting of March 17th being — put, they were carried. The President — delivered an Address, and the Treasurer made a few crude remarks; after which the wher! = was resumed. Mr. clotaout ste showed an excel of drawings, by Mrs. Reid, of a number of ila fruit and seeds a British preglacial oa meepolacial plants; and oreton Middleton made some remarks on a holograph letter foutn Linneus to Haller. Tue Cambridge University Press has issued a second edition, revised and rearranged i in one volume (pp. xii, 670; price 10s. 64d.), of the Manual and Dictionary of Flowering Plans and Fer ns, by Mr. J.C. Willis. When the first edition appeared in 1897, we expressed BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 159 . some length our sense of the ~osermntet ric preg: of this andbook; in its present form it is e convenient for the study, paar perhaps not so handy for the, Backs t, nui “he revision is by no means merely nominal, as it sometimes is in works of this kind. Probably no one book gives so much general See tion in so small — and we gladly recommend it both as a text-book for students and as a work of reference. But wy is Mr. Willis so unwilling to pay tribute to the British Museum collections? In our former notice the reviewer pointed out that the statement that Cromwell Road. Mr. ae now substitutes ‘‘ some” for ‘‘most’’; can he name any other A LARGE number of feet accepted Professor Marshall Ward’s invitation to witness the opening of the new Botanical School at ambridge by the King on March 1st. The large plain well-lighted building occupies one “side of the new quadrangle which has been erected on the south side of Downing Street, opposite the Medical School. It forms an oblong block 200 ft. long by 40 ft. wide, and has been a ae at a cost, including fittings, of £25 000. On the ground floor are a large lecture room, wit accommodation for two hundred vitideite, the “herbarium, and the museum; on the first floor are the library, the morphological and chemical rt cig i. the professor’s laboratory, the two lecturers’ private wor ing rooms, and a in plant diseases. The second floor contains the large laboratory for elementary students, the phases laboratory, and the private rooms of the Reader and demonstrators. On the flat roof are con- veniences for experimental work, and also a well-lighted greenhouse. Professor Ward and his sellaageke are to be congratulated on their new botanical home and their long roll of students, which bear re mony to the vigour and progress of the Cambridge School of Botan (By an oversight this paragraph was omitted from our last mee ) In Nature Notes for April is an article on ‘ The Pollination of the Primrose = Oe the anonymous author of The Com and Dar — oe Sei the press: ghee this notice we exitaal ~— following particulars se Agee ev. Edward Bell was born at Uppingham, January 26 and was er at Uppingham School and Trinity Collen ‘Cambridge He acted as curate of Gainford, Darham, and perpetual curate of ese: Armley, Leeds, and from 1868 to 1890 was vicar of St. John’s, Wakefield. Here his health broke down from overwork and he retired, devoting all his time to natural ee pursuits, and oveasionally shane O magazines. Having, after a few years’ rest, recovered m his health, he essing ‘a great walker, being gurisslgaly f fond of Surrey commons. He was a keen and accurate observer, specially devoting his attention to flowers and bees, and well earning the title he gave himself of ‘A Field Naturalist.’ s Mr. Bell’s death, 160 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY which occurred at Poole on March 5, resulted from severe burns caused by the upsetting of an oil lamp. . Tue erratic little Kew Bulletin seems to have succumbed to a form of appendicitis. The last issue of the Bulletin proper appeared in September, 1901, but the “appendixes” to the non-existent journal continue to appear: the first for 1904’ was issued in December, 1903, and contains an exchange list of seeds; the second, which appeared in March, is a catalogue of the additions to the Kew library received in 1903. Tur Report for 1903 of the Ashmolean Natural History Society of Oxfordshire contains biographies of William Baxter (1787-1871) and H. W. BE. Garnsey (1826-1903) from the pen of Mr. G. C. Druce. Mr. Garnsey, Mr. Druce tells us, has laid ‘‘ Anglo-Saxon speaking botanists” under no mean debt by his translations of German bo- tanical works; but do any botanists speak Anglo-Saxon ? e which contains critical remarks on other species. It seems strange that so important a contribution to African botany should have been overlooked. Sa Frye years ago we noticed the publication of Riviera Nature Notes, a second and enlarged edition of which is now before us he numerous additional illustrations render the new edition even more attractive than its predecessor. It is an excellent example of the kind of book—chatty, observant, amusing—which can be pro- duced by a man who keeps his eyes open, remembers what he sees, and knows how to write ; and is thoroughly readable from cover to cover. Why the author does not put his name to it we cannot imagine: he certainly has nothing to be ashamed of! There are notes by Sir Thomas Hanbury, one of which, stating that Mande- villea is named after Sir John Mandeville, who introduced it into England,” is somewhat startling, as the only Sir John Mandeville most of us know about is the medieval and it is to be feared mythical traveller so called: the plant actually commemorates Henry John Mandeville, who was H.B.M. Minister at B in 1 g; e.g. ‘Athragene” (p. 208); “ Pelliseri’’? (p. 276) for Pelisseriana; “Arangeli” (p. 889) for Arcangeli; ‘ Cymballaria” (p. _ We note that the author still clings to his belief that ‘* Bedstraw’’ should be *Beadstraw,” although he defers to our - objection that its stalk could not be used as a rosary (Journ. Bot. 1899, 95), he thinks it may ‘‘ have obtained its name from its like- _ ness to a rosary’’: unfortunately he makes it clear that he does not and Mrs. difficult of identification. Journ.Bot. _ : Tab. 460. West, Newman imp. 4-6, Polysiphonia japonica 7a ia firma 25p _—-B.Highley delet ith, 1-3, Ceramium Boydenii = ge 6S 7 el ae 161 CHINESE MARINE ALGA. By Eruet 8. Gepp (née Barron), (PuatEe 460.) Tue following short list is founded on two small collections of marine alow from the coasts of China recently added to the National Herbarium. One was ating at Wei-hai-wei by Dr. P. Hamilton Boyden, Surgeon in the Royal Navy, and the other at Swatow by Mr. Edward B, Howell, of the Chinese Maritime Customs Service. Few ie have been hitherto recorded from China, though the marine flora of Japan _ oe considerable attention from Japanese and other sie As regards the Veatinie e the coast at Wei-hai-wei, where the pe of the two collections was made, it will be of interest to aha . Boyden’s letter :—“ The ict hich struck me most was the abide of large seaweeds—e and Laminaria; Beastly this may be due to the sbatteree’ situation of that part of Lin- kung-tao Island, where the seaweed [Ceramium Boydenii] was ott but even on the seaweed side of the ae there seemed to be few. This may be due to the coldness of the water it the absence of a warm current, these waters beitig outside the influence of the Kurosiwo or Japan stream. The specimens were got in pools left by the tide in the rocks, which were for the most part flat. On the seaward side the rocks are very precipitous, shelving down several hundred feet. The rocks are metamorphic, consisting of beds of quar oo gneiss, crystallite, and se e cut across by ock ite. Mic dykes of volcanic rock and grani suits everywhere. Maes the peer were found the rocks aie mainly granite and gneis Of the Swatow algal flora Mr. cc writes that the seaweeds are few, and there is but little v The most ‘eit sting plants aa as two collections are a new species of Ceramium, ¢ Boydenii, a new a ee and Polysiphonia japonica Harv., which has been ignored in most systematic books. The special points of interest of these pect will be found under their respective names. As will be seen, nothing remarkable is here added to what is twenty-six species here recorded, eight are either not named cally or are named with a query, owing to their gore condition. Of the remaining eighteen, two are new, two are cosmopolitan, twelve have been siaerddod from J apan, and the remaining two from other parts of the North Pacific. I am much indebted to my husband for assistance and sugges- va in the preparation of this list. . Rrvunaria atra Roth. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! ae gr. Distr. Arctic, Mediterranean, Caspian, North Atlantic, North Pacific, Japan. Journa or Botany.—Vot. 42. (June, 1904.) M 162 - THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 2. Unva Lactuca L. Ma-su, Swatow, Howell ! Geogr. Distr. Cosmopolitan. 8. Copium rracitE Hariot. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! Geogr. Distr. Japan 4, Sargassum Hanaccwiisiti Ag. Swatow, after typhoon, Howell! 5. Sareassum sp. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden 6. Sargassum sp. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! 7. Cystopayrttum Tuunsereu J. Ag, Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! Swatow, Howell! The Wei-hai-wei plants are young, and show well the short primary branches with their densely congested leaves. The Swatow specimen is a fragment of the upper stem, with branches bearing the short oval vesicles. Both specimens agree well with tab. 133 Geogr. Distr. China and Japan. 8. C. rustrornme Harv. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! Geogr. Distr. pan : sigh Dis DICHOTOMA coe Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! without fruit. . Distr. pttcritecemai North and South Atlantic, North Pacific padi Ocean, New Zealand, Japan 0. Chordaria firma, n.sp. Fronde coriacea, teretiuscula, lateraliter densius ramosa, ramis prolongatis parce ramosis, cm. liter compress composito. a a * Hab. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! This species is most nearly related to Chordaria fla gellifor mis au but differs from it in being less densely branched, in being mor r less distinctly tubular in the mature plant, and in poss Zessing % broad band of short irregular cells between the long oes cells n the thallus, appear radially elongated and epi’ than the mea cells. In a longitudinal section beea wa n to be short and irregular, and they form a distinct bro ee oes closing the long internal cells. From this subcortical ayer arises the cortical fringe of paraphyses and unilocular sporangia, which are similar to those of C esiaeliforieis. The long internal cells of the thallus are all of age t ame diameter, ‘and a transverse section shows them to be ‘ab more regular than those of C. flagelliformis. The cell- walls on thick, and show distinct pits. The axial cavity varies slightly in size, but is always small. The whole plant is firm an tough, and does not adhere at all to paper when dried. . M.Ed. Bornet has been so good as to give me his valuable opinion on this plant. ee, i bi HESIA pirrormis Aresch. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden - Geogr. Distr. North Europe North Atlantic, North Pacific, hasta, Cape of Good Hope CHINESE MARINE ALG 163 EcrocarPus SsILICULOSUS Lyngb. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden ! Geogr. Distr. Cosmopolitan. ; 13. gaa saponicus Suring.? Swatow, Howell! With- out fru aaa. Distr. Japan 14. Cysroctonrum armatum Harv. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! ms Distr. Japan. . GRACILARIA eeriaonize J. Ag. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! with devtecktne and tetraspor eogr. Distr. Me rina ath North Atlantic, North Pacific, Indian Ocean, Cape of Good Hope, Australia, pay Japan. 16. Bayt parvuLA Harv. Wei-hai-wei, Geo Maditervancinl North Atlantic, ‘South Pacific, Indian ‘Ovsati Anatentin, Japan. 17. Hanosaccron microsporum Ruprecht. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! bi Rotella sp cortical stratum of the braniniet gr. Distr. Japan. 18. Laurencra sp. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden This approaches most nearly to Zi obtusa, bat like the following specimen, * not lend itself to determinatio 19. Lavrencia sp. Swatow, Howell! 20. AcaNnTHOPHORA oRrENTALIS J. Ag. Swatow, Howell! With OT Oe . Distr. North and South Pacific, Indian ee ae "Reopen SUBFUSCA Wei-hai-wei, Boy den! Geogr. Distr. Pr Europe, North Kttantie” North Pacifie, Cape of Good Hop 22. fice gapontcaA Harv. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! This species, collected at Hakodadi in 1854 by Morrow, was described by Harvey in Perry’s Narrative of the Expedition of an American Squadron to the China Seas and Japan, 1852-4, Washing- ton, 1856, vol. ii. p. 881. His diagnosis is not included either in J.G. Agardh’s Species Algarum, vol. 2, part 8, 1868, or in De Toni 8 ylloge Als gar vol. iv. sect. lili. Since the aeigual dasexipiign is is not ea s, L append it 4s Pal hola ‘Japonica ee Tonks fruticosa gelatinoso-carti- laginosa badia basi ultra-setacea sursum attenu ecom posite ramosissima, ramis quoqueversum egredientibus alternis vel vagis iterum et iterum Meee ramulis u brevibus simplicibus fur- catis vel dichotomis apice fibrilliferis; articulis inferioribus sub- corticatis (cellulis peradies auctis) superioribus nudis 4- —= 164 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY diametro ee vel sesquilongioribus, articulis ramulorum diametro brevioribus Dr. E. seit ‘Wright has been so kind as to send me a fragment of an authentic specimen collected by C. Wright in the United States North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1858-6. An ex amination of a transverse section of this shows four large peticentral cells; and alternating with these are four much smaller subsidiary cells. The cell-walls are thick, In the branches these subsidiary cells and in the branc pe , as in Harvey’s specimen, they are altogether bg rns ae f the cei of the Wei-hai-wei gevering 4 is in cysto- 23. P. urcEoLaTA Grev.? Wei-hai-wei, Boyden ! These plants have all the appearance of P. urccolata Grev., but as they bear neither tetraspores nor cystocarps, it would be unsafe to make of this gathering a new record for the North Pacific in the geographical disteibation of the species. They differ from the deseriptio n of P teri Hariot me their mode of branching, and hey are i cipigtie on any other al 24 ar D. Geallibe Harv. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden ! This ora is but a eect, and bears antheridia only. 25. Ceramium Boydenii, n. sp. Fronde tota corticata, ad 5 em. alta, vage ro sparsim dichotome ramosa, ramis plus minus laxe intricatis et inter se hic illic radicellis valde adfixis, ramulis numerosis et ad quemque nodum pro majore parte egredientibus, "25- mm. longis, simplicibus aut vage divisis obsita; articulis quam apavnate ro multo brevioribus vel parum longioribus. Ramulorum sporangiferorum apicibus capitatis, sterilium non forcipatis. Tetra- a: ru gions : s ra i margin tis, nunc cruciatim, nunc triangule divisis. Cystocarpia ignota, Wei-hai-wei, Boyden ! eee Japan, Petersen ! Sckchieus, Japan, Kjellman! Vega Expedit is species is named in honour of the Swaide, Dr. P. Hamilton He was unfortunately only able to procure a small — of it, and on subsequent visits to the locality he could find more. In the collection of slides made by the late Prof. Schmitz, and preserved in the British Museum, there are two Aer. expan of this alga labelled ‘‘ Ceramium sp. nov.?” One is a fragment of a plant collected at Yokohama by climes dustieg the Vex Expedition, and the other is from Yenoshima, Japan, and was CHINESE MARINE ALG 165 collected by Petersen in 1881. One of these prppsantay® ews good examples of both tetrasporic and sterile ram The plants composing the Wei-hai-wei patents are laxly interwoven and closely connected by rhizoids, which grow out at the points of intersection. This habit would lead one to suspect at the species may have a prostrate habit. The ramuli are arranged mostly in whorls of three or more round the thallus, species of Cer amin. _ The tetraspor es are borne in the wollen who has been so kind as to examine my plants, regards them ivaeie the end of their vegetative period, a nd he sroupyeets that at the time of their full growth the fertile vatiiall were termi- nated by longer stichidia with the mee slightly protruding along the outer margin. This arrangement of the tetrasporangia is to be seen in several of the specimens, tgeli with examples of the fertile swollen heads, as — above _ The tetraspores are divided, sometimes cruciate 1] he affinit of U. Boydenit is somewhat Rifficult to determine. The distribution of its tetrasporangia would give it a place in Series I. Ectoclinia of . G. Agardh (Analecta Algologica Continuatio, li. p. 12, 1894), but, inasmuch as C. Boydenti is entirely corticated, it cannot be place any of the four tribes into which Prof. Agardh has divided = Pos a therefore requires a new tribe for itself express my indebtedness to Monsieur Bornet and to Nagas. Reinbold for kindly giving me 5 views on this — 26. GrareLoupia Finicina Ag. Ma-su, Swatow, Geogr. Distr. isdiieahiaes Merue. Atlantic, South pare apan. ings, including plants with cystocarps and tetraspores. A Mata ie a of t allus of some of these plants shows that it is often more or ae bolle sometimes en narscap ten: the figure of Grateloupia porracea in Kitz, Tab. il. fig. 25c¢. This figure is quoted re J. G. Agardh in on pe cies Algarum, vol. iii. part i, p. 154, as being probably G. /ilicina Ag. The Swatow plant cannot be pate red to G. divaricata Okamura (Bot. Mag. Tokyo, ix. Dec. 1895, p. 482), since it differs in its manner of peumahine and general habit. 27. Coratuina sp. Wei-hai-wei, Boyden! mesa oF PratE 460 Ceramium eit n. sp.—l. Plant (Wei-hai-wei), nat. . Fertile ramuli (Wei-hai-wei); a, x 20; b, x . 50. 3. Sterile ramuli (Yenoshima) x 20. Poly 1 Mgt te japonic a Harv.—4. Plan , nat. size; a, with cystocarps; b, steri . Transverse Sabetion of thallus, x 40. 6. Cystocarp, x 35. Chordaria Jirma, 0. sp.—7. Transverse seine of thallus, x 90. 8. Longi- tudinal section of thallus, x 90. 166 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY WEST WILTS PLANT-NOTES FOR 1903. By Rev. E. §. Marsnatt, M.A., F.L.S. Tue following localities are additional to The Flowering Plants of Wiltshire (veferred to below as Fl. Pl.), published in 1888 by old friend and Maciboronghs gan Ren, . A. Preston, in which recorded in his pages. Since this book was issued, a good many discoveries have been made, ee a in the south, Mr. EK. J. Tatum being facile princeps among the workers; I must ask to be forgiven, if any previous notices are now aiaearuaty duplicated Last year was so inclement that excursions planned-out had repeatedly to be abandoned; this must be my apology for “the somewhat meagre results obtained. My immediate neighbourhood sy Ja ap- pears to afford a poor hunting-ground, much of it peing grass-land on stiff clay. Messrs. W. A. “Sho el and R. P. Murray gave me the advantage of ‘heir company on some of the otcans: ; I have also to thank Messrs. Arthur Bennett, E. F. Linton, H. W. Pugsley, oyle Rogers, F. Townsend, and Dr. J. von Sterneck for critical help. Districts 1, 8, 9 are in y.-c. 8, South Wilts; 2, 3 are in v.-c. 7, North Wilts. unculus circinatus Sibt Canal, Seend. — ARs jhgilis: Chaix. 1. Keevil, in poets ns small ’ ponds. aR, sabes Go ’ in 2. Roadside pool near Bromham, towards Plentiful i - the yok Son Boyton.— R. sceleratus L. 1. comida Keevil. Nea mham; also R. ee Lb. — RK. ac : The iovaitiing plat j is, I believe, R. Boreanus Jord. [Eranthis hyemalis Salisb. is fully Kebataliced in the parishes of Maddington and Rollestone (Dist. 7), where Rey. C. V. Goddard pointed it out to me in 1896. } Aquilegia vulgaris L. 1. Beech-wood a Prot ba Hill; native Berberis vulgaris L, 1. In several he at Keevil; apparently a relic of the primeval forest which dcplavechs raothed this _— now almost devoid of woodland. Polecats figure among the ‘‘ vermin’ nee i cane as paid at the Keevil Easter vestry, ‘be than , bei alued at no more than fourpence a head; fortis ra etched eyo aliitiiigls Papaver dubium L. 1. Keevil; Erlestoke. 2. Bromham; Dit- teridge; Ford. Fumaria Vaillantii Lois. 1. Wheat-field on the Downs above Bratton, in good quantity ; an for Wilts. aa Atha vulgaris R. Br. 8. Warminster; Boyton; Wylye. nine flexuosa With 1. Keevil; Seend. 2. Wootton scuaseete Belin ford Common. Erophila precozx DC, 3. Stony platform, Minety Station, in plenty.—In 1896 I gathered HF. a escens Jord. sparingly on old mole-hills near Stonehenge, Dist WEST WILTS PLANT-NOTES FoR 19038 167 Sisymbrium Thalianum J. Gay. 1. Keevil. 2. Ditteri Brassica alba Boiss. 8. eda on the shall ab me War- minster, Heytesbury, oT Wylye Diplotaxis muralis DC. 1. Ro ae Keevil. 8. Waste ground l 1. Keevil. Viola hirta L. Certainly plentiful on chalk and limestone in Dist. 1, 2, 8; also noticed at Queen Street, Dist. 8. — V. silvestris Reichb. 1. Hinton ; Keevil ; Coulston. "9. Conkwell Wood. ditions = hig ble ; it — Neum., Wahlst., & Murb. occurs in Blac g Woods, ei. Pome is garis 6H ae Downs, from Westbury to Coulston. 2. eee Ford and Colerne.—P. oxyptera Reichb. 1. Westbury Down Warminster Downs, plentiful; below The Pitiches Great idee. about two miles east of Chicklade. — P. serpyllacea Weihe. 1. Horningsham. 2. Sandridge.—P. calcarea F. Schultz. lst Silene Cucubalus Wibel, var. puberula Syme. 1. Tinhead. | 8. Warminster; near Boyton Lychnis Githago Scop. 8. Boyton Stellaria aquatica Scop. 1. Ke evil ; Edington. —- 8S. umbrosa Opiz. 1. Keevil and Bulkibelan, locally abundant; Corsley. a deciptens E. S. Marshall (S. neg ets Weihe). 1. Kaew’ Steeple Ashton; Edington; Corsley. 2. Near Fo a Arenaria trinervia T, 1. Ke evil; Balkington Erlestoke; Black Co Dog Woods; Corsley. 2. Bromham pen Guss. Com- mon, especially on limestone walt. e.g Keeyil ; —. Seend; Bulkington. 2. Box; Colerne; “Bord; Bromham Minety. 8. Warminster; Heytesbury ; Boyto n; Wylye, &e. I only saw typical A. ser pyllifolia L. near Steeple Ashton. Hypericum quadratum Stokes. 1. Limpley Stoke; Black Dog Woods. 2. Bromham. 8. Shere sik — H. humifusum L. 8. Boyton.—H. pulchrum a 1. Chapm - Malva moschata Li. Near hia Stoke. 2. Sandridge. 8. Between Chicklade ne Wylye. Geranium pyrenaicum Burm hi: 2. Roadside, close to Seend Station.—G. ftundiflin Le 1, Conkwell. 2. Ditteridge; between Sandridge and Bromham.—G. lucidum L. 1. Keevil; Bulkington; Corsley : Horningsham. a Abundant on the Bath oolite: Conk- well, Box, Colerne, Ford, & Hthannus catharticus L. 8. Heytesbury ; near Boyton tinctoria L. 1. Cow Leaze, Edington ; extending over or acres. Cytisus scoparius ee 1. Horningsham ‘ Ononis spinosa L. 1. Keevil; scarce. "9, Meadows near Seend ance. A naa ls aloes = 1. Roadside, Potterne. _ Jiliforme L. Bank bordering Black Dog Woods, near Chapman Lotus tenuis Waldst. € Kit. 8. Downs near Boypial one fine plant. 168 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Hippocrepis comosa L. 8. Warminster Downs, in seo Onobrychis has all the ietaion a a srt native on the Dow above Edington, Coulston, and War Vicia sylvatica 1. Coulston Hill, aii bushes.— V. angustt- folia L. 1. Cha apmansla de. Lathyr us sylvestris L. 1. Coulston Hill. Sa same Filipendula L. 8. Downs between Great Ridge Wood an Rubus Ideus L, 8. ere Wylye and ncaa in several places.—R. ens aa Wh. &N.; BR. pulcherrimus Neum.; R. Sel mert Lindeb. 1. Chapman sted, aR villicaulis Koehl. "8. On the veri south of Sandridge. “Just the plant of the Corfe Castle ghbourhood, named "onnsang vy Focke, = insularis by Gelert ; = i which Focke wrote to ‘The form called R. insularis Aresch. is the true typical! R. villicaulis, first discovered from Silesia, HE. Germany’ *’ (Rogers in ltt.). New for Wilts.—R. leu- candrus Focke. 8. Great Ridge Wood; state i ‘‘ Identical with R. rusticanus M t abundant, often to the complete exclusion of other species. — R. hirtifolius Muell. irtg. var. mollissimu Ro 8. Downs below The Ranche, Great Ridge; a strong m. New for Wilts. — R. leucostachys Schleich. 2... Colerne, Ford, &c.; Wootton Bassett. 8. Great Ridge a and between this and Wylye; ae R. Borreri i} 8. About half- way bee — pad ; ‘rather weakip developed ”’ (Roger: Chapmanslade. 8. Between Hoytestiney and Watm mins 8s x ce Chicklade and Wylye, fre- quent.— ifithianus Rogers, “ var. with subglabrous or glabre scent stems” (Rogers). 8. Downs below The Ranche, Great Ridge; new for Wilts.—R. foliosus Wh. 1 sara Dog W ; appa- rently new for Wilts. — R. dumetorum Wh. é 1. Keevil; Erle stoke (ferox). 2. Sandridge. 8. Between Chicklade and Wylye.— fi. corylifolius Sm. 2. Sandridge. 8. Heytesbury; Warminster ; Boyton, &c. All, I believe, sublustris. — Var. cycloph a0 omer 2. Between Sandridge and Bromham. 8. Heytesbury; betwee Chicklade and Wylye.—R. casius L. Abundant on shales and Sse stone in Dist. 1, 2, 8. GeumrivaleL, 1, Hinton, towards Semington. 2. Copsesnear Ford. Potentilla procumbens Sibtl h. Rosa tomentosa Sm. Keevil. 2. Sandridge. —Var. subglobosa (Sm.). On the clay, scion Sandridge. Mr. Rogers concurs in so naming it, but remarks: “with less grey leaves and more glandular saselos than in the normal plant.’ — micrantha Sm. 2. On the clay, below Sandridge. 8. Warmin uae scarce; between Chicklade and Wylye. — Rk. ie ae Desy. 2. Sandridge. 8. canina L. var. aspernata (Déséal.). 2. Sandridge (teste es ; styles quite woolly. Fyrus Avia Ehrh. 1. Coulsdon Hill. — P. Malus L. a. acerba DC. ( Folly Wood, Wootton Bassett.—b. mitis Wallr. 2. Hedge between Seend and Sandridg e. 8. Warminster. WEST WILTS PLANT-NOTES FoR 1903 169 Saxifraga tridactylites L. 1. Keevil; Ber ee ey 7 ee Ash- ton; Erlestoke. 2. Biddestone; Colerne; Wootton Bassett. ibes rubrum L. 2. Copses, Bur Tiickibe, pavees Ford and Lucknam Grove ; I believe var. petrewm (Sm.), but am not certain, as no specimen was kept. [Sedum album L. 2. Walls at Wootton Bassett and Colerne ; lanted. nati ‘iche stagnalis = 1. Keevil; rpg ; Corsley. 2. Near Bromham. 8. Heytesbury; Shere Wat Lythrum Salicaria L. 1. Keevil. 2. Ford. Epilobium angustifolium L. 2. Ford. 8. Great Ridge Wood, ee locally abundant between Chicklade and Wylye.—. rosewm Schreb. 1. Keevil; Hinton; Seend.— WZ. adnatum Griseb. Far more frequent than the following species, a least on the Oxford and Kimmeridge clay. 1. Abundant between Trowbridge and Steeple Ashton, in roadside ditches; Keevil. 2. Corsham; north of Seend, in plenty.—£. obscurum Schreb. 1. Black Dog rae aud Dilton Marsh. — E. palustre L. 1. Black Dog Woods. 2. Canal-bank, Seend. Circea lutetiana L. 1. Black Dog Woods. 2. Bury Ditches. The Erlestoke ieee ‘eatlba‘l in Fl. Pl. should, I believe, be trans- ferred to Dist. Conium viens ea L. 1. Marston; Keevil; Steeple Ashton ; Westbury. 2. Ford; ot Bassett. Sison Amomum L. Abundant on the clay in suitable rege and frequent on sensei in Dist. 1,2. It is difficult to under least in the south and west of England. Agopodium Podagraria L. is far more doubtful ; I have conker it in several parishes, but always under ‘ suspicious’ Seton (Enanthe crocata L. SsstSehay ; Black Dog Woods; Westbury. or ro Caucalis nodosa Scop. 1. Keevil ; bank at Bratton village. alium erectum Huds. 8. Down above Warminster—G. sawatile L. 1. Chapmanslade.—G. uliginosum L. 8. Boyton—G. tricorne Stokes. 8. Warts inster. Asperula odorata L. 1, About Westbury, Coulston, and Erle- stoke. 2. Winsley, Ford, &c.; frequent on the Bath oolite.—A. cynanchica Li, seems to be everywhere on the unbroken downs. Valeriana divica L. 1. Swamp above Bratton. — V. Mikanii Syme. 1. Coulston Hill, among bushes. 2. Conkwell Wood; Bury Ditches. 8. Near Great Ridge Wood, towards Boyton — V. sambucifolia Willd. 1. Seend; Black Dog Woods. Valerianella dentata Poll. 8. Between Heytesbury and War- mins sin Solidago Virgaurea L. 8. Great Ridge Woo “pte mi er pairaene L. 2. North of coast Station. Inula ConyzaL. 1.5 Paltevia: dysenterica Cadets. 1. Westbury. 2. South of Sand- ridge. 8. Heytesbury ; Boyton Bidens tripartita L. 2. Near Bromham. 170 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY a Achillea Ptarmica L. 2. Meadows on the clay, south of Sand- ridge. Tanacetum vulgare L. 1. Marston; Bulkington; Keevil. Ap- parently a true native. Artemisia vulgaris L. 2. Bromham, &e. 8. eg Wylye, &e. The only form observed was var. Yai de Fors: elles _ Aretium majus Bernh. 1, Roadside near Pentry Bridge, abe ington.— 4. minus Bernh. 1. il. 2, Somerford Com ; Bromham, &. 8. Warminster ; + as ; Boyton. Dotibiicas Carduus crispus L. 1. Keevil; Steeple Ashton, &. 2. Winsley; Wootton Bassett; Bromham; Box; Colerne, &c. 8. Heytesbury; Boyton, &e. General on the chalk and limestone Daious ertophorus Roth. 1. Bratton. 2, For vd __ Serratula tinctoria L. 1. Meadows between Edington and Kee- vil, scarce; Coulston Hill; Corsley. 2. Meadows north of Seend Station, in great quantity. — ‘entaurea nigra L, The only form which I observed last he was one with radiant flowers, but the phyllaries of the ¢ (C. pratensis Boreau Pipale: hincepieieet i 8. Warminster ; Heytesbury ; Boyton, &e. echioides L. ee Hilperton, &c. 2. Roadsides, north of risky Station. Crepis tar axacifolia Thuill. This species appears to have spread greatly since I'l. Pl. was published ; it is now locally oe ls a oa Bratton; Tinhead. 2. Ditteridge ; alate. . War minster Hieracium niece Sm. 1. Isaw, but did not gather, a plant which I belie as this, on a wall-top at Erlestoke. — umbellatum ae Goidudes lereens Worton and Great Chevyerell. Leontodon hirtus L. 8. Warminster, Boyton, a frequent on the chalk. Campanula glomerata L. 8. Between Chicklade and Wylye ; downs near on. Specularia hybrida A. DC. 1. Tinhead. 8. Warminster. Calluna Erica DC, 1. Near _— Water. 8. Downs between Boyton and Great Ridge Wood, & Erica cinerea L. 9. South of the road, about half-way cornea Chicklade and Wylye; covering several acres. e district boundary is not easy to make out from the small-scale in fl. Pi ley but I believe that the station is in Dist. 9 rather than 8. evil ; D [Vin inca major L. Hedge, Keevil. I have ascertained that some cottages formerly stood there.] WEST WILTS PLANT-NOTES FOR 1903 171 Blackstonia perfoliata Huds. st Heytesbury Downs. Erythrea pulchelia Fr. 2. Searce on the clay, south of Sandridge. Gentiana lingulata Agardh, fy precox Towns. 1. Westbury - two, when growing side by aes es dese ced This was doubtless Gerard’s * G. sete Se n by him on Salisbury Plain. G. sanenee L. is frequent all over the grassy chalk downs in Dist. 1a Cynoglossum ey 2 e L. 1. Bulkington; Steeple ieee bass 2. Seend Myosotis cespitosa F. Schultz. 2. Sells Green, near Seend.— M. collina Hoffm. 1. Keevil. —M. versicolor Reichb. 1. Chap- manslade. Lithospermum officinale Hs 2. Conkwell; Ford.—L. arvense L. 2. Ditteridge. 8. Boyton Varhanee Thapsus L. er Steeple Ashton. 8. Between Chick- lade and Wylye; also V. nigrum Linaria vulgaris L. Generally distributed, I believe, in Dist. 1, 8. Veronica montana L. 1. Black Dog Woods. — V. Anagallis- aquatica L. 1. Bulkington. 2. Bae vanal, Seend. 8. Heytesbury. Euphrasia nemorosa H. Mar 1. Westbury Downs. 8. Downs about Warminster, Hear Boyton, Chicklade, &c., in great abundance ; three separate gatheriags were so named by Mr. Towns- end. This segregate, though probably oe 3 etter Wilts plant, io not seem to have been. definitely recorded. Pedicularis sylvatica L. 1. Cow ‘hese near Edington ; Horn- ingsham. Rhinanthus stenophyllus Schur (Alectorolophus stenophy thes us Stern.). 8. Arn Hill, Warminster; determined by Dr. J. yon Sterneck, who remarks that the internodes are aaah long (often the case in our British form). Not previously observed in Wilts, but it is Pi ie prove frequent. Typical &. minor Ehrh. is common in past pres hirsuta Huds. 1. Keevil; Dilton Marsh, &c. Be- tween Seend Station and Sandridge. 8. Shere Water. Doubles Vv (M. sativa L.). 1. Roadside near Keevil Gate. 8. teeta i navaty: M. arvensis L, is eee distributed in West Wilts Lye europaeus L. 2. By the canal, Seend. Calamintha arvensis Lam. 8. Heytesbury. Scutellaria galericulata L. 2. Canal-bank, Seend. Stachys Betonica Benth. 1. Black Dog Woods. 2. Somerford Common; Colerne; Ford; Sandridge, &c.— S. palustris L. 1. omham : am 8. ytesbury, Galeopsis angustifolia Ehrh, 1. Tinhead ; Coulston. 8. Heytes- ry: Lamium aapleninae L. 2. Ditteridge; Ford. a Ballota nigra L. 1. Keeyil. 2. Wootton Bassett. 3. Minety. 8. Boyton ; Wylye, 172 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Teucrium Scorodonia L. Horningsham ; higepoasiss 8. Great Ridge Wood ; between ‘Chicklade and Wylye. : Chenopodium album L. var. viride pie 2. Bromham, 8. Hey- tesbury ; Boyton ; Wylye.— Var. viridescens St. Am. a heat my rubrum L. 1. Worton; Bulkington; Keevil. . Row Polygonum sa trier L. 2. Bromham. Rumex pulcher Li. adside, Sandridge, sparingly. Euphorbia amygdaloides L. Too general in the woods of Dist. 1 “om 2 to need detailed localities, at least on the limestone and tients Lupulus L. 1. Corsley. 2. Bury Ditches; native. rtica dioica L. 1. A peculiar form, with small, oblong- lanceolate, hardly cordate hires occurs by a roadside near Keevil. Mr. Bennett says that it does not agree with an authentic specimen of var. oibenent Rixnseusin, Fl, Tye ol., but can give it no precise name; it may be merely a state, though quite a ‘gaa one.— U. urens seems to be rather uncommon; but I may have over- looked it Parietaria officinalis L. 1. Seend; Keevil. 2. Bromham ; Winsley. a — pubescens Khrh. 1. Black Dog Woods. 8. Great Ridge Salix = gilis =? rn Black Dog Woods. 8. Boyton (probably is S. lante .—S. cinerea L. Noted from various stations in Dik 3 es 3, 8; by far the most abundant species, I think.—S. aurita Leds Ohi sioaiinieds: 5. Somerford Common, and 8. Queen Street; locally abundant. — 8. Caprea L. 2. Bury Dite hes, ke Populus alba L.; P. tremula L. 1. Black Dog Woods; the latter looks truly wild. Several trees of P. canescens Sm., probably a hybrid between them, were also observed there. Taxus baccata 2. es. Elodea canadensis Michx. - 8. Heytesbury. Epipactis media Bab. 1. Coulston Hill. Orchis mascula L. 2. The form with unspotted leaves occurs near Somerford Common; a root which I brought home is constant, so far.— O. latifolia L. 1. voip Edington. 2. Ford. Habenaria viridis L. Downs between Boyton and Great Ridge; between Chicklade aa Wises: -H, bifolia R. Br. 1. In plenty on the Downs, above Tinhead and Coulston.—H. chloroleuca Ridley. Also occurs in the beech-woods towards Erlestoke. Tris fetidissina L. 2. Conkwell Wood, in, good quantity. Polygonatum se ag Ae All. 1. Coulston Hill; very fine.— P. officinale All, Mr. Bennett writes of specimens from near Ford (where it still shies plentifully) :—‘‘ The genuine — i.e. the P. vulgare Boreau ; the P. intermedium Boreau, which Flower lo sent Syme from Colerne, Wilts.” As both species cline to this neighbourhood, is it not possible that the Colerne plant was a hybri Allium vineale L. 1. Keevil. 2. Winsley. 8. Heytesbury WEST WILTS PLANT-NOTES FOR 1903 173 (all var. compactum Thuill.). — A. ursinun L, 2. Bury Ditches; abundant. lei mesa poset L. 2. Frequent about Winsley. 8. d on Warm r Downs; confined to a few square yards. " Osaki sami L. out Colerne and Ford. Paris quadrifolia L. 2. Juncus bufonius L. 1. Raevit J. gone Ehrh. 1. Edington; Steeple Ashton; Dilton Marsh. Wootton Bassett; between Seend and Sandridge. 3. Queen cas Ninety. 8. Warminster ; Boyton; Wylye. Genurelly ae I believe, at least on the chalk and clay.—J. a Moench. Se severe Marsh.—J. acuti- florus Ehrh. 2. South of Sandridge. 6 Boy Tuzula Forsteri DO. 2. Ford. — L. erecta Ses 1. Chap- manslade. Typha latifolia L, Westbury. Spar bein neglectum Beeby. 1, 2. Very characteristic by the canal, Seend. Prep natans L. 1. Ponds, magico Seend (also in Dist. 2).—P. perfoliatus L. 1 and 2. Canal, “See Eleocharis palustris R. Br. 1. Bratton. 8. Boyton. Carex vulpina L, Abundant on heavy soils in Dist. 1 and 2.— &, eclncer tas i. Keevil.—C. divulsa L. 1. Horningsham; Corsley; Keevil. a emota L. 1. Corsley; Chapmanslade; Westbury ; Keevil, & Leak Bromham and Seend.—C. remota x vulpina (C. aaillari Good). 1. With the parents, at Keevil ; Cold Har- bour ; and in a swamp by the railway between Westbury Station and Dilton Marsh. — C. ovalis Good. 1, Bulkington. — 0, humilis Leysser. 8. In great abundance for fully three miles on the hae between Chicklade and Wylye; exentne i think, into Dist. 9 This part of Wilts appears to be its English headquarters a pilulifera Li, orningsham; Chapmanslade.— C. verna Chaix. 1 pmanslade. 8. Shere Water; poe ae —C. panicea L, 1. Bratton. — C. pendula Huds. 1. Kee ag Black Dog Woods. 2. Folly Wood, Wootton Pst Que Ap ee 8. Shere Water (perhaps only planted). — C desiise ok near Great Hin Ne Wilt lvatica Huds he Harbour ; swamp, above Bratton. This is the plant usually called ‘‘inland distans’’; taller and more slender than the coast plant, and quite distinct from the C. binervis of our heaths and mountains, which a rather dry ground.—C. hirta L. 1. Erlestoke, 2. Co ; Ford. I have not yet come across CU. riparia Curt., hough ri acutifor mis Ehrh. (paludosa Good.) is frequent in Dist, 1 and 8.—C. rostrata Stokes. 8. Boyton. Milium effusum L. 1, Lower part of Black a Woods, towards Dilton Marsh ; in profusion over a considerable a Phleum pratense Lg var. nodosum (L.). 8. Lishahens. Agrostis canina i . Boyton. Calamagrostis epigeios Roth. 8. A large patch on the top of a dry open down by the road from Wylye to Chicklade, about two 174 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY miles south-west from the rhiaae unusual station; I saw some Wandreds of flowering-stem Aira caryophyllea Tk 8. “Bo oyton.—4. precor L. 1. acon Horningsham. 8. Shere Water. Deschampsia flexuosa L. 1. Longleat ; Horningsham. a a oleus mollis L, 1. Chapmanslade ; Horningsham. 8. Shere ater. _ Avena pratensis L. ¥ Downs, Tinhead to Erlestoke. 8. War- minster.—4. fatua L. 8. Warminster; Heytesbury; Boyton. Phragmites communis vtan, ae eend: Keevil; Bulkington ; Westbu Keleria ate —- var. gracilis (Boreau). 8. Sparingly on Arn Hill, Warmi Poa ascites Le oe Wall-top, Horningsham. Glyceria plicata Fr. 1. Dilton M arsh. 8. Boyton. In both these stations fluitans x plicata (G. pedicellata Towns.) grew with the pare Festuca iia Kunth. 2. Winsley; Ford; Colerne, &¢.—F. Myuros L. 1, i a wall at Seend Cleeve; apparently new for S. Wilts. — F. rubra L. (genuina Hackel). Common.—Var. fallax ma (, pa ies Thu uill.). 1. Corsley ; aingtbn's Keevil, &c. Ford; Colerne. Probably frequent in shady lanes, &¢. — : . pratensis Huds. 8. Warminster. — FP’. arundinacea Schreb. 8. Boyton. cote giganteus L. 1. Keevil; Great Hinton. 2. Sandridge. 8. Heytesbury ; betes ie ster.—B. erectus Huds. Abundant on the chalk i in ear 1, 8; also on the Bath oolite in Dist. 2.— B. secalinus 8. Warminster.—B. commutatus ‘ie 8 Keevil; Eding- ton; &c. 2. Sandridge; Bromham. 8. Warminster ; Boyton, &e. Certainly native in many pastures. inte GeloPrcpties Druce. 1. Sown grass-field above Bratton. 2. Wall-top, Colerne; new for N. Wilts. Having examined this when growing, I am now of opinion that it has strong ¢ “i o specific rank ; ‘the habit is peculiar, and the split pale ¢ appea 5 ba constantly present. Brechypodivn inten Beauy. 1. Downs above Tinhead and Coulsto Hordaum secalinum Schreb. 1. Keevil. 2. Between Seend and Sandrid 8. On an old wall at Heytesbury (an abnormal station). Pr obably common on clay. — H. murinum L. 1. Westbury. 2. Bromham. : Polystrichum lobatum Presl. 1. Corsley. 2. Ford. astrea spinulosa Presl. 1. soe oo Woods. — L. dilatata bese, 1. Black Dog Woods. 8. Boy Ophioglossum vulgatum is: . # iathatay Equisetum maximum Lam. 1. Seend. vs a vulgaris L, 2. Pool near Lucknam Grove; the type, I lie 3 175 R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS. By James Brirten, F.L.S. (Continued from p. 46.) JASMINUM AZORICUM, J. oporatissiuuM. ‘In rupibus mariti Oxvea EURoPHA. ‘Sp. valde similis Ole siatittl Fructus parvi subrotund. Stylo sorenpente coronali” atau a ti]. [O. europea B maderensis Lowe. O. 9 a Herb. s= O, exasperata Jacq., as stated by Lowe in eee “Camb, Phil. Boe. vi. 537 Bans O. Excetsa [Notelea err Webb & Berth. The original de- scription in n Ait. H ort. ite . 14, is based on Masson's eesti SIDEROXYLON coin xs. “In nerme, ser ecu a ie glabris nebulae, balvcitdd tomentos [This e must, I think, stand as pubtiaher as, ‘although it 7 7 Beit A derived from the local name of the plant, Brown’s MS. shows that he adopted the form printed in Buch. Lewe ‘(Pritt aay pinta it S. Mer- mulana, quoting “sg. Mermulano Herb. Banks” as a synonym, and appears as Mermulana in DC. Prodr, viii. 181; in Fl. Mad. ii. 18, Lowe alters the spelling to Marmulano. This is the form retained in Indea Kewensis, where it is erroneously cited as of in T . Soe. i i [1818]’’ as synonymous with this; if this were so it would rank as first publication of the name, though only as a nomen nudum ; but the plant stands in Tuckey’s book as ‘ S. marmulana?,” and is, according to Lowe (Fl. Mad. ii. 19), identical with Sapots mar- ginata Decaisne. Sir Joseph Hooker (Banks’s Journal, p, 12) says, in a footnote to the word mirmulano, ‘ probably Apollonias canart- ensis’’; but this of course is an error. In Banks’s 4 ~ the tree appears under the wg name ew opt d as genet chiefly philosophical; s some, h bebe were botanical, eT ae 0 could be antes in flower.” Of this vag ane I have no further knowledge, nor do I know his Christian name; he is occasionally adeiran pl M. Patusrris 176 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY CHUSA PANICULATA, “In apris.” [4. italica Retz. A. pani- culata Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 177, is based on Masson’s specimens. | TUM. HIUM NERVOSUM (cCANDIcANS). ‘In rupibus altis.” [The speci- men on faith of which this is included in the list wag (as is shown by the MS.) that collected by Downe. M. A. de Co oincy, who is monographing the genus, and to whom fragments of Downe’s specimen have been submit ted, considers Brown’s identification of the plant with candicans inaccurate, and that i t belongs ‘‘incon- testablement & VE. nervosum.” It may be worth ‘while to transcribe Brown’s MS. deseri ription: ‘‘ Kchium nervosum caule fruticoso foliis lane oolatis nervosis ramisque sericeis foliolis calycinis linearibus lbs stylis hirtis racemis ovatis. Dow wne, E., candicans Ait. Kew. et Willd. Sp. Pl. In enpibis altis Maeaiesconois [This is not the staat named thyrsiflorum on pp. 144, 175 of Buch’s work, but, according to M. A. de Coi incy, who has seen a fragment of Masson’s specimen, F. candicans L. fil.— a plant originally described from specimens sent by Masson.] EK. vureare, * ubi ique.’’ [Probably E. violaceum L.: E. vulgare is not sina te: oceur in “Madeir ira, - ORIENTALE [F, Habitat L.] Convonvenss ARVEN differt.”” ‘Th Brown’s t words stand ‘ Mser. a C es- tris differt.”’ C. saxatilis Salisb. (C. Massoni ried Although . Massoni is adopted in Index Kewensis, by Lowe, and by authors generally, for this plant, “it is clear that Salisbury’ 8 ane, usually regarded as a synonym, must stand: the synonymy i C. saxatinis Salisb. Prodr. 124 (1796). C. Massoni F, G. Dietrich (cited as “A. Dietr.” in Index roars Nachtrag zum Vollsp. Lexikon, ii. 877 (1816), C. supraticoon [Dryand. in] se Hort. Kew. ed. 2, iii. 881 1810), and in Herb. Banks!; Bot. Reg. t. 183 (1816) ; non Desf, C. shiva: Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. Suppl. 10 (1813), nomen ; W, herb. Pics Syst. i. 597 (1825). C. Dryaudri Spreng. C. rupestris? Br. in Bash Canar. Inseln, 198, n. 201; non Pall. nec Willd. C. ? solanifolius Lowe, Prim. 22 (1881). C. Ma ges Herb. Banks! a ‘oe Fl. Mad. ii. 60 (1872). neh epilis Herb. Banks! e e, lie The earlier C. pres Vahl pts ili. 388, 1794) is referred to Cc. (ahactaiiis Desy. (1 . {mah us. ‘*¥Foliis cordatis, palmato- lobatis, glabris, lobis pandis, pedunculis unifloris, caule volubili.” [C. althaoides B virescens Lowe, Fl. Mad. ii. 59. Solander suspected the identity is C. fleauosus (a name given by Banks in the earliest list, but 208 entered for this plant in Indea Kewensis): he says in his MSS., R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS 177 ‘* Habitat in cultis Madeira, with C. altheoides. Differt a Convolvulo altheoide Linn. glabritie et magnitudi ine, forsitan ergo ejus varietas solo et cultura mutata.” Besides the drawing of the plant by Sidney Parkinson, we have one by George Forster, who collected it ot mee in 1772 AL Pay: PUBESCENS. ‘‘ Ramosissima, foliis viscoso villosis, floribiai: pendalis, = Le. sto nape L.] SoLanuM PSEUDOC aaa Verontca AGRESTIS, V. ANAGALLIS V. ARVE Disawitie ys PROCUMBENS. [A misprint for prostrata. Bibthiorpie pere- grina Li. Ts1A viscosa. ‘‘In montosis humidis. Stee foliis angust. obtusis laciniisque calycis.”’ [To this Brown adds in his MS.., ‘forte noy. sp.” B. scordifolia Steud. (Huphrasia Holliana a Lowe.)} ANTIRRHINUM corDaTuM. ['T'wo p nena a included in this name, which is represented in Masson’s MS. y two entries, A. cor- datum and A. cordatum var., which also Spee in Solander’s MSS. The former, the plant collected by Banks and Solander, is a form o alte spuria Mill, agreeing exactly with specimens collected by and identified with it by him on his ticket; he did not pub- lish. his Scrophulariacee: it is also the plant figure ed by Sydney i inson, — engraved by Banks.* The canes poner = asso at that time in the Herbatioan), to L. nae Desf. It may Leen be worth while to print Solander’s description of the two plan ‘* Antirrhinum cordatum caulibus Procumbeatibts, foliis omnibus alternis subrotundis cordatis. rel ato, sibus. Fig. pict. Habitat in arvis Ins als: Madeira copiosissime, medio Septembri. © Planta in omnibus Antirrh. spurio Linn. convenit excepta foliorum figura: folia enim omnia et majora et tenella eordata, valde lata ut fere subrotunda, cum parvo acumine, brevis- sime petiolata, diametro longitudinali vix unciali. Tota planta reese -viscosa ar. foliis inferne angele preeditis (non vero hastatus) a Dno. Masson si ecies are very closely allied, although extreme forms are seaaity “distinguishable .] . Onontivum. ScropHULARIA Scoroponia, §. arGuta, * On p. 3 this is erroneously named “ Linaria laniflora Desf.” Journat oF Botany.—Vou, 42, [June, 1904.] N 178 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY oo PURPUREA D. com _ Scrpravm [Isoplexis Sceptrum Steud. oo which does not Ganeat in Ind. Kew., was Brown’s MS. name; its appea ance in print seems due to the accident of its ae having cae erased ap * Sceptrum”’ was added. VeRBASCUM H&MoRRHOIDALE. [Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 236, based upon Mason’ 8 plate . pulverulentum Vill.] ROBANCHE MAroR. ‘‘In pascuis altis.” [I have not found the specimens of this. S. Verpenaca and §. pyrenatca [S. clandestina L, Brown's MS. shows that these should not have been entered as separate plants: he merely identified the S. pyrenaica of the Masson list with his S, Verbenaca, indicating a doubt as to its being the true S. pyrenaica,] RosMaRInvus OFFICINALIS. Trvcrium Scoro T. umprosum [T. abutiloides Li Hérit.] T. canescens [T. betonicum L’Hérit.] T. erupescens [T’. heterophyllum L’Hérit.] hese three species were re blished by eae upon the cree. Soh d by Banks and Solander and M THYMOIDES. (Taken up by Lowe, Prim. 19, as of . Sol. ‘MSS. et Herb. Banks = Micromeria varia Ben nth.) LAVANDULA PINNATA. L. DENTATA. L. Sracnas. ‘Albiflora juxta Camiso. cinerea in decliv. juxta Machico.” [In B vate ite MS. these stand as three entries :—L. Stechas and two varieties, albiflora and cinerea, all collected by Masson. The first ‘also raaletied by Downe, as noted by Brown) is L. pedunculata Cav.; the second is the type of L. viridis (Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 288, and L’Hérit. Sert. Angl. t. 21); the third is L. = hens L.] ERITIs cANDICANS. [The first published description of this plant (Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 289) is apparently based on a cultivated specimen in Herb. Banks, inscribed ‘‘ Hort. i was drawn up from wild plants collected in Madeira by Downe and Masson, the latter of which bears the name in the Herbarium; it is followed (in the MSS.) by a aig description of the plant which was grown at Kew in 1778. _Bentha m (Lab. 573 and DC. Prodr. xli, 487) describes et species—S. Monutiont aod f abies | the former name he applies to Masson’s wild plant, the latter he restricts to a plant collected in Teneriffe by Christian Sith, which Webb & Berthelot (Phyt. Canar. iii. 100) and Lowe (Appendix xi.) say is not found in Madeira. It seems clear, however, that the Aiton plant was Madeiran, and I think there can tis little doubt that all the a ree specimens which have been called either candicans or Massoniana belong to S. candicans Ait. "The cultivated specimen written up by Dryander as candicans appears at first sight R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS 179 very different from Masson’s wild specimens, its raceme being simple, not paniculate; but the plant which is commonly called Massoniana is, as Lowe says, ‘‘ excessively polymorphous,” and this garden specimen (with which an old specimen from Chelsea Garden se se a from a young plant in early flower, may well under it. The aggregate species will of rig stand as S. sendionns Ait., unless Bentham’s identification of it with S. cretica L. be established. There isin Herb. Banks a ate specimen collected by Banks and Solander in 1768 on which the following note appears in Solander’s S.: ‘ Plante tantummodo juniores a nobis in Madera lect erant, non adhuc florentes; eorum folia multo majora quam in speciminibus a Downes missis, multoque flaccidiora.’’] MENTHA VIRIDIS. M. RoTUNDIFOLIA. — Sisymerium [M. piperita L.] M. Pulegium is in Brown’s MS. list, and seems to have been omitted by accident. at Paces or punctatus L, Hérit.] Sracmrs HIR' E. ORIGANUM VULGARE and O. cRETICUM ts virens Hoffm. & Link.] Tuymus micans [T. angustifolius P MELIssA acmnininaeea ss alontatbee officinalis Moench.] DracocEPHALUM CANARIENSE [Cedronella triphylla Moench.] RIS. Eotata [P, leio siopetala Lowe ; Prppeey a form of P. lan- ceolata, ne Pistia: as distinct in Indea ae TANIOA. ‘* Fol, late lanceol. rv. ry, sent subpilos, Scapo angulato Spicis A sale hireutie,” te opus L.] . Coronopvus. P. Cynops [P. maderensis Decaisne, which Dr. Harms, I think rightly, regards as a tro of P.a ate escens Poir LLECEBRUM veRticILLATUM M. ‘In gs ylvaticis versus Ribeira fria.”’ re M. ” is the ‘usta indication of Manat here transcribed by Se in Brown’s MS I. o and I. Pesasvatin [Paronychia echinata Lam.] aria TETRAPHYLLUM Amarantaus Buitum,. A. es ACHYRANTHES ASPERA. ‘Fol, obovatis acutiusculis, basi atte- cage sabes. reflexis. Spicis adpressis.” [A. argentea Lam.] LSO s. —- [Suada fruticosa Forsk.] Beta pat 180 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY “Spratt ALBUM. C. uu : C. AMBROSIOIDES. ATRIPLEX PoRTULACOIDES Mass. [See note under Jilecebrum, pe 79. 4. ea aT e.| PHYTOLACCA DECAN Roumex aquaticus TR. conglomeratus Murr. | R. scuratus so maderensis Low Laurus ores 72 canariensis Webb & Berth.] L. srr aRBUSANO [Apollonias canariensis Nees.. The geographical distribution of this Canarian plant is erroneously given in Ind. Kew. “ Ind. Or."] EK. piscatoria [F. mellifera Ait. [A correlation of the Herbarium, the MS. lists, and the iis eS shows that in the printed list these two names — mis- lied as now indicated. In Masson’s list.there is a note on EF pseatori Ait. (which, like #. mellifera, was established on iaiion" 8 specim — ‘In rupibus maritimis: folia estate decidua. Figuiero de Inv Used for catching fish, by putting a large quantity into a pond, mbieteby all the fishes become drunk, and are ‘easily catched.’’] K. Pep uncea. ‘* Porto Santo.” [#.TerracinaL. Thisis F. atte Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 142 (178 789)—a name which does not appear in Boissier’s ‘‘ Index “ene ta ‘in DC. Prodr. In Indew po ste it is referred to E. méepien L., appar wea through confusion with the later E. juncea Jacq. (Hort. 'Schoenbr. t. 107 (1797), which Boissier q: ( rightly p a oa under aleppica.| EK. Pap Ki, Exicua E. Lat ‘ E. Parauias. ‘‘In Porto Santo.” E ame : KK. verrucosa. [This seems agate with a plant entered in Miseon's 3 list as “‘ E. portlandica ?,” to which Solander has appen nded the note, “Not sent or in the Herbarium." _ It must therefore remain doubtful. ERCURIALIS AMBIGUA [M. annua L.| PaRIETARIA OFFICINALIS. . Urrica rom U, exevata [U. eee B elevata Wedd.; U. elevata Herb. Banks ex Lane, Primit. 15.) R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS 181 Morus NIGRA. Myrica aan Quercus mitis. [Published by Lowe (Primit. 15) as Q. mitis Pane Banks, but subsequently (Novit. 532) reduced by him to Q. suber L.] JUGLANS REGIA Vidi VESCA. ALIX PuRPUREA. [The fragmentary specimens under this name, which appears in the original Banks & Solander list, are insufficient for ee The Portuguese Madeiran name is given as “Vim 8. Hoes LS. — Ch. Sm.] Poputus au PHEDRA Seseacek [I cannot rte Masson’s reas (loca- INUS PINEA. Taxus Baccata. ‘In sylyis montosis Juntperus Oxyceprus. ‘In sylvis tibia a di Cedro.” Orcuts rot1osa. [This name stands in Ind. Kew. (where the species is retained) as “ Soland. ex Lowe in rPrwtdh Camb. Phil. Soe. iv. (1831) 13.”’ The plant is generally regarded as a form of O7 latifolia.] O. IMBECILLA. [This name, taken up by — from Solander in Herb. Banks, is not in Index Kewensis. It is applied to a speci- men of Habenaria oe Benth. collected a Masatti 3 in 1777.] see BiroLium [Habenaria cordata Gu Us communis [G. segetum Gawl., eas ‘when Hie oe the species (Bot. Mag. t. 719) refers to the specimen collected i Madeira by Banks, but erroneously attributes it to Masson IS BirLORA. ‘‘In rupibus.’’ [I cannot find this in the Her- sage ; it was collected by Masson; the name biflora was given by Brown, who in his MS. list has a short sicnie ten of the ne Probably 7. ~ fabidissions L.] I. Pszv us L. sites pS CANA Tamus communis {. edulis Lowe.] Atoz perrouata. [This stands in Brown's MS. as “ Aloe per foliata vera,” I find no specimen, but it was probably the A. vie -, a Canarian plant, perhaps an introduction. ] Linum canpip Seb ARABICUM CILLA HYACINTHOIDES [S. hamorrhidalis Webb & Berth.; S.hya cinthoides Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 445! non L.—a name to be added to the Index arene} Draczna Draco bcos orFicinaLis. [This is most proba bly z scopartus Lowe, but I have hae unable to find Masson’s specimens. | Ruscus ACULEATUS. R. Hypornyitium. R. anprogynus [Semele androgyna Kunth] 182 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Snax aspera [S. aspera ¢ mauritanica A. DC. Mon. Phan. i. 166, where it is entered as ‘ et (specimen h. Banks, nune in h. vind. forsan originis non certiss.).’’ The plant was included in Lette 8 list on the authority of Masson’s specimens in Herb. an S. Pse una. [Masson’s specimen, on which this entry is ae is raterted doubtfully in the Herbar tne to S. canariensis Willd. The material is insufficient for positive determination, consisting it does of part of a branch bearing three large avon J 8. tarrrotia [S. pendulina Lowe.] Foes ACUTUS. . TeNAX [J. glaucus Sibth.; see Journ. Bot. 1900, 82.] bisa sas & CG osa. [I find no et an smesonrae representing this, with seipcnas: in Brown’s MS. as from Masson.] (To be concluded.) MYCOLOGICAL NOTES. By Ernest §. Sazmon, F.L.S. Le Formation or Ascospores in ErysipHe GRraminis. a fact of some interest to find that EL. Graminis is able, under favourable circumstances, to produce, as soon as the peri- the beginning of July on Secale cereale, Hordeum murinum, Bromus commutatus and B, sterilis. Leaves-of these species bea aring peri- thecia were placed on wet filter-paper at the bottom of a Petri dish. The protoplasm of the asci at once began to form ascospores, and in about ten days the perithecia opened with a more or less regular - circumscissile dehiscence,* and the asci threw up ripe ascospores, which after a few hours seidcntainenh freely in the drops of condensed water on the lid of the Petri dish. On dAgropyron repens a general formation of perithecia had taken place as early as the beginning of June. On June 8th some of these perithecia were placed on wet filter-paper, and by June ni most of the asci had developed four to eight young ascospor Three experiments ane carried out, which prove that the asco- spores formed at this time of year are able to infect at once their * Ihave fully described the manner of this spontaneous dehiscence of the perithecium in this Journal for 1903, p. 161. MYCOLOGICAL NOTES 188 thecia had opened a eee and the asci of these had ejected their spores to the top of the Petri dish, where they were germi- nating vigorously 1 ™ the ea aren of condensed water on the = At this date some of the unopened perithecia were crushed i drop of water, so that the ascospores te liberated. The aavoetete thus obtained were sown on two leaves of 7. vulgare. On Aug. 5th one of the ae ho bore powdery Oidium-patches, while all the control leaves were fre In the second Aiea mace perithecia (just formed) were eens on wheat on 26 ly 80th. The leaves were placed on wet blotti paper, and glass slides with “ hanging drops” were suspended over them. On Aug. 5th these drops contained a number of ascospores discharged from the dehisced perithecia, and were placed on three leaves of seedling wheat-plants growing in a pot. The plants were kept under a bell-jar until Aug. 16th, when two of the inoculated leaves were found to bear small powdery Oidium-patches at the marked place where the ascospores had been sown; the control leaves (nine) were all free. n the third experiment, perithecia (just formed) were gathered on wheat “i July 81st. They were placed on wet blotting-paper, and the same method employed to catch the ascospores as in the second experiment. Ascospores were obtained on Aug. 11th, and two leaves were frigsabae On Aug. 18th one leaf bore five small patches of mycelium with young conidiophores, — the “ttc leaf bore one similar patch ; all the control leaves rema ned fr It is quite likely therefore that under fa sefcere re siveteiablanel the species H. Graminis scl pass through its life-cycle more than once in the course of a yea With regard to the ahor species of the E'rysiphacee, however, it is possible that the ascospores may require a definite period of rest before they can germinate The fact that the asci of EZ. Graminis do not as a rule produce ascospores on the living host-plant, a remain full of living proto- plasm which is able to paras rm ascospores at the advent of favourable Saige laces EF. Graminis in a ein isolated position. vation res specti ng the occurrence in mid-winter of the sonidial (Olena stage of H. Graminis may be recorded here. At the end of the summer of 1902 plants of Poa pratensis growing in the Cambridge Botanic Garden” which were covered with large vigorous patches of the Oidium of E. Graminis, were dug u d n pots, and stood in the open. No formation of perithecia was observed on the leaves, and all the leaves in a few weeks died away. On Dec. 27th some fresh green leaves from a stolon appeared in one of the pots, and on one of these leaves a large well-grown patch of mycelium, bearing a large number of closely clustered conidiophores with long chains of conidia, was visible. This occurred in a spell of exceptionally mild weather, after some weeks of cold frosty ° en the Cambridge University Agri- cultural Department, informs me that he noticed in the neighbour- hood of Cambridge, during the ¢ first week of December, 1902, large 184 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY patches—thirty or forty yards square—of young plants of gris pratense, on whi Bee n Oidium was so ee ful ae the ane dispersa Krikss., one of the Uredinee (see Marshall Ward in Sarat, Mycolog. i. p. 132 (1903) ). II. Mycornagous Larv® FEEDING oN Conzpra OF on haedrgad aa on the followin reece with he Oidium of E. ara mints on Poa pratensis, Avena sativa, Lotion italicum, Bromus ster ilis, B, commutatus, B. arduennensis, B, interruptus, B. hor ‘deaceus, Festuca elatior var. pratensis, Milium effusum, and Agropyron repens ; ment the Oidium of EF. Cichoracearum on Plantago major, He orgee d Arctium intermedium ; with the Oidium of E. Polygoni on aes sylvestris, Heracleum Sphondylium, Trifolium procumbens, T. e, T’. incarnatum, Ranunculus repens, Sisymbrium UT ae and Ono- brychis sativa; with the Oidiwn of EF. Galeopsidis on Lamium album, Stachys silvatica, Ballota nigra, and Marrubium Roischyt with the Oidium of Spharotheca Humuli on Humulus Lupulus and Potentilia reptans, and with the nes of S. Humuli var. fuliginea on Leon- todon Taraxacum and Plantago lanceolata; with the Oidiuwm of S. mors-uve on fibes Grossularia ; with the Oidiwm of S. pannosa on — roses ; with the Oidium of Uncinula Aceris on Acer cam- pestre; and with the Oidium of some undetermined species on Pyrus Malus, Cuicus lanceolatus, Myosotis arvensis, praeee arvensis, Ver- bascum Thapsus, Geranium malt, and Calendula were extremely numerous on the mil- dewed parts of the hE ee: as throughout the larval RE they never cease feeding voraciously on “the conidia, they must in some measure tend to dec ecrease the ne at wae the fungus of conidia. In all the cases kept r Me aan: Saaiiy. the fungus itself on the plant St able to continue apparently unchecked. As instances of the prevalence of these 0 some districts, 1 may mention the two following cases. Ten pieces of shoots of ‘the gooseberry, about 6 in. long, severely attacked by Spherotheca mors-uve, were picked at random from a garden in Ireland, and sent = me at Kew by post. When these oots were examined, over seventy larve were found feeding on the conidia. On two little mildewed apple-twigs, about 5 in. long, and each bearing about six leaves, also picked at random in Ireland, and sent through the post, no less than thirty-one of these larvee were found feeding on the fungus when it arrived at Kew MYCOLOGICAL NOTES 185 During the summer I reared examples of these larva feeding on the Oidiwm of the following species:—E. Cichoracearum on Plantago major, E. Galeopsidis on Stachys sylvatica, FE, Polygoni on Heracleum Sphondylium, E. Graminis on Avena sterilis, Spherotheca pannosa on r , S. mors-uve on Ribes Grossularia, §. Humuli on saamen (3) in 1889, who reared “ Diplosis Erysiphes”’ from larve feeding on ‘‘ Krysiphe lamprocarpa Link” on Hieracium murorum, and ‘ Diplosis Spherothece” from larve feedin Spherotheca Castagnei Lévy.” on i hop. Kieffer (2) and Lindroth (4) also have Bie tae (7) erica, Cobb and Olliff (8) in Australia, Mattirolo (9) in Italy, h (4) in Fi se d on Apiosporium ( L Peronosporacea (see Kieffer (2) and Lindr . give below a bibliography for those specially interested in the present subject. BrpioGRapry, 1. Salmon, E. 8,: On Specialization of Parasitism in the Erysiphacee (Beihefte z. Botan. Centralbl., xiv., 261-315 (1908) ). . Ki , J. J.: Monographie des Cécidomyides d’EKurope et d’Algérie (Annal. Soc. Entomol. France, lxix., 346 (1900) ), 3. Rubsaamen, E. H.: ber Gallmiicken aug mykophagen Larven (Entomolog. Nachrichten (Berlin), xv., 877-389 (1889) ). : arver ii 5. Winnertz: in Linnea Entomologica, viii., 154 (1858). 6. Patouillard, N.: in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, XXvVll., 162 (1880). 7. Trelease, W.: Notes on the Relations of two C ecidomyians to Fungi (Psyche, iv., 195-200 (1884) ). — * It is probable that the fly belonging to Agromyza, genus, which I reared last year (see i. p. 266) from milde sativum, proceeded from a leaf-mining larva in the leave mycophagous larve. or a closely related wed leaves of Pisum 8, and not from the 186 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY obb, N. A., and Olliff, A. S.: Insect Larvee (Cecidomyia sp-) cating A301). Wheat and Flax (Agric. Gazette N.S. Wales, ii., - Mattirolo, O.: Sopra aleune Larve micophage (Bull. Soc. Bot. Ttal., 1896, 180 (1896) ). 10. Low, H.: in Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, xxxviii., 246 (1888). SHORT NOTES. Foumaria capreouata L, 1n Orxney.—In Journ. Bot. for 1901, p- 267, I recorded this (as F. pallidiflora Jord.) from two localities - Mainland ; but the name was corrected in 1908, pp. 25-6, t purpurea poms The following extract from a recent letter ta Mr. Pugsley is, therefore, noteworth y :—‘‘Since looking through your collection of Fumitories some time ago, I have ‘on cae other haere - your ip ng in other herbaria, yon oth F, oueine ee coloured r. capreolata. The latter were very small specimens invariably; and, as these plants were gathered quite early, before fruit was formed to any extent, it was no doubt extremely easy to confuse the two plants. I believe your own eee contained pu sale only.” It happened to be the case that e first fruiting-specimen which I examined in sit eae ae recurved pedicels of F. one ( pallaiore ew appa- rently was that segregate ; I’, purpurea had not then been qeartek and I had no reason, at the time, to Ganpest that two distinct forms wats present. The Orkney (v.-c. 109) Capreolate Fumitories will accordingly stand er follows :—F’. capreolata L., F’. pur aah — F. Borat Jord., and F. eo Sie Jord.—Epwarp 8. Marsu Viota catcarga Gregory (p. 67).—Since writing my paper on Viola calcarea I have examined again Babington’s specimens at Cambridge. I find, as I had expected, that the type-specimens are mixed, on the same sheet, with what we now call small /irta (really, I believe, the Foudrasi of Jordan). When I studied the violets in the same herbarium nearly seven years ago, I acccpted the names there given; but, as I became better acquainted with my plant, the Babtigton) from the sae toile There is a plant t of V. hirta, also i in Watson’ 3 herbarium, labelled | Ui Viola calearea Bab. Garden H. C. Watson.” I think this is small hirta ‘improved by culti- vation. The general herbarium at Kew contains four specimens of PLANT-GEOGRAPHY UPON A PHYSICAL BASIS 187 calcarea, from Barton, Beds (Saunders), and four very typical plants from seeeote Head (Bo per). Mr. Hunnybun, who has made a capital drawing of Sacer caer the statis on the Devil’s Dyke, Cam- ree eer —KE. 8. Grecory. TION. claps any thanks for the kind review of our us only to correct a prion Clarkeifedia OK. 1903 is established for Monandropatrinia being a nomen sesquipedale (see § 9¢ of the Codex brevis maturus) eit 7 syllables and not for Miamonee inia, as you wrote it, being a allowed name with 6 syllables if it had the priority. There is indeed ze ao Neh in ri Lexicon, only aim at correctness and execution of r The vowel “i” and the consonant ‘‘j’’ is always well spent’ in our Serio according to § 19‘ of the Codex, and wrong former writings are always cor- rected in this line, but as Italians be oe i” and ‘‘j”’ in quite another manner (see Commentarie 9 & § 12%, 12/9) and equal words with only that aifieraibe “howld be stay side by side for the first purpose of a Lexicon: clear arrangement to find at once equal names, we put ‘i’ and ‘‘j”’ always together. You will find for instance 28 names twice with I and J in the same alphabetical order in our Lexicon, whereagainst in Mr. Jackson works they are put under 2 heads but not “corrected as to vowels and consonants; he is quite right to call that intermingling a ‘relic of barbarism,” but he did not leave it.—Orro Kunrzz ; Tom von Post NOTICES OF BOOKS. Plant- hes the A upon a Physical Basis, By Dr. A. F. W. getiens Th thorized English translation by Witt R. Fisuer, B.A. ; a reviode and edi ted by Percy Groom, MLA., &e., and Isaac Baytey Batrour, F.R.S., &e. With a photogravure portrait, 5 collotypes, 4 maps, and 497 other illustrations. ee » half-bound, pp. xxx, 889. Price 42s. net. Clarendon res THis beantifally printed and admirably illustrated voliauis marks an important advance in the study of plant-geography, and we fully accept the view of the editors that it will prove hardly less sees making among English students of plant-life than was the lation “of Sachs’s yeti of Botany, published as ted thirty years ago. At present the name cecology—which made its first appear- ance in English, icsanttie to Dr. Murray’s great Dictionary, in the translation of Haeckel’s History of Creation, published in 1878—has hardly come into common use among British botanists ; Mr. Lloyd Praeger and others have, however, done much to make it under- stood, and it is clear that in the correlation of organisms existing together i in the same locality, their eye and modifications, a new and wide field of interest is pep o the observer, even though he be restricted to a limited distri In the extremely interesting epee ” with which Dr. 188 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the hod d th at one time did duty for scientific investigation—speculations of “The methods pursued in the solution of cecological problems were reseed ge inadequate, and often utterly unscientific. To observe a plants was to assume that they were flotation-devices. The subject therefore attracted but few botanists.” Nothing could well be more fferent from these fanciful speculations than the careful investi- gation of facts and accumulation of evidence upon which Schimper based his conclusions—it is the difference between imagination and science, between those who are too often and too readily accepted as followers of Darwin and the great naturalist himself. tt would be impossible in the space at our disposal to give any- thing like an adequate notice of this important volume, of which the mere summary of contents occupies ten closely printed pages of small type. e must content ourselves with directing attention to its interest and importance, and to commending the care and research to which it is literally true to say that every page bears evidence, and of which the bibliography appended to each chapter is only one indication. The Genus Diospyros in Ceylon: its Morphology, Anatomy, and Taxonomy. Part I. By Hersert Wricut. Pp. 106. in the laboratory. This first part contains a general statement and discussion on the ebony trees, under the following heads :—1. His- tory. 2. Distribution in Ceylon. 8. Vegetative characters. Anatomy: timber properties, &c. 5. Seedlings. 6. Reproductive organs. 7. Affinity. The indigenous trees are considered to belong to twenty j D 3 t the wet zone, where the annual rainfall is never less than 80 inches, in places often exceeds 800 inches ; i where the annual rainfall varies from 70 to 80 inches, the whole of THE GENUS DIOSPYROS IN CEYLON 189 the dry zone species except D. me elanoxylon occur, and: of the wet zone — only two, D. Gardneri and D. sylvatica, have been” obser iDwelve out of the twenty species are endemic, and several of them are rare; D. Ebenum is the chief source of ebony in Ceylon, and the best ebony i is produced by the trees growing on rocky and well-drained soil. All the species assume an arborescent habit ; e is variably to be pellucid ; sometimes this character is not very con- spicuous, as in D. affinis; in se other species, particularly in Embryopteris, D, Ebenum, and D. Toposia, the translucent D. oppositifolia, and D. sylvatica. The species generally belong to the evergreen type, but the twigs of D. montana and D, ovalifolia ~ become badepe leafless every year in a dry northern districts. The my of the secondary xylem is of the ordinary Naete ibionont fps he differentiation of the tracheal elements and fibres is remarkably uniform, but the parenchymatous tissues exhibit sufficient variation to allow the species to be grouped under different types. Numerical tables are given, exhibiting, for each species, the dimensions of the vessels of the tracheal elements in the twigs nd sapwood Sed ei their radial diameter, their tangential diameter and ; also the radial diameter and length ‘ot the siicaachs stint cleniiaiil in the sapwood ; the radial diameter of the fibres in the heartwood and sapwood respectively ; ; the radial diameter, tangential diameter, and vertical length of the vertical nd the horizontal medullary ray cells _— 2 Sd gg fe] oO — bee So m fo According to previous authorities the genus is Pisswnevliae usually by dicecious flowers, and only rarely a polygamous or moneecious condition has been recognized; but Mr. Wright has recently made careful examination of fresh material in the forest: and has proved that there is a departure from the diccious state in ten out of the twenty species in Ceylon. Speaking generally, monecious, polygamous and hermaphrodite conditions ha aving been found. The occurrence of hermaphodite flowers “een in doubt their non-existence in any of the Ceylon species, provid i i ide t e pa, D. ovalifolia, D. ‘om sie quasita a, and D. Toposia ; two species, D, acuta and D. a aLsiniie, are moneecious only ; five species— 190 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Dealing with the affinities of the Hbenacea, Mr. Wright recites the various opinions expressed by his Daeiecrs, without offering any original views of his own; under the circumstances he is con- tent to point out the main facts as sanlueaeted ‘a his present paper, and leaves the question of affinity until detailed information for the remaining species occurring in other parts of the world comes to han Mr. Wri rights valuable paper is an important addition to our knowledge of the genus, and when it is completed in the second part, which will a specific descriptions and Fitasteations, a which is promised soon to be published, the genus Diospyros will be among the best ebcieial of the larger genera in the Ceylon flora. W. P. Hiern. Vorlesungen iiber Sern cvundee Von Dr. Lupwie Jost, a. o. rofessor an der ne ersitiit Strassburg. Large sand PP. xii, on, tt. 172. Jen 1 Fischer 1904, Price 18 Mar nder the Hon e are three sections—(1) the material mis position of the plant, including the structure and chemistry of cell, protoplasm, &c. ; the assumption of matter in 1 inflitenes of external factors—whether het such as ’ tempera- ture, light, gravity, and mechanical and chemical factors; or organic, including plant and animal parasites, and the problems of symbiosis, or the relation between the various parts of the individual plant. The fourth section is entitled “ Development of the plant aided the influence of internal and external causes,’’ and includes discussions on periodicity of growth, reproduction, and variation. In the last part the author discusses the celal leg of energy in movements of various kinds, both autonomic a ced, The book is a useful sesiatat pesesintatiol of the facts of plant- physiology, and the theories which are at present in vogue as to their meaning and explanation. A Be 8 The Old Riddle and the Newest Answer. By Joun Gerarp, 8.J., F.L.8. S8vo, pp. x, 298. Longmans. Price 5s. net. Tue principal object of this book is to examine, entirely from the scientific side, the pretensions of such systems as those of Prof. Haeckel, which assume that modern research has supplied us with a purely, materialistic explanation of the aaveonne—-ite creation and BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETO. 191 development; the author contending, on the contrary, that, far from dissipating such mysteries, the progress of science has but made their solution more hopeless by any such means as are within the same time that the habit of basing large and far-reaching theories upon inadequate foundations of fact, is in great measure responsible for the extravagances in which would-be cosmogonists are apt to indulge. In support of his contention that the evidence for Darwinism influence of his systematic work on the progress of botany, and emphasizing the fact, often lost sight of, that in the Fragmenta of 192 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Linneus we find the germ of the natural system. The ——— of the Linnean medal to Dr. Giinther met with a very hearty re ception on the part of the Fellows. A fintioes of the meeting was the reading of the new Charter by the Treasurer, who has generously borne the trouble and expense of procuring the document. The chief points in which the new Charter differs from the old are, the recog- nition of the right of women to become Fellows, and an increase in the numbers of the Council, which henceforth will consist of twenty neers five of whom retire annually. R. SCHONLAND od gig in the Records of ths Albany Museum (arch 1904) an of Mrs. F, W. Barser (née Mary Elizabeth is nity the tg datas which we were not previously able to ascertain. She was born about 1820, just before the family left England to atte aie Port Alfred, at the Cape, and died at Pieter- maritzburg i in 1899. In the references already given (Journ. Bot. 19038, 344) will be found evidence of her enthusiasm for collecting plants, and of Harvey’s appreciation of her help, which he acknow- ledged by dedicating to her the genus Barberetta. Mrs. Barber was well versed in natural history generally, and devoted much attention to Lepidoptera; Dr. Schénland appends to his notice a list of her ae papers and drawings, the latter of which, with her her- um and collection of butterflies, are in the Albany Museum, HE second of the Contribuciones al conocimiento de la Flora Ecuatoriana, by the Rev. L. Sodiro, 8.J. (Quito, 1908), is ten to the genus Anthurium. “There are full descriptions of 163 spec a large proportion of which are new; the monograph is iNnstrated by twenty-eight plates. Tue Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1903, of which Mr. Druce is editor, appears with commendable promptitude, having been issued on March 28. We hope to give extracts from the more interesting notes in an early issue. The Flora of the Parish of Halifax, by Messrs. W. B. Crump and C. Crossland, which has appeared in instalments in the Halifaa Naturalist for 1896-1904, ae now been issued in volume form by the Halifax Scientific Society. The first wee of Aus Rendle’s Classification of Flowering ‘Plans, including the Gymnosperms and Monocotyledons, has been published by the “Gainicidee Dnivensity Press. We hope to notice thee books in our next number. Amone recent continuations of works bearing upon the European Flora may be mentioned the Flora Analitica d’ Italia, vol. iii. part 2, dealing with the Composite, and the Prodromus Flore —— vol, i. part 8, including Corolliflore and Monochlamydeea. Dr. F.B uchena has published (En gelmann, Leipzig) a ‘ Kritische Nachtriige’’ to his F — der Nordwestdeutschen Tiefebene be econd volume of the Catalogue of the Library of the British Mus fi Rabeirah amestaty jy containing letters E—K, _ been tre lished by the Trustees. . Tab. 461. 198 THE SPORANGIA OF HALIMEDA., - By Eruent §. Garp. (PLate 461.) some marine alge sent me by Dr. Herdman in 1903 Harv. bearing sporangia, and, as these had never been previously recorded for this species, I published a note on the subject, together with a list of the remaining alge, in Dr. Herdman’s Report on the Pearl-Oyster Fisheries (Roy. Soc. 1908, Suppl. Report, 1. pp. 163- 67). Comparisons were there drawn between the sporangia of , H. gracilis and those of H. Tuna, as described and figured by Derbés & Solier (Comptes Rendus, Suppl. p. 46, tt. 11, 12 (1856)). Fruiting specimens of H. Tuna are very rare in herbaria, and, as I had never had an opportunity of examining one, it was impossible to clear up several doubtful points, or to make a complete comparison between the sporangia of the two species. However, thanks to the kindness Mons. Ed. Bornet, who has lately sent me a portion of the identical specimen of H. Tuna described by Derbés & Solier (J. ¢.), it is possible to add some information regarding some of the obscure points rruee ee. 3 Description of Thallus.—Before proceeding to describe and com- pare the fruiting joints of H. Tuna and H. gracilis, it will be as well to recapitulate the description of the internal structure of the 7 thallus of Halimeda. ___. Itmay be remembered that the thallus of Halimeda is composed _ of unicellular branching filaments, which form three distinct layers in each joint: 1. A strand of filaments which runs up the axis of the plant from the root to the apex. 2. A network of branched fila- ments, the subcortical layer, derived from the side branches of the quite free from one another. At the apex communication is estab- lished between the filaments in one of three ways :— . In some species, as was shown by Prof. Askenasy (Forsch- ungsreise, 8.M.S. ‘Gazelle,’ Th. iv. Bot. Algen (1888) ), openings or pits are formed in the adjacent walls of all the filaments, and Journan or Borany.—Vow. 42. [Jury, 1904.] Oo 194 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY thus free communication is established reece the central strand. The pits are very large and nu tee so that little owt separate individual course, continues this ‘se unbranched while traversing the node, and then, branching ey begins the formation of the subcortical and peripheral layers of a new in- jibe chad (joint). This is characteristic of H. macroloba and H, in- cra. ‘.. Ta other species there is no general apa of pits, but communication is effected by fusion “of the filaments in groups of two or three. The i aaielag ee of the fusing filaments i is com- formation of a joint, shi fased portion continues its growth as a single filament for some little distance to form the node ; ulti- mately the filaments branch di- or trichotomously, and begin the formation of the i joint. This occurs in H. Tuna, H. gracilis, and at other specie . The third muita of communication peeomies the peagne | in so tas as it is limited to adjacent filaments. But in this case the number of fusing filaments is always two, and their identity i is not completely lost, for immediately after the junction they appear m m cation between the central filaments belonging to one of these three ee? and this character serves as a convenient basis for a syste- arrangement of the species. This arrangement does not run soentet to the old lines of classification, but it serves to show that several species formerly regarded as independent, on the ground of variety in external characters, are really nothing but forms of one or another Mer species. This classification is worked out fully n my paper ‘The Genus Halimeda”’ (Siboga Expeditie, Mono- graphs Ix. Leiden, 1901). Sporangia of H. gracilis. The oo ie pen in haar between she central strand of fila- ments and the angia is very close, since the sporangi = are a set i of Sailvsi filaments wie after fusion emerge from a joint, and bear sporangia instead of forming a oii joint. The exact position therefore of the sporangiophores on a joint ogee depend on the course followed by the central filaments inside joint, and this course varies in different species. In H. gracilis the filaments of the central strand are chiefly confined to the main axis which runs directly through a joint to the next joint above, and to the two lateral branches of that main axis, each leading to an appa angle of the joint. The fruiting filaments therefore of H. gracilis THE SPORANGIA OF HALIMEDA 195 grow out in small isolated tufts . these angles, in the place where new joints might otherwise be fig According to the system of classification of species described Bi the distinguishing feature of H. gracilis lies 1 in the complete fusion of the filaments of the central strand in pairs at the apex of a joint; the fused portion is prolonged, and then branches tricho- tomously in the next joint. When the — —_— is aaa g sporangia are empty, but t has been possible to find specimens in which th ripe sa ai still ‘alls the sporangia and the apex of the sporangiophore. The protoplasm is studded with small black dots, and the condition is probably one shortly preceding the escape of the zoospores. Sporangia of H, Tuna. In H. Tuna the filaments of a joint do — as in A. gracilis, form three conspicuous ribs; but, on the contrary, numerous cea strand-filaments ‘radiate flabellately peti the base of a joint, and run out to the margin, where in a purely vegetative joint they | remain without further developm ent. (Besides these radiating filaments there is of course a main strand, which is rather in- distinct, forming the axis of the joint, and continuing its course into and through the joint above.) In a fertile joint these ere margin, and em erge to bear sporangia. Thus in H. Tuna the of communication between the fusing ecenoreh of the central strand of H. Tuna takes place in the manner described above on p. 194. Two, sometimes three, filaments fusing together form a single filament, but, whereas in the case of the main strand, which has a igs vegetative function, the single filaanant resulting from the fusion continues its course into the next joint badors & OQ two long branches. These branch dichotomously at the top, and each wr branch bears sporangia similar in forma to those of » graci The pileumnes between the fruits of H. gracilis and H. Tuna may therefore be summarized as follows:—In H. gracilis the smorene vances arise in ‘soled tufts an the angles of a joint; - Tuna they form a continuous fringe alon the margin of a nes In H. gracilis the filament resulting from the fusion of two saat: of the central strand grows out as a single long filament o 2 196 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY until it branches into two ee at its summit; in H. Tuna the filament resulting from the fusion branches immediately oe two, and each of these fone branches seat a . after a tim into two sporangiophores. Thus fro m the fusion of two Pisnents duced (see figs. 8, "6 8). \s regards the sporangia of either species, I am unable to give details of their development, or describe the escape of the zoospores from personal observation. But MM. Derbés & Solier (i. c. p. 47) describe the zoo spores after pees escape as follows :—‘‘ There is attached to the posterior part; at other times this latter was wanting. In other = — there appeared to be only one at the summit of the rostrum, and very often we have not been able to see any at all, either in rout or behind. As to the move- ments, these zoospores are entirely c omparable with others. We have not been able to frei ain silos resting-spores or germinations.”’ as I can ascertain, the fruiting season of H. Tuna, the the sporangia and the germination of the zoospores. In this —_ of the vegetative and reproductive parts of Hali- meda, it is seen that all fresh growth is preceded by a fusion of filaments of the central strand. The meaning of this fusion is at present not quite clear. It may, indeed, be suggested that we have fungi, where a fusion of two filaments precedes the formation of spores ; but in Halimeda we are met by the difficulty that such a fusion is not confined to filaments destined to bear sporangia, but, as is mentioned abe is equally characteristic of filaments which are purely vegetative. For each filament of the strand which issues from the apex or angles of a joint to form a new join e pro duct of a — of two or three filaments just within the periphiisy of the old jo Inasmuch as these fusions are found to precede the rae sap of new joints on the one hand, and of sporangiophores on the other, the obvious inference is ‘ that the fusicns provide powerful stimulus for further growth, whether vegetative or repro- ductive. They form new and vigorous growing points. But what Of the material of H. Tuna in fruit, so kindly sent me by Mon Bornet, slides showing sporangia hay e been deposited in the British Museum ; ; and a herbarium specimen showing the marginal fringe of fruiting filaments has been mounted in the Herbarium of the Royal Gardens, Kew. I am much indebted to my husband for criticism and suggestions, R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS 197 XPLANATION OF Prate 46 Figs. 1-3. aR gracilis—1. Joints bearing sporangia. Nat.size. 2. Saas ‘oink, Saaegi ridges of centr al strand and lateral tufts of fruiting fila- men t, 5 ing of two filaments of tenes strand ivlow, and pasliawcives branching abov orm sporangiophores. una.—4. Portion of pode to plant. Nat. size. %. Fertile joint, i mi filaments pecioene cohen tely from base of central strand. 6. Fruiting filaments. Two of the iating filaments are seen branching eg chotomously. The central branch of the upper one fuses with the left-hand branch of the lower on ah OEE: ata from hme to ype and each branches above to form t fo) e, seen from the other side. x 80. 8. Young felting Clematis (after Derbés ¢ & Solier). x 52. R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS. By James Britten, F.L.S. (Concluded from p. 182.) Arum Cotacasia. a A. pictum [Caladium picturatum C. Koch & Bouché. A. sacitr@rotium [4. canariense Webb (A. italicum PB canariense Engl.).] ape 9) Poramoceton natans. [I cannot find the specimens of this: Mr. Ar ie Bennett has no note of true natans from Madeira, and suggests that the jluitans a collected there by Lowe and others is the — intended Eessum. [Be aide es Wee s specimens sent to Banks, we have : died cite up by Masson himself, and bearing in his own hand name which corr reuponide with that in Dryander’s ee 9 rv his list. This is interesting as ae that the MS. names of novelties in that list are to be ascribed to Masson, cae ater otherwise indicated. The s scinietin are P. pusillus L., to which, pape to a note in the Herbarium, ps, were referred by Sir CAREX MURICATA. [Brown in his MS. list has added ‘vix muricata”’: the plant seems to be C. divulsa —— which —- botanists regard as a variety of muri icata.] CIRPUS SETACEUsS [S. cernuus Vahl.] Sed CyPERUS ESCULENTUS. C. rotunpus M. ‘* Culmo triquetro subnado, ianbella decom- oe spicis alternis linearibus. H. ‘*M.” means that the plant was collected by Masson; ‘* H. K.” isa mistranscription for 6 Fi. Zeyl.”’] C. FLAVESCENS. ARISTIDA GIGANTEA [A. adscensionis L.] PHauaRis CANARIENSIS. [I suspect this was P. ee Link, but I have not found the Banksian specimen on whic Brown's es is based.] P.sB a [P. caerulescens Desf.] Pivioclee eLaucum [Setaria glauca Beauy.] P. vine [Setaria verticillata Beauy.] P. cotonum Lin. 198 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ss pl de [a misprint for sanguinale: Diyitaria sanguinalis cop. . ‘*Masson duas habet varietates P. Junc. quarum altera ‘oliis Sasi ae altera sat Nass a que ab Anglis Maderiensib. G amaicensium audet.’’ [P. repens Lam. There is a foseriphan of P. junceum (of which the name only was publishe d)*~P, hoes Nees an » junceum Trin. are different species—in Solander’s MS. Flora of Made eira, e ek pears in Banks and Bolander s MS. list. We hay e Ma dei a specim from Banks, Masson, — Brown, as well as from tater: Etissiors:) GASTRIDIUM AUSTR ILIUM ee aac [On ‘yzopsis miltacea K, Richter, Pl. Kurop. i. 83 (1890 ).] AGROSTIS ALBA. Ciiiison oe ene ** (Panic. Dact. L.)”’ AIRA CARYOPH : Poa PRATENSIS. P. annua. - Eragrostis. (No doubt Eragrostis pevides Beauv., but I have not found the Masson and Downe specimens indicated by Brown.] P. riawa [Festuca rigida Kunth.] fac MINOR. Dacry.is CLONER CynosuRUS ECHINATUS. C. inpicus (Blewsine indica L.] C. aurgus [La amereins aurea Moench.] Festuca BROMOID F., pECUMBENS tn Fiodia decumbens Beauv. ] F, yLurrans t@ oars fluitans Br.] Bromus Mou B. stERILIis aa B. genicutatus [B. madritensis L.} B. pistacayos [Drachypodium sylvaticum Beauv AVENA ELATIOR and A. Noposa [Arrhenatherum avenaceum Beauv, | A. ratua [A, hirsuta Roth.] A. ruavescens [Deschampsia argentea Lowe. Although catered in his list as A. flavescens, this is noted as “ nov. sp.’ by Brown Herb. Banks.] LENTUM. Horpeum murinum. [This is followed by an entry ‘‘[H.] a murino divers.” A reference to Brown’s MS. list shows that a ‘‘?”’ should follow ‘divers.,”’ and that the specimens referred to are those which he himself ‘collected, and which do not appear to differ fro JENCHRUS oiLtARIs [Pennisetum cenchroides Rich.] R. BROWN’S LIST OF MADEIRA PLANTS 199 CrYPTOGAMS. fe. r the naming of the Cryptogams I am mainly indebted to my clleague Mr. Antony Gepp. Unfortunately, with the exception of but in the absence of specimens s it does not appear advisable to a the modern synonymy. I have therefore simply printed the list as it stands, adding rine in the case of the few of which we have been able to find specim SMUNDA SPICATA (Spicand). ‘*In montosis.” [Lomaria Spicant Desv.| Fagen SQUAM A. Marantua | Nathoihlai Marante R. Br.] A. pinosum |Gymnogramma Lovett Hook. & Grev. = G. Filicum, t. 89, Hooker & Greville say: ‘* Mr. Lowe Ate that it may probably be the Acrostichum pilosum of Von Buch’s List of Plants of the Canary Isles; and that the same name (but equally without stay Hee or character) likewise exists in a manuscript stoma Madeira Plants, which he has seen in the island, purporting to be taken from the Banksian Library, and probably left there Say Masso n.”’] TERIS ARGU P.-aq UILINA. ih rupib. altis. Pabulum prebet vaccis per hieme alin RADICANS. }COLOPENDRIUM VULGARE, EMIONITIS rer Ds ie z OE | fea FI CEPS. [Name taken up by Lowe (Print. 8).] MARIN A. compactust. [Name apparently unpublished elsewhere ; spe- cimen ne fea d. A. LEPTOPHYLLUM [Gymnogramme leptophylla Desv.| A. Saami eso [The form acutum—A. productum Lowe. ] A. DENTEX Se Jurcatum Thunb., but no specimens found from Banks or mg or OLYPODIUM VULGARE. ‘‘ Var. pinnis latioribus, profundius ser- ratis.”” AspipiuM auricutarum [A, falcinellum Sw. Specimen referred to by en tid rimit. 5. puttum [Nephrodium molle Desvy.] i. raLcatuM. [Name apparently unpublished elsewhere ; speci- men not found. . ELoNGATUM | Nephrodium elongatum Hook. & Grev.} A. Fiurx-ra@ina. 200 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY A. ra&tIcum and A. rracite [Cystopteris fragilis Bernh.] ; Fem FRAGRANS [Cheilanthes maderensis Lowe = C. fragrans Webb erth A. axILLare and A. umprosum [Aspleniwm wnbrosum Sm.| A. um [Nephrodium feniseciti Lowe—an earlier name under the gens than the usually employed N. emulum Baker Frronposum. [Name taken up by Lowe from Solander’s MS. name Palypodium 4s stay ] HUM RENIFORME. A. TENERUM ra. Capilius-Veneris L.] Trichomangs aLatum [T’, speciosum Willd.] HymenopuyLium tunsripgense. ‘In sylvis.” Dicksonia cuucita. AVALLIA CANARIENSIS. ‘‘ In rupibus et truncis arborum.”’ EQUISETUM ARVENSE. Lycoropium Srtaco [L. suberectum Lowe = L. Seiago var.] L. pLumosum. ‘ eo Buena Mesirn a in sylvis.’’ [The her- barium shows this to be synonymous with Selaginella Kraussiana A. Br., but we do not find eile me ss the locality cited.] . DENTIcuLATUM. [Probably S. denticulata Link, but specimen not found. ] Musca. — Ppa hnum vasculosum [Enthosthodon a ile Schwaegr.], Funaria hygrometrica, Polytrichum nanum natum aloides Brid.], : ". undulatum, oye serpylli ifolium, Tortula tortuosa, Dicranum viridulum, Trichostomum lanuginosum, Bryum — cespititium, B. fontanum [Philonotis Vontars Brid.} , Fissidens bry- oides, var. gigantea [F’. serrulatus Brid.] , Neckeria lucens, N. crispa [N. intermedia Brid.], Hypnum cupressiforme, [Thamnium alopecurum] , H. riparium, H. velasinum [ Raphidostegium Welwitschit Jaeg. & Sauerb.], H. casurum [eaturum, Sciaromiwn prolixum Jaeg. & Sauerb., and E oder: spinosum Jaeg. & Sauerb.], H. pilaceum {julaceum, Astrodontium 1 'releaset Cardot], Leskea sericea. t1ca,—Jungermannia Trichomanes, J. bidentata, J. resupi- nata, J. trilobata, J. oe orm dilatata [probably Frullania tama- risci, but specimen uncertain], J. Tamarisei [/’. polysticta Linden J. platyphylla [Madotheca Neiwate Dumort.], Marchantia conica, M. oe ied HENES. — Lecidea geographica, Lecanora subfusca, Sticta sehisotatin, Borrera leucomelas, Ramalina fastigiata calycaris [A. gif phoron globifert m [S. coralloides Pers.], Stereocaulon paschale, Rocella entire [Roceella fuciformis Ach., and ZR. tinctoria Ach.], Cetraria vulpina, Usnea articulata |Hofim ‘m.}. Lex#.—Fucus elongatus [Himanthalia lorea Lyngb.: specimen not found], F. natans [Sargassum veces Ag.|, FP. apreolatus [Name unpublished elsewhere; specimen not found], U m- bilicalis [Porphyra laciniata Ag.: ae cimen not found], Scarves scoparia [Stypocaulon scoparium Kue e1.—Byssus aurea | This is the protonema of a moss}, Agari- cus alneus, Boletus, Peziza Auricula. 201 A NEW HEPATIC. By H. W. Lert, M.A. Durine a short visit in June, 1903, to the Island of Achill, Co. Mayo, I found a hepatic which was s quite new to me, and I sent it to Professor Douin, of Chartres, who described it in the Revue 1, plant, natural size; 2, end of a pore: oe view (normal fo: val ae thinner part of branch seen from above; 4, the e seen from en below i the lower leaves much smaller ; 5, a leaf taken from Re i a see 6, a leaf from No. 2, side view, from mie the same-seen f abov. ve; 8, a leaf removed from the stem, and seen Magee! ve; 9, cells of a, No. 8 part of fig. 13. peat Sar ‘the involu e margin ; 13, tr sverse section of above through m n (fig. 5); 15, transverse section of the siehie atid a leaf through J rs (fig. 6). (Figs. 2-8, x 18; figs. 9-12, 14, x 100; figs. 13, 15, x 36). Br ponies for May, 1904. The following is a translation of this description :— ADE us puGortTIENsIs Douin & H. W. Lett, sp.nov. Pla joins (2), ‘of a brownish-yellow colour. Stem 10-50 mm. tom 202 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY branched (fig. 1) ; branches rising laterally before the stem, which also lengthens at the extremity; the tops of the branches when dry are incurved like a crozier ; i Same is sometimes the case when e plant ” ina . condition. In transverse section the stem is elliptic (fig. 15), having a distinct border of three to five rows of coloured Asis with thick walls, the cells of the a being Paling and thin-walle eaves elliptic in shape, 1:1-0°75 mm. long at the end of the chief branches, much smaller towards the base of the shoot (fig. 4). I e normal form (fig. 2), the leaves are arranged erect on llous, H. W. L. n the topmost — 7. back margin is entire and strongly g d 7) to its insertion (fig. 2) in the stem, where va very distinctly entaaeet the stem ll 15). o 5 @O 4 [a>] “Ou 2 Cm a o .0Q oe mos il, and consist sseah of one sojooting cell. The cells of the sree of the leaf have most distinct walls (fig. 9), and are clearly marked by lines into polygonal shapes; they are 16-80 » in diameter. With regard to the other cash (fig. 10, 11, and 12), indisti othe her their walls are indistinct where they touch each , and there remains little but ven inside shape showing that they were wider and separated by very thick walls. At the base and in the middle part ‘of the the = (ig. }2) the cells are much gma 15-20 pu wide d 40-75 » long. The surface of the cells is smooth. When the surface of a leaf is vowed from above. there is seen from the anterior to sar .. margin (fig. 5, 13, and 14), first an anterior even margin, then onvex surface, next a concave surface, and then the posterior Sinkgits involut There are no under Antheridia, Seeleecoas er fructification are all as yet unknown. On shady rocks amongst Scapania gracilis, Hymenophyllum tun- br — &c., at 2000 ft. above the villa age * Dugort, Achill Island, Co. o, Ireland, 24 June, 1908. Colld. V. a aa —In the genus celta aa female flowers are found on very short cokinenian at the e of the stem. Mop or for them on the little ‘olin which has been seit to So F. Stephani, the distinguished hepaticologist, to whom I submitted it, writes :—‘‘ The plant which you have sent me is an Adelanthus, unknown till now; it is the most inte atta discovery which we have received for a long time: the plant is very close to orn. you are aware, i ntry classic for an ancient flora still one there, renting bese in the neighbouring countries. Your new plant belongs to a small group of rare species which have the characteristics of the hepatics of hot climates. A great many of THE MOSSES OF CHESHIRE 203 these ‘ plantee relicte’ of Ireland are known only in a barren condition The back margin of the leaves, which is curiously ineurved, enatly: Sienauiehes this new hepatic from all the other European eci Thi spec 1s teristic, however, is less noticeable than in A fucifor mis, abn quite different in the large teeth of its 1 ear to it, if it is not indeed the same spe in finding a plant with flowers. I have complied with his wish that the name of ne village near which it was discovered should be given to the plan [Through Se ae of Professor so aaa and the generosity of Herr Stephani, I have been able to compare a specimen 0 Adelanthus unciformis Tayl. from toe del Fuego with the plant from Co. Mayo. e size, colour, and general appearance are much the same. But the leaves of ao ‘mis are larger, much closer, more square in outline with a more acute point, mor homomallous, the teeth of margin stronger, and the areole smaller than in dugortiensis. These points o difference are very distinct when stems of both slsntn are examined side by side on the same slide with a 2 in. or 1 in. object-glass.:—H. W. L.} THE MOSSES OF CHESHIRE. By J. A. Wuexpon, F.L.S. Wuen the list of Cheshire mosses, which appeared in this Mites t for 1898 (pp. 802-811), was prepared, I did not intend to undertake the collection of any further notes on the bryology of this interesting county. Although possessed BE a psirone desire to visit some of its classical localities, rendered f s by the dis- coveries of Wilson, Hunt, Holt, and Whitehead, oni districts had prior claims on my limited oid The following notes therefore consist in the main of records supplied by a few ag ie ents; a large proportion from the herbarium of Mr. G. A. Holt, who sent me a list some years ago. But for an undertaking then given to publish Mr. Holt’s list, these notes would not have been written. I am also indebted for information or specimens to Miss Armitage, Miss Wood, Dr. Ellis, Mr. E. C. Horrell, F.L. 8., Mr. D. A. Jones, F.L.S., and the late Mr. R. de G. Benson. ave made some attempt to trace (hitherto without success) the herbarium of the late Miss Bowman, of Chester, which, I am informed by Mr. Bagnall, contained a large number of mosses collected in the vicinity of that city. No localities which appeared in the list of 1898 are repeated below, except where some emendation is necessary ; and additional species now included are indicated by an asterisk. My own work in the county has been almost limited to the Wirral peninsula, a district long ago explored by Liverpool bryologists. Last year I 204 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY was surprised to find a good quantity “ Bryum calophyllum, and some of its usual associates, near Wallas hink th ust be a d f them on many occasions before, and it seems hardly possible they would have remained overlooked in a locality that has been fre- sandhills are too dry for the subaquatic Brya of this group. I therefore hazard the conjecture that railway-works have resulted in the formation of the hollow in which the plants grow, within very recent times. In this depression the sand is generally damp, and sometimes even covered with a slight —_ of water, for weeks together. The light spores of the B a may have been blown across the Mersey during high gales, and, alighting on this congenial spot, have duly germinated. Many spores doubtless lie buried in the drier shifting id ready to grow, should their soe remain unimpaired, when the conditions become more favoura nyone who has encountered a sandstorm on this coast during high winds, when the flying sand cuts the face and is carried far inland, can imagine the possibility, or even probability, of the much lighter r the sake of completeness, a few very old and probably well- saat records are eaebuied which were overlooked in preparing the list of 1898. Sphagnum fimbriatum Wils. Castle Mill; Carrington Moss ; Mottram; Brookhouse Bog; Abbotts Moss, Holt. —*Var. tenue unb b am Bog, D. A. Jones. — Var. viride Russ. Wybunbury Bog, A, Jones.—’ ee psdiatoissim Pers. var. subsquarrosum Russ. Flax- e. ectabile Russ. Wybunbury Bog, D. 4. Jones.— *Var. imbr Latin Schimp. Flaxpool, Holt.—S. teres Angstr. “var. squarrosulum Warnst. Knutsford Moor, Le (Pisce —*Var. imbri- catum i dae Wybunbury Bog, D. A. Jones. —S. cuspidatum . & W. *var. majus Warnst. Oakmere and Abbotts Moss, Holt. —Var. plore N.& H. Flaxpool and Hatchmere, Holt.—*Var se Sch Oakmere; Heswall Heath. —*F. serrulata Schlieph. (= s. . initense C. Miill.). Very fine and characteristic on Fes Heath in a pool near Mere Lane.—*Var. falcatum Russ. Oakmere and Flaxpool, Holt.— 8S. a ope um oe Oakmere, im Holt; Wybunbury Bog, D. A. Jones.—S. rum R. & “var. amblyphylium W. Delamere Forest and Tatton Park, Knutsford.— *Var. mucronatum u Bog, W. Wilson ; Oakmere, Wiison & Hunt. This latter is No. 49 in Braithw ahs at. Exsice., labelled S. intermedium var. riparium. Mr. rell informs me that it is need a rather robust form of S. recurvum var. mucro- natum. Mr. Holt sent me a still bsscticunied form from Abbotts Moss frome 8. hee medium var. riparioides Warnst. Mr. Horrell examined this, and supplied the sloning reference and testietaiien; which may be of interest to students of the genus, as THE MOSSES OF CHESHIRE 905 the form mentioned is not described in “The European Sphag- nacee.’’ Extract from Die mreusay: tg Gruppe, Warnstorf in vrorh. Bot. gerne xxxii. 1890, p. sub S. recurvum var. mucro- natum:—“QOne of the most robust Sa I have yet seen is the f. riparioides, Psi is grows with the upper halt above the water, and is almost equally stately with S. riparium. The stem is thick, and the 2-3-layered cortex is in part distinctly differentiated from the wood cylinder. The spreading branches are thick, long, and densely or loosely leaved, with large, te especially in. the capitulum, strongly undulated leaves, in whic e pore formation agrees exactly with the besrehinr taro ape Te that the apical fibri Spelt eH Cheshire).’’ — 8. molluseum Bruch. Wybunbury J. Whitehead. —*S. compactum - var. squarrosum Russ. Oakmere, Holt.—Var. imbricatum Warnst. Oakmere, W. Wilson.— * 9. rufescens Warhat, Oakmere, W. Wilson; Fishpool, Delamere, J. Whitehead. Sparingly on Thurstaston Hill. — *S. erassicladum Warnst. Abbotts Moss, Holt. —*S. obesum Wils. ] Hatchmere ; Oakmere; and Hale Moss, Holt; Lindon Common, Whitehead.—*S. degenerans Warnst. Carrington Moss, Holt.—*§, turfaceum Warnst. Carrington Moss, Holt ; Flaxmere.—S. eymbi- folium Warnst. Abbotts Moss and Carrington Moss, Holt.—*Var. glaucescens Warnst. Wybunbury Bog, D. ‘A. Jones, — *Var, flavo- glaucescens Russ. Oakmere, W. Wilson. —*Var. glauco-pallens ieee Wybunbury Bog, D. A. Jones. —*S. papiliosum Lindab. Abbotts Moss; Hatchmere ; and Oakmere, Holt.— *Var. normale Warnst. Wybunbury Bog, D. A. Jones; Flaxmere; Heswall, very sparingly.—*Var. subleve Limpr. Wheelie Bog, D. A. Jones. Polytrichum formosum Hedw. Dunham Park, Hunt; Delamere, Holt; iaatireea ton Hill, and in Tatton Park, near Knutsford. leuridium subulatum Rab. A shley; Mere; Castle Mill; and Delamere, Holt. In the park behind Eastham Wood.—P. alterni- folium Rab. Styal, Capt. Cuncliffe. *“Cynodontium Bruntoni B. & 8. Alderley, Hunt. Dicranella erispa Schimp. Castle Mill, Holt; D. varia var. callistoma Schimp. Sea-bank near Caldy, Wirral. — D. secunda Lindb. Oven, W. Wilson. — D. Schreberi Schimp. In abundant fruit, Ashley Mill, Holt. —D. heteromalla peepee var. interrupta B.& Rocks near Frodsham Campylopus fragilis B. & S. Ha le Tide: Holt. — C. pyriformis Br — — n Common: Heswall. anum Bonjeanii De Not. Hale Moss, Hunt; Marple, Holt. —D. pais t Hedw. var. orthophy yllum Brid. Thurstaston Hill.— D. Bergeri Bland. “he reported from the Oakmere locality by W. Wilson, not Hunt, as given in my first list, although I have specimens collected tees by the last- mai It still occurs on Wybunbury Bog (teste D. A. Jones). 206 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Fissidens viridulus Wahl. *var. Lylei Wils. Near Raby Mere. Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. Eastham and near Thurstaston.— . Doniana Sm n several occasions I have looked in vain for this i in ie locality indicated by Marrat near Eastham Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh. Walls near Storeton, Meret Rhacomitrium —— ae paringly and very stunted in growth on a wall near Bebington, and on stones by the Ship Canal near Hooton Pa Lok a i Brid. and *R. heterostichum Brid. Gayton, Dr. Ellis. Pt tychomitrium polyphyllum Firnr. Gayton, Dr. Ellis. In small quantity on sandstone rocks on Thurstaston Hill, associated with Pertusaria dendbatn and Parmelia sada two lichens not included in Marrat’s list of the species of this district. Phascum cuspidatum Schreb. Bo acm Hunt; ee Holt; Gayton and Barnston, Dr. Ellis; near Eastham and Burton. _ Pottia lanceolata C. M. Br edbu ury, J. Sidebotham.—P. minutula Fiirnr. Banks of the Dee near esessti ston.—P. intermedia cote Raby Mere and Prenton, Miss Weisia rostellata C. M. Near then Hunt. Barbula tophacea Mitt. Banks of the Dee above West Kirby, Tortula aloides De Not. Gayton ‘ estiva Brid. Bowdon, J. Whitehead. as mutica Ldb. By the am in Bromboro Wood, Marrat. ease streptocarpa Hedw. Walls near Storeton Quarry. Diyeonnntern aoe pyriforme Brid. Damp ground by the roadside near ogee C um ceratun Hpe. Near the footpath from Kastham to Halenyeon, associated with Fossombronia caspitiformis; the latter new to the Liv satel district. Aulacomnium androgynum Schwgr. Heswall Heath. Bartramia pomifurmis Hedw. Altrincham, Hunt; Delamere, Holt ; near Prenton, Miss Wood; hedge-cops near Leasowe, e. fr. Leptobryum pyriforme La. Bow don, Rostherne, and Alderley, Hunt; near Knutsford, Holt; very fine, and fruiting on the side of the sandstone-cutting through Thurstaston Hi Webera annotina Schwer. Marple, Holt; Heswall.—W. carnea Schimp. Ashley and Castle Mills, Holt. Bryum ‘uclinatun Bland. te Hill, c. frt.—B. pendulum Schimp. Sandy ground on Storeton Heath, c. frt.—*B. Warne - Bland. On wet sand near the railway at Wallazey, associated w B. lacustre Brid., *B. calophylium R. Br., and B. pallens Milde. These are all much more local on the Cheshire than on the Lan- a var. lanatum B. & S r Bromborough, Dr. Eliis —B. bimum nett Ashley and Marple, Hunt; Lindow Common, Holt; Flaxmere.—B. turbinatum Schwer. First found at Marple by Holt (not Whitehe ad).—B, intermedium Brid. On rocks in the _ cutting throug bh Tharstasion Hill, ¢. fr.— B. roseum Schreb. Alder- ley Edge, Wha THE MOSSES OF CHESHIRE 207 nae Solorgaaea I. Hollingworth, 1869, Whitehead (in he E. oma = trichomanoides Brid. Near Cotterill Wood, J. Percival ; Boilin Valley, “ee al ie pe Marple, J. Sidebotham (not Schole- field) ; near Cotter ill, Hol _ Leskea polycarpa ‘Eich, Jackson’s Boat and Cotterill, Hunt ; Mere, Wild; Ashley Mill, Holt; by the stream from Raby } Mere, in plen nty. * Brachythecium rg oii Schimp. Knutsford Bog, t. Furynchium murale Milde. Bidston, Dr. i TA “Tesdat Schimp. Ashley Mill, Hunt; near Lymm, Schimp. Storeton Quarry. SLR tans sai "Cotterill Wood, Hunt. Plagiothecium sylvaticum B. & S. *var. succulentum — Near Over, Cheshire, W. Wilson.—P. denticulatum B. & S. var. aptychus Spruce. Frodshadi, W. Wilson.—P. undulatum B. & g. Dunham Park, Holt.—*P. latebricola Wils. Paper ge Re Over, 1828, W, Wilson : Hazel Grove, Holt; Hattersley, Whiteh *Amblystegium varium Lindb. Ashley, Hunt; aisle e, Holt & Whitehead. Mr. G. A. Holt informs me that the “ A. radicale” of Whitehead’s Mosses of Aes under-Lyne and oo quoted in earn in my first list, belongs to this species. —A. irriguum li Ashley Mill, Hunt: Hazel Grove, Holt; ” Beale Wood, ares Hy ue aduncum Hedw. *f. diversifolia Ren. West Kirby.— *Var. pungens H. Mull. Knutsford, Holt.—*Var. polycarpon Bland. Birkenhead (teste Mons. F. Rena auld). —Var. paternum Sanio. A somewhat untypical form in a ditch near Gresford, Dr. Ellis.—H. i we Schimp. Hale Moss, W. Wilson (Braith. Br. M. Flora). t I have from an pepe £ labelled * H. Sendtneri Leg., . gh i its d by Mons. Renauld to H. trimunaia — tye fluitans Linn. * leaner nat Ren. Abbotts Moss, Holt; Hale Moss, Whitehead (sub n m. var. paludosum Sanio). * Var gracile Boul, Ver ry fine on Thusvtadton Hill; Heswall Heath, in fruit.— Forma lazifolia Ren. (= H. Kneifiit var. pseudofontanum Sanio). Oakmere, Holt,—Var. falcatum Schimp. Heswall Heath, amongst Sphagnum.—*Var. anglicum forma Hoiltii Sanio. Abbotts Holt.—H, exannulatum Gumb. “var. pinnatum Boul. Hale Moss, Whitehead.—*F gracileseens Ren. Abbotts Moss, J. Cash.— *F. montana Ren. Walton: Bog, W. Wilson (ex herb. E. C. Horrell) ; Hale Moss, Cook & Whitehead._—*Var r. purpurascens Schimp. Fish Pool, Holt.—*Vay. falcifolium Ren. Hale Moss, W. Wilson.—*Var. Ke oe Ren. Morley Common and Oakmere, W. Wilson (ex er Hor C ); Flaxmere. — H. revolvens Swartz. Wybun- bury Bog, W. 1? n. — *Var. intermedium - Hale Moss and Brookhouse Bog, Holt; Wybunbury Bog, D ones.— ssont Ren. Hale Moss, Hunt.— L. *var. ~~ *Var. Co: 5 sphericarpon B. & 8. Marple, Hunt. — — H. ochraceum Turn. * 208 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY flaccidum Milde. Crowden, W. — - herb. E. _ Armitage). —_ Fd: oS Dicks. Abbotts c. frt., Holt; Hale Moss, Hunt & Whitehead ; Flaxmere aE: “cordial Hedw. Flaxmere, ¢. frt.—H. giganteum Schimp. Flaxme *“Hylocomium brevirostre B, & S. iain Wood, Sidebotham. SHORT NOTES. STELLARIA UMBROSA AND 8. NeGLEoTA (p. 151). — Without dis- cussing Me: Ma aba’ view of the standing of S. wnbrosa Opiz as a species, or his desire to transfer to it the var. major of S. media— matters which seem to need more investigation—I wish to point out that the best-marked difference between neglecta and umbrosa should not be stated to consist in the — pedicels and sepals of the “ee haem in fact those organs are often hairy. This was long ago noticed by Briggs (1. Phatbeniehe 50), who likewise drew attention to aa descriptions by Boreau and Boswell, which imply furnished with the long acute tubercles characte of wu: This note — afterwards reproduced in this tesa’: fo 1889 (or 52). Jas. W. War sae INTERMEDIA Boreau. — Although widely distributed in Britain as a casual or colonist, this plant seems to occur but rarely, and in small quantity, although doubtless it must be sometimes overlooked. I have only ately” ecome aware of its presence near t Gloucester ; and from Portishead (one very large plant) and Nail- sea Moor, both in North Somerset. The small deep yellow flowers and adpressed pods are quite distinctive. In other respects the plant is, as stated by the author, Rome intermediate between B. vulgaris and precox.—Jas. W. War ScLEROCHLOA LOLIACEA a in West Guoucester.—My friend Mr. Wall brought a specimen from New Passage, on the Severn, seven miles 3 or so above its confluence with the “Bristol Avon, and more than twenty from the nearest known station for this grass in Somerset. I then found it there in fair quantity on sea- banks, where the salt spray must often reach it at high tide.—Jas. W. Waurre. Scaranta compacta (Roth) Dam.—In my Hepatica of the British Isles I describe this species as being unique amongst the British Scapania = tet paroicous ; C. Mueller and Massalongo Smaak it as dioico r. Maevicar, in his review of Cano ook (Journ. Bot. “i909, 498), was the first to describe it “ alebchdous, ) far as I remember, when I drew up my description of the species all the specimens I examined were paroicous, but, since I have had SHORT NOTES 209 the opportunity of sprooceree ern collected by Mr. Mavicar in Scotland and Mr. F. Cavers in Devonshire, I have also paid a special visit to Dolgelly this seh hare ‘ area the species in great abundance and in good fruiting condition, and am able to confirm accurate determination of Mr. Macvicar ; some of the plants are dioicous, iahiors monoicous, and sites paroicous.—W. H. Pxarson. = Bromus interruptus (p. 67).—I cannot agree that a description = as that given by Mr. H.C. zh this in the Phytologist, omitting a form of B. mollis u worthy of olige acterization. The claim that a valid publication was made by Miss Barnard sendin g numbered specimens to the Botanical Society of London is also, in “my opinion, untenable. The case is absolutely different from sets of plants duly numbered, such as Schultz’s Herbarium Normate, which are publicly issued for sale; nor do they come under numbered sets of identical plants, such as those issued by Hooker and Thomson, &c. The Botanical Society of London was only a private society ; the plants which were sent out year by year were only sent to a portion of the members, and were never a ilable to the outside world. The number 1356¢ shows that Miss Barnard meant it to be considered as a variety only of ris nollie since the Catalogue of British Plants then current gives 1356 B. sey and 13565 as var. racemosus. If this were allowed, some 300 or 400 names which appear in the desiderata list of the Botanical Gusiaties Club would have to be cited as species, since they, too, althongh only obs ata are written in the same way as B. , pseudo- oat Mr. Dayd nd ackson writes : AT should main- : au a f ciently diagnosed by Watson, and was not issued as a public set of exsiccata of identic specimens, The parcels of the Botanical Society were put up by a man who was no botanist, and could not run down a plant by published ; Goon Bee (fide Watson), and were not on sale to the public, so even on the br oadest basis of publication they seem to be unable to su ipo the case.””’ I am now able to put the oe- currence of B, interruptus in Herts beyond question, as I found it abundantly between Aldbury and Tring recently. Mr. Hilton has foun ee ex CuarmcE Druce. ink Mr. Druce is right in objecting to the number in anita: as equivalent to publication. I cannot recognize that there is any parity between the position of the nomina nuda in a list of desiderata and that of PB. pseudo- velutinus; but Mr. Druce is anxious that his Lt should be printed. Against Mr. Jackson’s Opinion must be set that of Mr. Hiern aad the Messrs. oo who think that pseudo- Braseaus should be maintained. How the ignorance or knowledge of the man who “ put up the parcels” a affect the specimens and their tickets, or Watson's published note, I am not able to imagine.—James Bart TTEN, Journat or Borany.—Vor. 42. [Juny, 1904.] od 210 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY NOTICES OF BOOKS. Physiologische Pflanzenanatomie. By Dr. G. “opr: Dritte Aufiage. Leipzig: Engelman Histonoeicat features of plants may be ii with merely as structural details that are to be faithfully described regardless of _ _— ce ea The subject of histology, treated in s ma remai i i to the investigator a useful encyclopedia. But histology regarded either from a i baw peop or a physiological standpoint, or from ecomes one of the most stimulating and important branches of botany. It is, ainceee, not always possible to decide whether the ons ert of definite histological details be phylogenetic or physiological ; nee oe histological text- — written from either of these points of view are necessarily more or less narrow and incomplete. fe instance, be Pyrat: Haberlandt’s book we neither expect nor do we r ade at account of modern investigations on ‘the stelar ceyinine. of stems. What we do anti- cipate is a sufficient presentation of a sian ly modern account of the relations i gp the structure a i— of the vegeta- tive tissues of plants, and this we do ree he present edition of this well- panera text-book shows the widest difference from the preceding edition in the ¢ motor and irritable mechanisms, upon which the author is entitled to write with the high authority of'a pioneer. The chapter 3 pened organs is enriched by an account of motor mechanism Ww action is determined by the cohesive force of water canned in cell-tumina, as distinguished from lifeless mechanisms whose deals vuceeeeee with tactile organs (tactile pits, herr and hairs), organs (with statocysts and statoliths) capable of perceiving gravitational stimuli, and, finally, organs for the perception of light. - In the chapter on the arrangements for the transmission of stimuli, the author first deals with protoplasmic transmission, 3 discusses the supposed differentiation of protoplasmic fibrille for this purpose ; and, secondly, he selects Mimosa pudica as a type to ot what we may term the hydrodynamic propagation of im : Additions to the body of the text, and to the iin cour. ae ing the citation of literature, have also been made throughout the book. That all these should be complete is too much ‘to expect, when we consider the vast field covered. The short account of oe “myeorhiza, for instance, is neither up to date nor is it sufficiently critical. Nor can it be said that the author has always escaped mature special pleading. His account of the structure and functions f the laticiferous system is hardly a judicial survey of the available PRANTL’S LEHRBUCH DER BOTANIK O11 information. It is quite possible that Professor Haberlandt’s con- tention that laticiferous tubes serve primarily as food-conducting organs may eventually aegeck ~ os cease i the evidence in favour of this view, or other and equivocal that the question of the rary of iaticlianiap’ Eves has not emerged from the region of mere surmise. But it is more pleasant and easy to note the merits of this work than to find demerits, and Professor Haberlandt’s new edition of his work will receive a deservedly assured welcome at the hands of botanical students. Pikay Civow:. Prantl’s Lehrbuch der pcnce Edited and revised by Dr. Ferpt- NAND Pax, Professor of Botany and Director of the Botanic Garden, Brealeus Twelfth enlarged and improved edition. rid 8vo. Pp. viii, 478, tt. 489. Engelmann: Leipzig. 1904. Price 6 Marks. Oxe of the most useful and generally used of pit a modern text-books was that prepared thirty years ago by Professor Prantl. It aimed at doing for the elementary student what Sachs’ 8 larger inp did for the advanced, and was drawn up on the lines of the lar ork. It had reached the third edition in 1880, when it was Seanslaied into English and edited by Professor Vines. Its ie cess in this country is measured by the fact that in 1883 the hird English edition appeared. It has since developed on diverg- fe lines, ; and now survives in our own language in Vines’s Hlemen- tary Teat-book (see rename Bot., 1899, p. 41), and as the Prantl- Pax Lehrbuch in Germany. The volume now under review bears testimony to one of two things: the greater enterprise of the German publisher, or the wider diffusion of the tea ching of botany on the Continent, as compared with methods in vogue in our own country, where it seems impossible to produce good and well- illustrated text-books at the low BES at which they are published in Germany. Dr. Pax’s book is well sons with excellent sgurers large, clear, and helpful. "We hoe n them all, with on 0 exceptions, before; many are its the original Sachs’s Lehrbuch : ; but the selection, which was made from very various sources, is goo arrangement follows the same lines as in the original volume, the subject-matter being divided into parts dealing a respec- tively with Morphology, Anatomy, Physiology, and Systematic A comparison with the original volume will give some The third portion comprises three-fitfhs of the git division of the plant-world entails twelve —— wide departure from the original four or five. The difference is ray partly to the breaking up of the Alge, which now appear as Aygophycer, Chlorophycee, Charales, Pheophycee, and Rhodophycee. ‘These are preceded by tlie Myxothallophyta, Schizophy ta, Flagellate, and Dinoflagellate. e Fungi appear as Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes, and Basidiomycetes, with an appendix—Lichenes. Bryophyta and 219 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY A. B. R. Vecetative Lire or Cerrar Rusts. Ueber das vegetative Leben der Getraderostpilze. Kgl. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. xxxvii. (1904) pp. 1-19 (8 pls.). Jacop Erxrxsson has again taken up the vexed question ; as only towards the end of June that the first uredo-pustules appeared, after which the rust spread with great rapidity. ile examining the plants in early spring, the authors claim to have found, filling certain cells, an abnormal condition of the protoplasm. These plasma-filled cells formed the bulk of _the leaf-tissue where they occurred, and their contents are considered to be a mixture of fungal protoplasm with the normal protoplasm of the cell. No mycelium was present at any stage, until within a few days of the formation of the pustules. The authors found creeping strands of plasma in the intercellular spaces, which had no cell-membrane nor recognizable nucleus, though numerous small nucleoli-like grains were present. Ata later stage the nuclei wer plainly visible in the plasma, each with a central nucleolus sur- rounded by a clear space. This stage of development they desig- nate as protomycelium. And close on this stage the formation of haustoria begins, the protomycelium becomes septate, a pseudo- parenchyma is built up, and spore formation follows. The paper is illustrated by three good coloured plates. is publication has been reviewed by Klebahn, who (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. xxii. pp. 255-61 (1904) still refuses to consider the question as settled, and makes some very pertinent observations on ework. For instance, how is it possible, he asks, to recognize the exact spot in the host where mycelium is to be found, where there is no visible sign of pustule formation Again, we have no instance in biology of nucleus formation except by division of pre- viously existing nuclei; there is no spontaneous generation. le- hn describes some abnormal rust hyphe he met with in his research on Puccinia glumarum some years ago, which very much resemble Eriksson’s intercellular mycoplasma. ae 213 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, de. Ar the meeting of the Linnean Society on June 2nd, the ee re taken by the new President, Prof. A. W. Herdman, F.R.S., ; sate thanked the Society for his electi on, and mentioned that the Linnean Society was the first scientific society he aoe early in life. paper, 7 On the Species of Impatiens in the Wallichian Herbarium of the Ra? Society,” by Sir Joseph Hooker, was presented to the Society by Mr. C. B. Clarke. The introduction described the iatartal | in question, consisting of 48 ticketed speci- mens, out of 200 known species of the genus; though few in number, these specimens foreshadow the rotnackabts’ segregation of the spe- cies in the several phyto-geographical regions “of “India, which has no parallel in any other large genus known to the author. The examination of the material, naturally difficult, was enhanced by the confusion of species on the same sheet, and several numbers for the same species; in the sheets exhibited the confusion can only be accounted for on the supposition that the plants, after having been laid out to be glued down, must, by some accident, have been thrown down or swept off the table, and then gathered together and mounted y an ignorant preparer. The second part of the paper consists of termination of the specimens. There is one previously undescribed species, which, collected by Walliel i in 1821, was found by Sir J. D. Hooker in a bundle of plants remaining (after the great distribution of 1831) in the rooms of the Society, for which the name Impatiens pretermissa is proposed. Tue draft of the revised Bye-Laws of the Linnean Society was read from pe Chair at the meetings of June 2 and 16, and will c er. the provision for the admission of women as Fellows and Associ i ha hea r 8 as th Fello William Watson has therefore the unique distinction of bein ing the only a who ever has been, or ever will be, elected by a bare major re tes latter meeting, Dr. A. D. Waller gave an abstract of his paper “On Blaze Currents of Vegetable Tissues,” showing that these currents were symptomatic of the living tissue, and were not shown by dead organisms. In experimenting upon peas ide srieouay, the author mentioned the need of access to a garden, 214 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY order that the material might be gathered in proper condition, for certain gel iences showed that garden produce obtained in the ordinary course from a market had suffered so much from bruising as to be worthless in these experiments. A paper by Mr. P. (Olsson Bate ‘On the Place of Linneus in the History of Botany,’’ which as communicated me Mr. B. Daydon Jackson, will shortly be pub- lished i in this Journ Art the same pier Dr. Rendle, on behalf of Mr. W. Fawcett and himself, gave a short acco unt of the Jamaican species of Lepanthes, a genus of orchids nearly allied to Pleurothallis, and, like the latter, habia distributed on the mountains of equatorial America. The mountains of Jamaica and Cuba mark the limit of the range of the site northwards. Grisebach, in his Flora of the British West Indies, daa six species, whereas the pacar herbs, rarely more than a few inches in height. They grow on the stems of the tree-ferns and other trees by which the Blue corer are clothed to the summits. The tree-stems are covered with m and liverworts, amongst which grow species of ferns, together with Pleurothallis and Lepanthes, the roots of the orchids ramifying through the water-saturated moss-growth. e numerous slender stems bear a single leaf just beneath the apex which sprtcan ol the solitary or often mascicled racemes. The flowers are ve in having ane petals veverwel he oader soma an long, and in the close connection between the lip aint column. The minute petals and lip show remarkable variations in Henetars: which are of value in the er. oie ca of ota - ecies high price, while its valu an important Sdotiteiba tions to the history of English gardening, and ee for the net charm at- taching to its descriptions, has rendered it a coveted possession. The work is carefully reproduced, page by page, an type resembling that of the original, while the diem are in absolute facsimile. The _ price of the volume is two neas, which is by no means high in relation to its value and interest. The edition is, we believe, t lei is possible that the very childish talk—an aggravated crams of that employed by lady editors of ‘children’s columns” in their conv verse with their “‘ chicks '’—in which Miss Ellen nee ie ‘joint BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 215 intolligenes Ons, 8 n extract can do justice to Miss Thomson's yle :—* The because we get oe fingers so scratched by it. This is just what pleases Mr. Hawthorn, I am afraid. I am not surprised that he is gry with us for picking him, because we do not help him to make seeds; but at any rate we do not om him as the horses and cows do, and I think he minds Sea more than he does us, and is not at all sorry when his sharp poin aa their soft mou uths. But he has so many blossoms that I ene he will forgive us for taking a few, tyou? Still, when we can enjoy the flowers by going out and looking at them, instead of gathering them, I think it is kinder, and besides, we leave them for other people to look at, too, after we reflection—‘‘ How glad the long stem must be to have something to hold on to!’’ Among the rather feeble illustrations we note (p. 213) A aise hybridum masquerading as ‘white clover,” while ‘the daisy’’ on p. 230, whatever else it may be: is not the plant usually known that name; she thinks Conrallaria ‘‘ might well be igi whitebells’’ (p. 129), and proceeds to call them so :—‘‘I ne make up my mind whether I like whitebells or bluebells Tee Z ‘*Do you know the pretty little blue scylla?” she asks (p. 180). We do not; but the word suggests to us that in avoiding the Scylla of technicalities Miss Thomson has fallen into the Charybdis of nonsense. annual volume (1903) of the Transactions of the British Mycological Society, recently issued, compares favourably with its predecessors in the variety and interest of its contents, The Presi where aoe = speci es ha collecte eton Rea complete the number. There are three beautifully- printed coloured plates from drawings by Mrs. Carleton Rea. Mr. Epwarp Srep’s very Lig and handy little book on Wayside and Woodland T Trees (F. Warne & Co., 6s.) is noteworthy especially” on account of the at ebtoairs ath excellent illustrations—127 in number, from Aided toa thr adorn its pages. These show the same tree in summer and in winter, and also, in many eases, the bole on a somewhat large scale, “an leave nothing to be desired: there are also numerous useful figures in the text. ‘ Trees of foreign origin, some of them introduced so long ago that they are commonly regarded as native by those who are not botanists,” are included in 216 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the work. The letterpress is popular in style and in the main ac- | curate; the author, Ee is not always happy in his explanation of popular names—e. y. the name Satis roma for stata Lan- h of the branches,” but refers to the use of the “bre Blinkies nie shoots for whip-handles. “The local names, we note, are mai inly taken from the Dictionary of English Plant-names—a fact which should, we think, have been acknowledged in the preface. The fruit of Cornus is not a ‘‘berry,” but a drupe. Mr. F. Cavers, ip has lately published some important studies on the morphology of the Hepatic, has issued a inet of forty- eight pages, anithiied ‘* Contributions to the Bio logy o oe he ice. Par ‘argionia, Reboulia, Preissia, Monoclea”’ (prin for the author by Chorley and toch in tl ae and Lo Ste March, kept under observation during the ie rom years. Asa result, he is able to throw light upon various points previously overlooked or a ne elucidated. This is especially th, sase with rotbiges and he ow given us the most thorough #¢count of this plan that ee pe bedi apne having obtained abundant fresh aerial for his research from a nursery-garden in York. He describes for each of the four genera the external stiirsisblie of the thallus, the rhizoids, ventral scales, e epi ain Bs eee Nie e recep- tacles, antheridia, archegonia. gium, capsule, spores and elaters, and the development and Tife-history generally, iliusteating his account of the various details w ith numerous figures in the text. It is an important and capable piece of work, full of interest for all who are concerned with the study of the Hepatic, and supplementing the Founiatis treatment of these genera by Mr. Pearson and others. . Percy Suapen, to perpetuate the memory of her husband, sometime zoological secretary of the -ielai Society, proposes to devote the sum of £20,000 to scientific research. This sum will be assigned, under the name of the Percy Sladen Memorial Fund, to ill employ the income arising therefrom, in their uncontrolled discretion, to ‘‘any research or investigation in natural sor more especially in the sciences of z oology, geology, and nthropology.” The collection made in Matto Grosso and Northern Sabipiny 3 in 1902-3 by M. A. Robert at Mrs. Sladen’s expense, and presented by her to the National Herbarium, makes it clear that botany will not be overlooked. Some of the novelties of this expe- dition Sd already aoa described in the February and April num- bers of this year’s Jou We have received, iebat late for notice in this number, the new edition of Messrs. Dixo is ae ay Seite Nini Handbook of _ British Mosses. It is a han volum 48+586 pages, with 5 plates. The London Dihshert are John Wheldon & Co., 38, Great Queen Street ; the price is 18s. : Journ. Bot. : 3 Tab. 462. 217 A NEW FUMABIA. By H. W. Puesuey, B.A. (Puare 462.) Tuat a new Fumaria—one of the in oe in the whole gait ehauld be discovered at the present day in Great Britain i b e of Haussknecht’s monograph of 1873 has been ignored in all of our Floras published since that year, and that a species so widely dis- eet in these islands as F’. confusa anche ee tn the notice Syme, the complete neglect of the s by British part aie the latter part of the ninstseill "Shiite will be r d, and the publication of a new species at this we date will poor less vasa tay able. suspicion of the existence of a new British fumitory oc- curred rit the end of the spring of aoa when, in looking over the specimens in He collection of Mr. A. O. Hume, 'B., remarked, under F’, pallidiflora, a form from New wquay, Cornwall, which I could not assign to any recognized British species; and very shortly after- wards thie Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell sent mea similar plant from Helston. Both of these plants were noticeable for their handsome flowers and large, rugose fruits; and I saw that, although they resembled FP. capr eolata in the eibctie of the corolla, i in respect of the rugosity of the fruits F’. confusa was their ipa regent ly. In the following June, without attempting to work out these specimens or compare them with wise continental forms, I went to West Cornwall for a short holiday, and while at Penzance in quest of I’, speciosa, I met with a splendid patch of rampant fumitory, which I immediately saw was quite new to me, pnd identical with the cod Dh pire by Mr. Hume and Mr. Riddelsdell. sory examination of these living examples sufficed to show that they were clearly different from F. confusa, and, indeed, from every other British species, and were rather allies or forms of the er ’ in two separate spots at Helston, and since that date Dave Boea spe- cimens collected by various botanists at Newquay, where it is said to be ~ frequent occurrence. r thus seeing the plant in the living see I fully expected to be able to identify it with F. agra r F’. major Badarro, both natives of South Europe, and, Vie: ian no speciment except of very recent date, I suspected it to be an introduction in Cornwall, d. this connection it may be of interest to note that F’. agraria Tag was published as * Spo plant so long ago as 1848, when Mr. Mitten recorded i the London Journal of Botany, p. 556; the plant described by him was at that time a Borrer’s herbarium, and had been collected at Tintagel, Cornwall. In the e following year, Babington, writing in the Botanical Gazette, p. 61, reported the same form from North Wales. In 1851, however, in the thi rd Journat or Borany.—Vou. 42. [Ave. 1904.] Q 218 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY edition of the Manual, F’. agraria Bab. was made a synonym of F’. capreolata L, var. y media, which soon afterwards was identified with F. confusa Jordan. Borrer’s plant is no longer in his her- barium at Kew, and it is impossible to determine ‘positively from Mr. Mitten’s description whether he was right or not in referring it to F’. agraria; but its subsequent identification with F. confusa Was more probably correct, although a future investigation of the fumi- tories about Tintagel may show it to age Be ged to the larger- flowered pe now found further to the Upon careful comparison of the et P Oobiitih plant with the specimens "af the British Museum and at Kew, and with the descrip- a marked contrast to the other endemic teat bs ry; pur ‘pur my which occurs here and there from. Penzance to Orkney, as well as in Ireland; but outside Britain or species ae been described from a single locality, and while a few members of the genus poneens & very W wide ran ge, a considerable proportion of the total number o known species are distinctly local. Fumaria occidentalis, sp.nov. Robusta, caule Mega es sub- erecto vel scandente. Folia 2-8 pinnatisecia, " lacinii s planis, longo-lanceolatis, obtuso-mucronatis vel acutis; petioli secundarii in formis scandentibus spe cirrhoso-convoluti. Racemi sub-20- flori, laxiusculi tandem elongati, pedunculis nune racemos sub- requantibus nune paulo superantibus. Bractee lanceolate, acumi- nate, sepissime pedicellos fructiferos subsequantes, raro multo breviores. Pedi cell. fructifert apice dilatati % exemplis arvalibus erecto-patentes rectique, in scandentibus patenti-recurvi. Flores magni, —14 mm. longi, roseo-aibidt; pe etalo superiore latiusculo, carinato, snbacuto, alis latis reflexis apicem attingentibus, externe margine albida atropurpureis ; petalo i nferiore carina viridi marginibus albi- dis, latiusculis, planis vel paulo deflexis apicem atin Ua: petalis gag Sa pt pater obtusis, arena apice atro- purpureis. Sep -53 mm. longa, 2-3 mm. lata, ovata, acuminata, infra medium pars ineequaliter in inciso-dentata, dhe 5: tubum lati- tudine saltem equantia, preter m dorsalem viridiusculum albida, Fructus magni, subglobosi, in 4 subacuti, leeves, stipite obscuro quam pedicelli apex paulo angustiore, siccitate tuberculato- -rugosi, bifoveolati, insigniter apice emarginato carinato-compresst. A plant of more robust habit than any other British fumitory, short, cabecit and branchy when growing in open fields, or with long, trailin stems on walls and hedgebanks. Leaves 2-3 pinnati- sect; with flat, incised leaflets and oblong-lanceolate lobes, oben Picasa or acute, usually a little narrower than those of F capreolata. Petioles often cirrhose in rampant e in Bait; Racemes A NEW FUMARIA 219 lanceolate-acuminate, usually nearly as long as the fruiting pedicels, but occasionally much shorter. Pedicels much thickened at the tip straight and suberect in fruit in open field forms, or arcuate se slightly deecurved in rampant Flowers larger and more h ha y other British form m. long, r , 12-14 mm. lo osy- white; upper petal rather broad, keeled, subacute, with ‘broad wings reflexed upwards and reaching its apex, the wings externally dark purple below, with well- marked whitish margins before fertilization; : lower petal with green keel and broad, whitish, spreading or slightly deflexed wings, which extend to its apex; inner petals curved up- wards, obtuse, apiculate, tipped with dark purple. Sepals 4-54 mm. long and 2-3 mm. broad, ovate, acuminate, frequently irregularly incise-dentate towards the base, white, with greenish dorsal nerve, at least as broad as the corolla-tube. Fruits large, subrotund, smooth tse! pointed when fresh, with an inconspicuous ~~ slightly narrower than the tip of the pedicel ; when dry, coarsely but not deeply tubercular-rugose and distinctly keeled-compressed, with two shallow apical pits, and the keel drawn into a very short, blunt beak, which is notched at maturity. . occidentalis is most nearly allied to F’. agrarta Lag., and may be considered somewhat intermediate between that species and F’ flabellata Gasp. From F’. agraria it is distinguished chiefly by its mucli larger sepals, ata instead of being lanceolate, are ovate, and fully as broad as the corolla-tube. The upper petal of I’. agraria also differs in being more obtuse and rounded, and in the absence of the dark purple colour ~~ the outside of the wings which charac- terizes the other. The s of the two species are very similar, ose of I’. occidentalis cain ing, on the average, a little more com- pressed and a little less strongly beaked than om = of F. agraria, while in both the mane of rugosity seems ewhat variable. Moreover, while in rampant forms of F. pee et the perise pedicels become sexed and slightly deflexed, in F’. agraria, so far as I se aware, ee are invariably straight. m I’, flabellata Gasp., which has the aspect of a fine F. capreotalie with br mi winged pe petals and fruits rugose when dry, the present species may be separated by several well-marked — es. Its peduncles are sicatiy ats shorter, though a trifle longer than in F’. agr wth and the fruiting pedicels are always less pepe: lis ‘iodees are still larger, and appear lighter in colour, owi the upper as well as the inner petals of I’. flabellata —- aunt: tipped with dark purple, while in F’. occidentalis a purple spot only is seen on the upper petal. The sepals of the two = some degree of resemblance, but are thinner, more toothed, more acuminate in F’, occidentalis. In respect of fruit, the rei species are widely different, that of I’. flabellata being much smaller an more obtuse, its profile Se that of F. capreolata, and qui lacking the conspicuous keel + teat notched ee which nett the relationship between F’. patents and F’, agra he other J See vil which F’ occidentalis is ‘aot likely to be confused are F’, major Badarro, F’. spectabilis Bischoff, which Hauss- knecht considers a doubtful plant and places under major, and Q 2 220 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY F. atlantica Cosson & Dur. To each of these it presents a strong contrast in its much larger sepals, and oom a first two may be further distinguished by its pale flowers, those of F. major ua al being pink, with the tip ieee siienle, much as in @i Jord. Further Pal this, their fruits also are less strongly er one wanting the notched beak, present a more rounded- obtuse outli Ine, crowned with a distinct apiculus. Of /’. atlantica appear to differ sufficiently not only in its much smaller sepals, which do not exceed 3 mm. in length, ae in the coloration of the corolla, which simulates that of I. agra o far as British plants are sangeet F. occidentalis can hardly be mistaken for any other species, at least in the her arium, its oe “ree ‘aa _— being “ner cr apaoor — sn hif fro eola e same fruit chaechsiaal and by the shape of ihe’ rolla; the broad and broadly winged upper petal and spreading shagiets of the lower the ceaoanion here of the six sections of the genus, as defin by Hausskne cht. Among the Angustisecta, wt small-flowered pe: cies with finely cut foliage, we have I’. officinalis L. representing the Officrnales ; F, parviflora Lam. and F’. Vaillantti Lois. the Parvi- ore; and I", densiflora DC. the Latisepale. Of the Latisecte, or larger. flowered species with broader leaf-segments, F’. confusa Jord., i Jord., and F’. muralis Sonder, stand for the Murales: F. se peas an a Le an my be for the Capreolate; and, finally, F. ccidentais for the 4 t is almost certain that this. new species will be met with in fresh localities in the. west of Cornwall, and not at all improbable that it may be found to extend into the esi Soteiaas vice-county, or even into other ener of these islands. “When n growing, it is a to it abn ot ienaks in its being largely satheis red as a valuable rarity, and its continued existence with us consequently endangered. Description oF Puate 462. Fumaria occidentalis Pugsley, about four-fifths natural size.—Detach flower ac ste showing profile and rugosity as seen when dry, about ee bas “soqDut fobau esoslq bows sway a. i £9 221 THE FLORA OF BRITISH INDIA. By Sm Joserpx Datron Hooxer. (WITH PORTRAIT.) [Tue following summary of the Flora of British India forms the ‘The Indian Empire,” to be pu per ee the forthcoming new edition of the Imperial Gazetteer of In This chapter has been ‘issued, in an advanced form (subject to i with the authority of the Secretary of State, and in response to representations from distinguished botanists in Europe and India, in order that, with as little delay as possible, it may be in the hands not only of Indian botanists and foresters, but of all who take an interest in the vege- table rinse of our vast Imperial possessions in the Hast a mary gives so admirable an idea cf nai abril teint of the Flora that we have obtained Sir Joseph’s permission to reprint it in these pages, believing that it cannot fail to ‘entice many of our readers, especially those whe pay attention to matters connected with distribution. For the details of distribution in the A ee provinces, reference must be made to the sketch itse are fortunate in being able to reproduce the excellent portrait ot the distinguished author, who celebrated his eighty-seventh birthday of Mr. Alexander Somerville, B. Sc., F.L.8., President of the Natural History Society of Glasgow, in whose Transactions it appeared. The portrait was retin in 1895.—Ep. Journ. Bo J Tue term British India, as employed in this chapter, embraces, over at above the vast territory controlled by the Government of Re coal flora applies in this sketch to native flowering plants, ferns, and their allies. Collected materials do not exist for dis- cussing the distribution of mosses, hepatice, lichens, and fungi which abound in most parts of India, or of the alge in its seas and fresh waters. On the other hand, such pepe ve herbaria of 7 apcmd yr of plants have, during the last century especially, e over most parts of British India, that ‘the study of their penis may 1 assumed to provide sufficient materials for a review of its flora. The flora of British India is more varied than that of any other country of equal area in the Hast rn Hemisphere, if not in the globe. This is due to its geographical veer sion, embracing so many de- grees of latitude, temperate and tropical; to its surface rising from the level of the sea to heights above the limits of vegetation ; to its climates varying from torrid to arctic, and from almost absolute aridity to a maximum of humidity; and to the immigration of 229 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY plants from widely different bordering countries, notably of Chinese and Malayan on the east and so uth; of Oriental,* European, and African on the west; and of Tibetan and Siberian on the north. Whether India is richer i in number of genera and | species than any other area on the — ofe it is certainly far poorer in endem ¢ genera _ species than many others, espe- cially China, Beers and Sou Of the elements of the aie es the Malayan is the dominant, but, until the floras of Sumatra, Tonkin, and South China are better The Tibetan and Siberian elements, which include an arctic, are a but confined to the alpine regions of the Himalaya. Lastly, Chinese and Japanese floras are strongly represented throughout the temperate Himalaya, and in Burma. f the natural orders of flowering plants, pong and their allies comprised in the flora of British India, not o r to it; and if the genera common to it and to one or masts ‘of the adjacent remain, and suc s are endemic are local, and, with few exceptions, are restricted to one or he species.t It may hence be affirmed that in a large sense there is no Indian flora proper. The British Oe 0 i though so various as to its swtatay presents few anomalies eg go ar point of v 1e most remark able frida ‘of such anomalies are the es in it of one or a few species of what are very large and all but endemic genera in Australia—namely, Backia, um, Melaleuca Leucopogon, Stylidium, Helen and Casuari Other 2 Oe - baphus himalaicus, the solitary extra- Farsi Se of es ai Pyrularia edulis, the only congeners of which are a Javan pa 6 * The term ‘ Oriental” is Seal eal used in a very different sense by botanists and zoologists. In 1755 it was adopted by Gronovius ea the title Flora Orientalis of his work on Pe she of om Sorant and vig otamia ; it i ’s great Flora of the East, from Greece to Afghan- istan inclusive. This seen ps vin 3 ees Baveie! w Ae r a i doolosical agi ** Oriental” is more synonymous with Eas f these rom Ae atta t the mo: ne notable one is cu of two — of Dipterocarpee—Doo eg — species, and Stemonoporus with fiftee which are both osituied to © } Mr. C. B. Clarke, in a ae instructive essay, ‘‘On the Botanical Sub- com: division :—(1) The Deccan or Indo-African; (2). the Malayan; (3) the Central Asian; (4) the European. Mr. Clarke’s sub-areas approximately correspond with the provinces - _ sketch. See Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany, vol. xxxiv. (1898), p. THE FLORA OF BRITISH INDIA 223 North American ; and Vogelia, which is limited to three species, an Indian, South African, and Socotran. Of absentee natural orders of the Old World, the most notable are Myoporinee, which, tho ough mainly Australian, has Chinese, Japanese, and Masca species ; Empetracea, one species of which girdles the globe in the north temperate hemisphere and reappears in Chili (the rarity of bog-land in the Himalaya must be the cause of its absence); and Cistinee, n (Fagus) or chestnut (Castanea) in the temperate Himalaya is re- pa all three being European, Oriental, and J > Apgete — The chestnut, which ee = introduced into N.W. India from Europe, ripens its fruit ther With the exception of the. rhododendron belt in the high Eastern Himalaya, there are in India few assemblages of species of peculiar or conspicuous plants giving a here er to the landscape over wide areas, as do the heaths in Britain, the heaths and succulent plants in South Atti, the Hucalypti, Epacridea, and Proteacee in Aus- tralia, the Cac a pearay or the great aloes and euphorbias in East Trop ical ae South Africa; nor are there diay: te et the pampas, catingas, savannas, or prairie vegetation The coniferous forests of the Himalaya resemble age of posed Seer countries, and the great teak forests have no peculiar featur The wood-oil trees Bien in Burma form an pee int feneape over the forests of Arakan and Tenasserim. Of gregarious ue ees, some of the most conspicuous are the sal (Shorea “aon le g (Di ipterocarpus bene), ees (Dalbergia Stssoo), khai ne Catechu), and babul (.4. ca). mous palms are few comp ee ge ith many regions in ear America, and are pcinoaeakinide 2s OG The Ta lipot alms (species of Corypha) are the most majestic palms in eign in stature, foliage, and inflorescence; but they are exceedingly rar and local. The Indian date (Phenix alee) oe fan-palm or palmyra (Borassus flabellifer), and the coco-nut near se the only palms that may be said to be el a in the anlanate of the plains of — On the other hand, graceful, erect or climbing palms with ate or fan-shaped leaves frequent the humid ever- Bamboos, of which there are more than 120 kinds in India, are, as pen in i igi is ch pusersing whether as clum n the o r forming in association all but a ee Songles: ‘the taller ‘Ninds monopolize large areas in the hot regions, and the smaller clothe mountain. slopes up to 10,000 r in the epee fe Tree- — of which there are — —_ (?) an saayilad of the paar Hecate whens inGat® be ‘oii to the c ron Forestry in this emerge _ for details to Gamble’s Manual of Indian Timbers (Lon tter in a untoren ork, 47 plants are recorded for B *itish India ( oxebinien of those f the alayan Penin- sula), and, of these, 2513 1 are trees, 1429 shrubs, and 807 cteabebe: 224 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY species, frequent the deepest forests of the Eastern Himalaya, Burma, Malabar, the Malay Peninsula, and Ceylon. ~ Of shrubs that form a feature in the landscape from their gre- same habit, which they retain under cultivation in Europe. Three local, all but stemless palms are eminently gregarious—Phenia farinifera of the Coromandel coast, Nannorhops Ritchieana of ex- profuse in individuals, the species are remarkably local; those of the Eastern Himalaya differing from those of the Western, these again from the Burmese, and all from those of the Western Penin- sula and Ceylon; and most of these last from one another ¢ in India. They include the beautiful white, red, and blue Nympheas, Nelumbium speciosum, f the Victoria Regin icto egina of South American waters; also many carnivorous bladder-worts spreading fronds, resembling green lichens more than flowering lants. They are most common in Malabar and Ceylon, and are never found in rivers that have glacial sources. Marine flowering plants are few indeed, and are mostly of wide oceanic distribution. Of peculiar littoral sand-hill plants there are few, the most notable being the above-mentioned Phenix farinifera, Ipomea biloba, and a curious grass, Spinifex, of Australian affinity. The esturial plants will be enumerated when describing the tidal flora of the Sun- darbans. The number of recorded species of flowering plants, in India, approaches 17,000,* under 176 natural orders;}+ and there are probably 600 species of ferns and their allies. * In the Flora of British India (1872-1897) about 15,900 species of flowering plants are describe t since the publication of the first volumes of that work the greater part of Burma has fallen under British rule, and large accessions have been made to the Indian flora from that and other quarters, especially from the Malay Peninsula. + Genera Plantarum (by G. Bentham and J. D. H., 1862-1883), 200 natural orders of flowering plants are described. Some of these have been rightly subdivided by earlier or later authors. THE FLORA OF BRITISH INDIA 225 The largest order of flowering plants in all India is Orchidee, of which more than 1600 species are recorded, and additions are con- stantly being discovered. The greater number of these are tropical and epiphytic, and with comparatively few exceptions all are en- demic. Ten are European, and they are British.“ It is only in the Eastern Himalaya, Burma, and the Malay Peninsula that the order predominates ; in ph om parts of India, Leguminose, Gramineae, an mber them The ten dominant orders = flowering plants in all British India are in praca sequence z Oheniasa 6. Acanthacee. 2. Leguminosae. 7. Composite 3. Graminea. 8. Cyperacee 4 9. ata. 5. Euphorbiaceae. 10. Urticacea. Of these, all but Labiate and Composite are more tropical than temperate. Composite take a very low place, and would, but for the an exceptional poverty in what is not only the largest of all the rders of flowering plants in the ee but the one that heads the list in most other parts of the glo The following data, deduced aie the whole Indian flora, are of use for comparison with those of its several botanical provinces. The properion of monocotyledons to eoenene is approximately as 1 to 2:3; of genera to species as about 1 to 7. Of palms there are more than 220 recorded species ; of bambooss 120 ; of conifers, only 22; of Cycadea, 5. Of genera with 100 or more species there others are Impatiens, Eugenia, eames Strobilanthes, Ficus, Bulbophyllum, Fria, Habenaria, and ritish India is primarily divisible eo three botanical areas or regions—a Himalayan, an eastern, and a western. The two latter “di ) y oaks, the eastern has no alpine om a ae restricted temperate one, few conifers, many oaks and pa and a great preponderance of orchids; the western has ones oe aoe local) conifer, no oaks, few Balin, and ag sce few orchids. Further, the Himalayan flora abounds in European genera; the — in Chinese and Malayan ; the Eee a in European, Oriental, and African. These three botanical regions or areas are divisible, into nine botanical rallorhiza innata, Goodyera repens, Spiranthes autumnalis, Listera ovata ied cordata, Epipogum aphyllum, Cephalanthera ensifolia, Epipac tis lati- folia, Orchis sera a viridis, Herm poten Monorchis. All these are tem Tn n Himalayan ; a few are also aaa goin be ieee’ out that throughout this sketch numbers are sooeciet only, and are liable to revision 226 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY provinces, for the determination of which I have, after long de- liberation, resorted to the number of species of the ten largest natural orders in each er as the eet —_ of their botanical differences. The nine province Tue Kastern Himaraya, ti aa ie Sikkim to the Mishmi cia ag ae in Upper Assam. ii, Toe Western sputtigad al extending from Kumaun to Chitral. iii. Toe Inpus Paty, including the Punjab, Sind, and Rajpu- tana west of the Aravallirange and ‘Jumna river, Cutch ‘and Gujarat. Tue Ganextic Puan from the Aravalli hills and Jumna ae to Bengal, the Sundarbans, the plain of Assam, and the low untry of Orissa north of the Mahanadi river. This province is divisible into a subprovinces—an upper dry, lower humid, and the oe ban . Matapar th a very extended sense—the humid belt of hilly or diounudiont country Anas 2 along the western side of the bev peninsula, from the mouth of the Tapti river to Cape Co omor It includes the Sisrikeain’ Kanara, Malabar proper, Cochin, Travancore and the seen Islands. Deccan in a very broad sense—that is, the whole c sdicalivaly oF elevated table. land of Fills east of Malabar and oxith of the Gangetic and Indus plains, together with, as co a the low- “ieee strip of coast land ex xtending from Oxinas to Tin velly, known as the Coromandel coast vii. Ceynon and the Maldive Islands. viii. Burma, bounded on the N. and N.E. by the flanking moun tains on the south of the ergs valley and China, on the east by China and Siam, on the west by Bengal aad the Indian Ocean, and on the south by the State of Keda in the Malay Ponitisuia. The ee sige. and possibly the Wiecbar, belong to the Burmese rovin Matay Peninsuxa, from Keda to Singapore, including the British protected States in this peninsula. ‘The British pro- vinces proper are Wellesley, the island of Penang, eanee and crip err The Nicobar Islands may belong to this province. A glance at the map of India shows that, in this atten to delimit thea heey provinces geographically, large areas are in some cases difficult to apportion, as, for example, Gujarat, of = the N.W. half is probably referable botanically to Sind, the 8.E. t crossing it, carrying with them types of the Malabar flora. The flora of the trans-Indus mountains bounding the Indus Plain * The independent kingdom of - extending for five hundred miles between the ores and — _ Himalaya, is here left out of account, from ignorance of its flora. Exc very limite d collection made in the valley of Khatmandu by Wallich in aaa, ies flora of Nepal is all but unknown. = are the tween the floras of and Kumaun, the two meet n Nepal, as indicated by Wallich’s Sole which further contain a con- didotable number of endemic specie BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 227 province on the west, of which the ie es ~ oe Indian, is known botanically i in one valley only—the Afghanistan would have been premature. The flora of British Baluchistan ee considerably from that of any other botanical province of Indi BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE. I.—Proposals of some English Botanists. [Tuer suggestions that have been made by the pareists of ss countries for consideration at the Congress to be held in n June have been published in various periodicals ; cant te ar be of interest to British botanists to read those which have been sent from rmulate 4 is in the main satisfactory — that only those matters were worth putting forward whic either smbignous or on other grounds open to discussion. This is is not the view of the American botanists who represent what is known as the ‘‘ Rochester School.” These e e Pre- liminary y Catalogue in 1888, never hesitated to change their minds as to practice, if not princeton and have thus encumbered sees Be with a host at: pesos synonyms, have at last arrived at the conviction, expresse less than ‘‘ the aban pasate - all the articles” of the Paris Code, and ‘the substitution”’ of their very latest conclusions—which, it other The ‘*botanists of the Gray Herbarium” and their associates are less insistent; they content themselves with amendments to four of the Paris articles and the addition of two new ones—one of them, we regret to see, endorsing ‘“‘priority of place,’ which the Belgian and Rig botanists in their Propositions say, ‘*nous ne ouvons 4 aucun degré accepter.”’ With their suggestions the signatories of ‘the English Amendments find themselves largely in accord. The Gr ray Herbarium memorandum is fee by Prof. Farlow, Prof. Sable et Prof. Goodale, and other The British Museum botanists were moved i take action by 228 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the reflection that England was not represented at Paris in 1867, and it seemed highly desirable that a similar attitude of ‘ stand- m a comin ngres ied the benefit of our readers who may not have access to the documents, ya added in their places the text of the ‘* Amend- easinty? of the Gray Herbarium botanists referred to in the British useum ‘iouealatt The English aad? are drawn up in the form prescribed by the Congress as obligato do not know whether it would be pesibYS to lay down any rule as to the place of publication of new names, but it is certainly desirable that the matter should be taken into consideration. That mentions the mini he saw. them we suddenly cto. a ‘* Brassica pubescens mihi (Sinapis pubes .).”” Is a name pub- lished under such prone and in such surroundings entitled to recognition? It seems to us a it is not, but the matter is doubtless open ms dise eaioas “it will be a that Mr. Druce to the volume! The new names which Mr. Druce in his Flora ue Berkshire has given to plants of most casual occurrence are at least published in a botanical work, although consideration for others would suggest that they should not be given to the world in a book ostensibly dealing with the botany of a small Ses a pi ; oon the gainer by such publication. If some rule could be made which would prevent the recognition of such names, they would probably cease to be published, even to the very limited extent in which so pernicious a practice at present exists.—Ep. Journ. Bor.] INTRODUCTORY. Tue following esi be amendments and additions to the Paris Code of Botanical Nomenclature have reference only to rogams. acinciate ourselves with those botanists who Phane We dandiaie that the nomenclature of Cryptogams is a matter for special treatment. We think our suggestions are se explanatory, and therefore a very brief introduction will suffice BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 229 Art. 16 dis. flies. an example of the practical inconvenience resulting m the adoption of the principle of priority of place, it ae oe noted that this would involv oat transference of the species of so well-known a genus as Prunus to Amygdalus, which is by general consent united ee it, as Amygdalus precedes Prunus by a page (Sp. Pl. 1. 472-3). e concur on this point wit the Hearn of the Belgian and the Swiss botanists (‘ Propositions de Changements,’ p. Art. 37. geprein think the érinitutlll and oo system which as lately been introduced = ome American botanists is an undesirable innovatio Art. 57.—We find ourselve ; in spreeititl with the elaboration of his point (except as to the footnote) in the Amendments suggested by the Meith of the Gray Herbarium, pp. 3-6. [‘* During the last fifteen years several efforts have been made to unify botanical pee 5 and render it consietan with itself. In the course of these as yet unsuccessful reforms it has become evident to those iotantaia to whom nomenclature i . : means to an end rather than an independent science, that a strict and consistent nations which have been created. A very considerable part of these state no new classificatory facts. They have been framed to replace existing names on the ground that the mie had not been formed in accordance with certain laws. In order that the resulting nomen- clature might have greater definiteness many new rules have been With eac or addition of nes beige the reformers have felt justified in making new combinations required. These changes have become very annoying to te. investigate ng botanist, and it is more and more apparent that the rules, nokeithacadne the conscientious intent of their authors, have proved an excuse for change rather than a necessitate hundreds of changes of binomial and trinomial combi- nations, adding greatly to an already enormous and burdensome syn ' a a oe part these changes result from a theory that a com- bination as such has no v validi ity. The undersigned believe that this is a mistaken view, and that no principle would conduce more to stability and convenience in the nomenclature of the spermato- phytes than the eae of the inviolability of a combination when once made. The isolated s specific or varietal name is relatively meaningless. It is a when combined with its proper generic name that it fend suitable for use as a plant-designation in 230 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY floristic or monographic work. The combination, being therefore the only re ally adequate and expressive form of plant-name for species, varieties, etc., should be carefully guarded from needless ‘“« The arguments usually advanced in opposition to the validity of the earliest generically correct binomial in relation to the first spe- cific name, are:—(1) Such a ruling would oe sort of “ piracy by enabling an author ake through saivlag ness or intention to rename species whenever transferring them — fom genus to a ter of great convenience to have the specific names the same under whatever genus the plant is Braet (4) The custom of re-establish- ing a neglected specific ¢ name, even if it sabckitiends the formation of a new combination, is a practice so general and so fixe cryptogamic botany and zoology that any departure from that rule by sarin erect is undesirable as destroying uniformity of bio- ogica “Tn 9 reply to these objections, the importance of which is at once admitted, it may nevertheless be said :—(1) In general, it ie ecific nam has been cers Bret theory in the thors of Sines t has happened, the fault has quite as often been with the ne of the original specific name, which through incomplete characterization or inaccurate classification has been overlooked, as on the part of the more scholarly writer who has first placed the species in its proper genus. ven in the case of such authors as Salisbury, who have sad hae sagt a names ag tar by their predecessors, the intention has rarely, if ever, been that of piracy, but rather a soa ‘tions; even if ill- jndged, wish to improve “oe faulty or i ae designations given by earlier writers. (2) The de- cription of a supposed new species is by no means a ee matted: but the proper generic irae of the plant in question a often to be determined only by the most critical and aeabiaiitiakinig investigation. It thus inde Re in many cases that the service of the original describer, far from being greater, is decidedly less than that of the ered of a So correct combination. At all events, it would be unwise to sacrifice to a sense of justice so sentionentat (3) In a comparatively small number of cases a diverse interpretation of generic names and limits would ee lead to the simultaneous use of different specific names for the same plant. It is believed, however, that this danger has been senuibevaiisy over-estimated by ave advanced the objection. see soe pmb and its synonyms have been several times used as a drastic example of the baleful effects of the rule under seaman : bale very obvious answer to objections of this kind is, that under a pioperly BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 231 drawn code it should be soar ~~ four or pc different generic e sam ha it seems hight inexpedient to make in any hese subjects ny important sacrifice to secure a superficial and relatively un- important agreement of method. Surely any investigator with a capacity so great as to work successfully in more than one of these wide dieoi pli should be able to grasp and apply with- ne a difficulty two or three slightly different systems of ne The ‘chict reasons for maintaining the first binomial i mg ete ng with the nomenclature of the spermatophytes are: (1) T earliest first usable name. (2) As soon as such a designation has been created, showing at once the specific status and the correct generic later combinations, even if framed with the purpose of re- latins a neglected specific name, are of no practical importance, o far more to enccmbee than to clarify nomenclature. (3) The legalization of the first gene a eorredt binomial has the great placed. It thus acts as a useful check upon the vague tendencies of any more alimited form of priority. In this connection it may be pointed out that any such provision as the fifty year limit, pro- posed by the distinguished Berlin botanists to simplify nomenclature by eliminating certain vague and obsolete generic names, beco h and objectio nable names as ae Cacia, Opuntia Opuntia, Jerastium cerastioides, ete., these having arisen, almost without exception, as later combinations. (5) The rule of priority under the genus is easy to apply. In general it is a relatively — matter to determine the ee ae ni to a given specie 232 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY extreme difficulty to be certain that no earlier specifie name has been used for the same plant under some remote genus. (6) Priority by such masters of botanical taxonomy as Bentham, Hooke and Asa Gray. ‘* Note.—The rigid ee at of any rule of priority is sure to cause, at least seis the transition riod, a certain inconvenience. Should it be thought that a consistent app! of stloxity under the genus ‘would bri g tt great change, the undersigned would approve the appointment of a committee by the International Botanical Congress, to draw up a list to aie not over 0 well-known and widely distributed species, such as Ipomoea Pes- - eapre, Abutilon Avicenne, ete. e current names of which, alih ough not in bora an priority under the genus, might by special agreement be allowed to and,”’ Art. 59.—On this point also we agree with the botanists of the Gray Herbarium, Amendments, p. 7. [It is coe that the later of two homonyms should be promptly abandoned in case the earlier one is a valid name. If, on the other hand, the earlier of two homonyms is universally regarded as invalid, its existence in synonymy forms no adequate hen, cour reason for disturbing the second. W however, in the se of investigation the earlier homonym is 8 ame, the ater one must give place, and the second plant or group of plants mss be renamed. A valid name is on tak egard as in it cannot be definitely entered insynonomy. For instance, there is no reason to abandon Setaria of Beauvois because of Setaria of Acharius, the latter being a name never now employed by licheno- logists, although not with much definiteness placed in synonomy. On the — hand, the serious revival of the earlier of two homo- nyms in any monograph or flora is, it is believed, a sufficient ground for changing the other.” ProposeD ghey IN THE Law oF aceite REGARDS PHANEROGAM Art, 16 bis. Peace na two or more name is signify the same 1ing (genus or ect have bien published at the same rh e in the same work, the author who first unites them determines which of the two names shall be retained. Art. gah roe and specific names date from the publication of Linneeus’s Species Plinsav i in 17 Art. 37. apis of subspecies and varieties, w hich must be preceded y the term subsp. or var., are formed in the same way as = me names, follow them in order, beginning with ae the higher rank. Instead of Ar i —A name is published when it has been Poa and distributed with a description, or with a plate, or rence to a previously published cel dvs or BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 283 Instead of lees 57.—The name of a species is that under which it as first placed in its accepted genus the transfer of a species from one genus to another, the ting binomial is already in use; but this rule cannot be mad retrospective. Art. 59.—No one is authorized to change a name on the pretext that it is ill-chosen, disagreeable, that another is prefer- able or better know n, tha at it is not of sufficiently pure latinity, or because shes is an shielias homonym which every- body regards as invalid, or for any other motive contestable or of little value. Instead of -_ rey .—The original spelling of a name must be kept, xe in the case of a typographical or grammatical Wictiam Carrutuers, former Keeper ne bey Department of Botany, British Mus Grorce Murray, Keeper of the Scie of Botany, British Museum. James Britten, Editor, Journal of Botany ; Assistant, Department of Botany, British Museum. Assistants, Department of E. G. Baker, /Rotany, British Museum. A. B, Renpt B. Daypon Jackson, Secretary of the Lin- nean Society. W. P. Hiern, F.RB.S. Spencer te M. Moors. Daniet Otiver, former Keeper of the Kew Herbarium. Antony GEppP, | I!.—Addenda to the Paris Code of ame proposed by some Italian Botanists. Art. 60 (text). In the following cases a name should not be recognized :— When this name i Appice m Sa cana Botany to a group already eaoetad with a valid Art. 60, 1 (addeniane THe RESTORATION oF oLD Generic Names; Fatse Priortry. A. gen name can only displace a more recent synonym peedst that the older genus has been hears characterized by its * (Translated from the Italian text, at the request of Dr. E. serial of Florence by Mr. F. N. Williams, F.L.S., and Asoc in this Journal in accord- with the wish of the signatories. i y Sica oF Borany.—Von, 42. re 1904.) R 234 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY author, and that as defined the characters do not require to be amended (Art. 15, Priority). B. When, however, an older genus, hitherto ecto pee or dis- g. when lace. of a genus, sonal modified by a broader study of its con- stituent species, would be obscured in the meaning attached to the name of the exhumed genus of earlier date. For one name to displace another, it is not sufficient that it be earlier in point of date; it is also necessary that it be a valid one. The Code (Art. 60, 1) explicitly requires these two conditions. It clearly lays down that « priority alone cannot confer validity on a name which is not valid.” Nothing has so profoundly disturbed the stability of nomencla- ture than the unearthing of a legion of old genera, ill-defined or not defined at all (nomina semi-n uda), which the advocates of mere tely ignoring them. seems clear, without adducing any statistical proof, that an niljuiititicnt of conflicting elaims in priority strictly in accordance with the fundamental rules of the Paris Code such as here proposed, would annul an: enormous number of the ,000 or 40,000 changes of name, often useless and unjustifiable, and only of late aot put forward ; and that it would establish a more solid basis for the nomenclature hitherto in use by the large majority of obeiieth AppENDum To Art. 66. neric names of the same etymology, differing only by a a. a (sometimes by two), are considered as homonyms; that i ‘BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 235 they cannot be kept up at the ane time in systematic on except in the following cases :— when the two genera in competition are in two different ivisions, or in 98 different classes of ae Ve egetal Kingdom, or even in two arama so far removed from one another as to avoid all danger of confus Examples.- _- Radulum Fries, "1825 (Fungi), does not necessarily annul Radula* Dumort., 1831 (Hepatice). Pigafettia Becc., 7 (Palmacez) runs also little risk of being confused with Pigafettoa Massalongo, 1885 (Hepatic), so also we have Hookera Salisb.,* 1808 (Liliaces), and Hovkeria Smith, 1808 (Musci). In the same way Anisomeris Presl, § 1833 (Rubiacew), ei be kept up without inconvenience with ha nap is described and figured ; 7. inermis Mont. appears as a new var. of 7’. subulata; LT’. levipileformis, formerly sere to specific int! Hy Limpricht, is here given as a var. of T. Weisin sterilis Nicholéon, found by Mr. Nicholson at Reigate, and des y him as a species, appears as a subspecies of W. crispa ; W. rupestr is var. ramosissima is dropped ; for this Mr. Dixon good reasons. The remarkable form of seems tortu- osum desribed in the Revue Bryologique, 1900, 6, from Glencoe, is considered to be only a state of that species. Cinclidotus ripartus, Sree ae from the Teme, Shropshire, and River Fe ergus, Ennis, is not, Mr. Dixon thinks, the true plant; in which vie w he will be supped by most bryologists. 7 etraplodon Wor mskjolii ‘Lindb., discovered by Messrs. Horrell and Jones in Teesdale, an in interesting 09. thinks is le antoraldios form. Under Webera innotna the s. tenuifolia and angustifolia are dropped; and two new vars., er hres and bulbifera, are described and_ figured ; a new salbupatted: IWS Asi Bryhn, is described and figured. — .. Among the pea interesting Bryums figured and described are B. arcticum R. Br., discovered by Mr. Dixon on Ben Lawers; B. — Lindb. found at Honstanton by the Rev. W..E. Thomp- . Lawersianum Phil., found on Ben Lawers by Messrs. Dixon, Ssidhsolaon, and Salmon ; B. barsation Wils. is considered a form of B. capillare. Myrinia puleinata Schp., of the first edition, is con- sidered to be more correctly named Helicodontium pulvinatum Lindb, Under Heterocladium Svoen um B, & 8. is a long and interesting note on the varieties and forms of this species ; H. gle of the former edition is now given as H. dimorphum B. ; udo- leskea patens impr. is a new species from Ben Lawers, feured an described. Lescurea striata B. & S. of the first edition now stands as Pseudoleskea striata Dixon. Thuidium hystricosum Mitt., a new sub- species, is figured and described ; 7’. Philiberti Limpr. is figured and described, with an interestin ng note. Saat sericeus Dixon now stands as Camptothecium sericeum Kin Eurhynchium meridionale De Not. is figured and described as a ‘ ne \BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 279 ’ The Harpidium section of the Hypnum group has been recast ; arn new varieties are described, and the whole group rendered is more intelligible to the student. Hypnum fluitans is divided into groups, such a s group amphibium and group falcatum, under which the various varieties of this polymorphic _— are described. Under H. vernicosum a new variety, B majus Lind., is described ; under H. ayptnngicd is an interesting note oe new forms of that pee In the a nde and corrigenda a new anbspociads Grimmia retracta iti is deser mary of the contents will suffice to show that the new edition is i teen 0 not only to the beginner, but to the advanced student. It cannot fail to promote the study of bryology; and to stimulate seg gil ; and we may confidently expect that the third edition, when it co ay will afford the same testimony to the results of the ae issue as this does to the influence of its predecessor. J. E, Baenatr. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ¢ée. Tue Handbook to the Natural History of Peay ee wet by J. E. Marr, Se.D., and A. E. Shipley, ued by th University ps on hia. 17, the opening day of the ei of the British Association at Gaimbridae, lt is an extremely hand and well-printed volume, creditable in every way to the editors and to the various contributors. The section dealing with botany, with which alone we are concerned, 6 pane entrusted to lis, of Hunstanton. r. Wallis groups these ecrcnietons ba four heads—the fen, the dry land, the meadows, and t ods—and his summary under each shows a thoroug] both with the plants and the any The sate cht have been read more ¢ arefully—we find on one page (236) Juncus “* Geradii,” Statice ‘‘ rareflorum,” and Triglochium “maritima” — we thi bibliography of the ‘subject would have been a useful and interesting addition. - There is a small but useful map, and a very meagre index. HE new part of the Flora Capensis—* Vol. iv. sect. 2, part ii.” —is entirely occupied by the continuation of Mr. Hiern’ s mono- graph of the coer the earliest portion of ich we noticed on p. 124, includes a new genus, Glumicalyx, plac between Veronica and Mar bie s somewhat anomalous genus Chara- drophila, from the Orange River Colony. The Sposmnin and arrangement present all, the peculiarities on which we have more than once commented, and which geass the Flora Capensis unfavourably from the other Kew floras. It may be urged that thi this principle has not prevented the present editor from adopting in the volumes issued under his direction the objectionable Kew innovation by which the adjectival forms of proper names a 280 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY begun with a small initial. We note that this part is styled “Vol. iv. sect. 2, part ii.,” whereas its predecessor was simply “Vol. iv. sect. ii.” : we gather a this that, owing to some mis- calculation, vol. iv. will really be two volumes bearing sectional numbers—an inconyenience one cannot fail to cause much con- fusion in citation and referen WE live and learn. Mr. 0. J. Cornish’s recent biography of Sir William Henry Flower contains the following paragraph p. 184-5) on the Department of Bota i :—“In the Botanical Department was the herbarium of Sir Hans Sloane, containing specimens; the great botanical collection of Sir Joseph Banks ; and William Wilson's herbarium of British and foreign specimens, containing the identical hinnte from which the ea descriptions made by Lin neus, Amblett, Jagny, Brown, an entham were written.’ This summary of the contents of Wilson’ 8 herbarium will astonish botanists, who may also be — for ignorance of the work of ‘‘ Amblett”’ and ‘ ‘Jagny’’; we can only conjecture that these names, hitherto unknown to fame, —— respectively ‘ Aublet” and ‘‘Jacquin.” Considering Sir Willia intimate connection with the Museum, it seems strange that Cornish did not submit his proofs to some one acquainted with its contents, Messrs. George T. Moors — a F. Kellerman describe ‘*a method of destooying or preven the growth of Alge and certain pathogenic Bacteria in porn supplies” (U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Bulletin No. 64, Washington, 1904, 44 pp.), which is likely to find its uses in this country. ‘It has been found that copper sulphate in a dilution so great as to be colorless, tasteless, and harmless to ana; t - gpm toxic to the alge to destroy or prevent their appeara The mode of application makes this method applicable ie ener votre of all kinds, pleasure ponds and lakes, fish-ponds, oyster-beds, watercress-beds, ete. t is also probable that the shedhiod can be used for the destruction of mosquito larve. At ordinary temperatures 1 part of copper sul- phate to 100,000 parts of water destroys typhoid and cholera germs in from three to four hours. The ease with which the sulphate can then be eliminated from the water seems to offer a practical method of sterilizing large bodies of water, when this becomes necessary.” All traces is copper seem - disappear from the water within twenty-four hours. Though fatal to alge, infusoria, and the bacteria of disease, ‘She treat eke sppeais to leave the sapro- a and harmless bacteria unaffected.—A. G. . C. Warnstorr, the distinguished sphagnologist, has just scat ‘his third et ee to the Kryptogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg (Band ii. 1, Laubmoose, Leipzig, 1904. 240 pp., with fi e first volume contained the hepatics and sphagna; the present et is concerned principally with the cleistocarpous genera of the mosses, and the tribes Weisiee, Dicranee, Pottiee, and Trichostomeea. The descriptions are adequate, are carefully written, are accompanied by keys to the orders, tribes, genera, and species.—-A. G. _ Tab. 464. Journ. Bot. onl TT} € paasaeeaed = . . od | ) | } West, Newman proc. WEST INDIAN FRESHWATER ALG&. G. S. West del. 281 WEST INDIAN FRESHWATER ALG. By G. §. West, M.A., F.L.S. (Prate 464,) Tue Alge which tex the rita of this se were very kindly collected at my request by Mr. A. Howard during 1901-2 in the islands of Barbados, Dominica and Trinidad. Buine of them have proved of great interest, particularly as ‘so little i aa con- e o Osecillatoriacee is relatively large.. Three interesting epiphytes occurred on some fine fruiting specimens of Pithophora Cleveana Wittr., all of whi ch have proved to be new. Gleotenium Loitlesbergerianum Hansg. and Cosmarium bireme : are worthy o f integuments, and the latter because of its minute size. diatoms, the most interesting are: Achnanthes Hérmannii Gutw., Cerataulus levis var. ther malis (Men. ) Grun., 4 opidoneis Van Heurckii (Grun.) Cleve, and Terpsinoé musica Ehre The first important papers on Freshwater coe from the West Indies were two by Lagerheim,* in which he recorded a number of Desmids from Gabi: “acu Rico, and Jam One Desmid (Euastrum incavatum Josh. et Nordst.) has beak recorded from Jamaica by Nordstedt,/ and ‘overall others have been mentioned from Cuba and Trinidad by Borge.t Two other papers, somewhat more comprehensive in their scope, have also appeared on Fresh- water Algz from Dominica and St. Vincent. . —. Cleveana Wittr. Se bars described abcrgpmsd isin St. Thomas. Mos he Alge recorded in the ve ase are additional to one Aber known from the West Indie say ts ae 1, Gidogonium Howardii, (Figs. 1-5.) i. dioicum, macrandrium, oogoniis singulis, globabis vel ‘sabglobosis ape apertis, circumcissione mediana et distincta po bosis vel subdepresso- cies. ala complentibus; ‘ antharidite pravinetlt oor alee ice Os ee ee ee ae * G. Lagerheim, “ . till Amerikas Meggan beers Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. ‘Forh, 1885, no. 7. G. Lagerheim, ‘“ Algologiska Bidrag at; Botaniska Notiser, 1887, Pe, Vide Wittrock et Nordst. Alg. aq. dule. exsic. Fascic. 21, p. 36, no. 657, Borge, ‘‘ Ueber ig oe und prepa Siiswasser- Chlorophyceen,”’ Bih. ‘an es ae Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 2: § W «On Some hole ~~ ae the West Indies,’’ Journ. — Soe. (ict) xxx. 1894. W. West & G. S. West, “A gh Contribution o the Freshwater Alge of the West Indies,” Journ. Linn. ce. (Bot.) xxxiv. 1899. Jouexat or Botany.—Votr, 42. [Ocr. 1904.] U 282 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY laribus; antherozoideis singulis?; cellulis vegetativis evidenter leviter capitellatis ; a fili basali subhemispherica vel sub- spheerica, haud elon Crass. cell. veg. se masc. 7°5-9 pw ; altit. 2-4-plo major ; f 9°5-11 BL 2—4-plo ”? bi 23 ” 29 em. ; 2 » oogon, 29-88 w; ,, 29-83 p; 3» | oospor, 25-29 uw; ,, 25-29 p; », cell. antherid. 75-9 p;> cell. fil. basal. 14-16 a meee | Bf Wi (. pecilosporum Nordst. et Hirn. From the former it is distristlahed by its dicecious macrandrous habit, by its globose oospores, and by its somewhat larger size; from the latter it differs in its globose oospores, and in the. capitellated vegetative cells. the dicecious nannandrous species of (dogonium, it approaches nearest 4 i. decipiens The antheridia sometimes possess aS many as sixteen pa The oa gtr of the filaments are somewhat peculiar. gues depressed subglobose in form, and the first formed cell of the ae: ment grows — a circular opening at the upper pole of the basal cell. a type of nee of the zoogonidia occurs in very few species of (i my and has been well described by Scherffel (* Binige Bastache | iiber (dog. mit ay age Rosenalie” Berichte Deutsch. Botan. Gesellsch. 1901, Bd. xix pp. 557-5638, t. xxxi.). A number ae — species of (dogonium were noticed from Barbados, Dominica, and er but they were not in a condition for satisfactory Wetton 2. ULorurix SUBTILIS pen var. VARIABILIS arr ) Kirchn. T'rinidad.—Pools on the Pitch Lake, La Bre 3. Hormospora scalariformis, sp. n. (Figs, 6-7.) H. cellu- lis anguste oblongo-ellipsoideis, subremotis, transverse dispositis in tubo mucoso hyalino ampliato; margine exteriori tegumenti mucosi subarenaceo ; chromatophoris singulis parietalibus, cum pyrenoide singulo et multis granulis eet Long. max. (transv.) cell. 7-85 w»; long. min. cell. 2°3-2: 6 pe; diam. eaplmenit. mucos. 13°5-17 p. Barbados.—Near Bridgetown. The cells of this alga are very minute, oblong- ellipsoid in form, and are disposed in a single series within a cylindrical gelatinous investment, the long axis of the cells being placed transversely to the length of the mucous envelope. Each cell is also surrounded by a differentiated part of this mucus. The exterior of the mucous erssitpe is more or less partially covered with minute grains 0 sand. The chloroplast agrees well with that of other species of the genus, being a thin parietal plate containing a pyrenoid. It WEST INDIAN FRESHWATER ALGE 283 stands nearest to H. irr er Pa ag ers Videnskab. Forhandl. 1880, no. 11, p. 63, f. 41, 42), but differs in its smaller size, in the form of its sg and in the unbranched and more regular habit 4, Uronema conrervicotum Lagerh. in Malpighia, 1887, p. 518, t. xii. f. 1-10. Crass. fil. 5-5°5 p. Barbados.—Graeme Hall . Endoderma Pithophore, sp. n. LK. epiphytica;- filis breville atti gga subramosis, ramis subconcretis et attenuatis ; cellulis magnis, subglobosis, ellipsoideis, ovoideis vel paper chromatophoris singulis parietalibus, cum pyrenoide singulo; brana cellularum crassa. Long. she etre ad 210 p; ene l ae sll 25-38 »; diam. cell. apic. ram. 5-16 »; crass. membr. cell, 3-3°8 p Barbados —Bay Estate ; epiphytic on Pithophora Cleveana Wittr. The thallus is small, epiphyti ic, and almost invariably situated in the vicinity of one of the intercalary aie of the Pithophora. Not the a trace of an endophytic habit was observed in any of the speci The cells are much more tego than is usual in this gettin; hed the ae walls are remarkably thi Endoderma Pithophore may almost be re erie as a spec cies of Epicladia pee except for the xbsenca of all tendency to form an os thallus . E. polymorpha, sp.n. (Fig. 19.) EH. epiphytica; filis yl invegulaiter sibramons et anastomosis ; cellulis de- pressis, polymo rphi ler elongatis et multe ia cry kur ‘ e dicuintonioria. a Baha membrana cellularum firma et tenui. Long. thall. usque ad re pw; long. cell. 15-89 p»; lat. aL 6: . . arbados.—Bay Estate ; poe on Pithophora Cleveana Wittr. _ This epiphyte is remarkable by reason of the polymorphic char- acter of the cells. The branching is very irregular and somewhat ep against the wall of the host. Each cell contains a parietal chloro- plast with one pyrenoid (sometimes more ?), and the cell-walls are firm alt a It is mewhat strange that two very distinct species of Endo- derma dueuia xist on the same plants of Pithophora ; E. Pithophore being situated upon and near the- comet whereas EF. polymorpha was clothing the vegetative ‘ells only. 7. RuizocLonium HIEROGLYPHICcUM Kiitz.; em. Stockm. Crass. fil. eis p. Trinidad.—In fountains, Roy. Botan. Gardens, | isaac (Kutz.) Stockm. Crass. fil. 23-29»; cell. Mametes a Ro plo longioribus. Barbados.—In freshwater tank, near Ha Kast . R. crassipennitum W. & G. 8. West in Journ. Bot. Febr. iso7, p. 85. Var. Ropustum var. n. Var. filiscrassioribus ; cellulis diametro vu 2 284 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY , sc ae longioribus. Crass. fil. 68-74 »; crass. membr. cell. tee — .—On damp ground, Porter’s Estate The complete absence of rhizoids and also the peralinn.. habit of the plant are characteristic. The typical form, the filaments of which are 33-43 p in thickness, is known from damp naiik in ica. ‘i eth CuapopHora crispata (Roth) Kiitz. Barbados. — Porter’s state 10. PirnopHora Cieveana Wittr., ‘On the devel. and system. arrang. of the Pithophoracee,” Pn Nova Upsala, —— p- 58, t. 2, f. 18-15; t. 4, f. 12-18; +. 5, f. 1-8. Crass. fil. prim. 70 17 ps crass. ram. 41-60 » ; long. spor. intercal. 200-258 Py ok: 100- 156 1: long. spor. term. 175-233 p, lat. 91-104 p Barbad dos.—Bay Estate. This species was originally described from the West Indies, having bean found by Cleve near Soldier Bay, St. Thomas. Cleve’s specimens were clothed with an epiphytic gra this was a moncecious _— subsequently described by Wittrock as G#. Pitho- phore. Strange to sa specimens from Riraation were also , the clothed with an yer! aa —H. Howardii. 11. Vaucuerta sp. Sterile specimens with — 70-112 p in thickness. They were largely encrusted with sand- so numerous diatoms, and a sterile se of Gdogonium. “Trinidad Royal Botan. Gardens, St. Ann’s. 12. MovGEoria ELEGANTULA Wittr. Sterile specimens with cells 4-8-5'4 p in diameter, and 16-82 times longer than broad. The chloroplast vocotpied about the central two-thirds of the cell, and contained ct 5 to 8 pyrenoids. Barbados—Bridgetown. Trini- dad Cla 18. Moverorm sp. Sterile; cells 13-14 » in diameter, and 7-8 times longer than broad. Dominica.—Roseau Valley. Trini- dad.—St. Clair. 14. Sprrocyra sp. Sterile; cells 26-82°5 » in diameter, and 2-8 times longer than broad ; Pes ic 2-3, with smooth edges and small pyrenoids, making from 1 to 24 turns in each cell. Barbados. — Near a ee Dowminiea. — Roseau Valley. Trinidad.—Pools on Pitch Lake. Fragmentary specimens of two other sterile species of Spirogyra were observed from Barbados. 15. CLosTERrom 4 irate (Schrank) ote a 408-575 p; lat. 85°5-40 ». Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swa: 16. C. wanckotatum Kutz. Barbados. — EA pond amongst water-lilies. 17. C. montiirerum (Bory) Ehrenb. Dominica.—Roseau Valley. - 18. C. Diana Ehrenb. Barbados. — Graeme Hall Swamp. Dominica.—Roseau — Lat. 16-22 p; ioanibue 198-236 p» inter se distantibus WEST INDIAN FRESHWATER ALGE 285 19. oy acutum Bréb. Trinidad.—Pools on the Pitch Lake, La oo "te OSMARIUM apie aa Bréb. Trinidad.—In fountains, Roy. Bolan! Gardens, St. A 21. C. gaLerituM Noni Forma apicibus minus truncatis et subretusis. Long. 41 »; lat. 40 »; lat. ier ck Pp; crass. 21 p. Trinidad. gen on Aa Piteh Lake. (Fig. 22. C. ossotetum Reinsch. The specimens observed were all small fois similar to hake observed from Koh Chang (cf. West & G West in Botanisk Tidsskrift, xxiv. 1901, p. 172). Long. 47 pw; lat. 50, Bi lat. isthm. 12°5 »; crass. 26 ph. Dominica.— Rosen Mie 23. C. Lave Rabeuty Lone. 16-24 pw; lat. 13-5- AT a’ tt. isthm, 3-4:2 p. 7 Hosea — Government Farm, St. Clair; Roy. ciuamy Gardens, St. Ann . C. IMPRESSULUM Blt. Long. be #; lat. 23 w; lat. isthm. 5 se "Beis dos.—Graeme Hall Swam 25. C. Lisoneense West & G. S. West in Journ. Bot. April, 1897, D. ah t. 868, f. 12 INEVOLUTUM var. n. (Fig. 14.) Var. crenis lateralibus beste: $ setnzaell nha a vertice visis ellipticis, ad medium yore leviter in fae spr eancutb De binis. Long. 44 p; lat. re isthm. 11°5 p s.21 py. Barbados.—Near Bridgetow This cae abla be compared with Cosmarium ace eu. datum W. & G. 8. West, from which it is distinguished by it relatively greater fengtle, its more ees aes semicells with ee rower apices, and by the inflated ee 26. C. rormosuLum Hoff Long. 44 p; oe 88 y; lat. isthm. 115 p. Barbados.—Bay Estate ee 7 ee e Hall Swamp. The specimens ao Rok quite typical, dificring. | in the possession of smooth apices a7, ©. eg ee Nordst. Long. 24 »; lat. 19-5-22 Lape lat. mar cm : #; crass, 12°5 p. Barbados.—Bay Estate. e speci- men e rather small, but were otherwise similar to the type, and the ‘chloropiaa were furnished with two pyrenoids. 28. C.sublatifrons, sp.n. (Fig. 16.) C. minutum, tam longum quam latum, profundissime constri ctum, sinu angustissimo- -lineari ; semicellule obtrapeziformes, lateribus leviter convexis, angulis sparse et irregulariter granulata, in centro cum annulo iehissAtbrane 7 ciream granulum majus centrali; a pee vise Solange tumore granulato in media utrobique. Long. 2 lat. he 19°5 »; lat. isthm. 4°5 »; crass. 14°5 p. kaa — Bay Est 286 _ THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY his species is nearest to C. /utifrons Lund., but is only about half the size, wheal ounder angles, fewer granules, and a different central nm 29. 0. » EME Nordst. var. BARBADENSE var. n. (Fig. 17.) Var pings, Seiniosltabs subtrapezoideis, marginibus lateralibus leviter vexis, apice latiori. Long. 7°8-7:7 »; lat. 7-4-8 yp; lat. is: m 13 »; crass. cum papill. 5:4 ». Barbados.—Near Bridgetow This minute Cosmarium differs from typical C. bireme anise in me somewhat smaller size, in the absence of the lateral angles, and n the wider x goes of the semicells. There is one pyrenoid in oath chloroplast It should be compared with C. bireme var. ence & aby Vert On Rrans. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) ser. 2, v. 1895, p. 5 6, t. 6, f. 87), from which it is distinguished by its smaller size, ne pro- portionately greater breadth, and its ee linear, closed sinus. mpare also with C. ocuwh W. & G. S. West in Journ. Roy. Miér. Soc. 1897, p. 487, t. 7, £. 24. 30. C. Cucursita Bréb. var. arreNuAtuM nob. ee Cucurbita (Bréb.) Hansg., ‘‘ forma ad apices versus attenuata 1bique late rotundato- truncata,,’? Schmidle in nf botan. Zeitsch?. 1895, p. 947, ¢. 14, £16.) Long, 24°87 js late 52-17 »; lat. apic. circ. 10-11°5 »; lat. isthm. 14-165 p. Trinidad. —Pools on the Pitch rime se Brea, (Fig. 18. This ety is somewhat smaller shari typical C. C ucurbita, and the semicel are distinctly attenuated towards their apices. . C. pseuparcroum Nordst. Long. 154-19 p; lat. 10°5-11°5 p; iat. sails 9°5_10 p. Trinidad.—Pools on the Pitch Lake. 382. SponpyLosiuM oop edie (Borge) nob. oe ae re desmidiiforme ij Aig. . Regn. Exped.,” Arkiv ) utgifv. a kath Ba. 1, 1908, p. 120, t. B, L 23.) pig cell. S812 er 25-29 p; lat. cite 23-25 p; crass. so —, as “amis by Borge. In many cells the F sicsl view asymmetrical (vide fig. 180, 6’), and the cell-wall in the esnit ‘of the lateral margins is delicately and sparsely punctate. This Desmid sae almost equally well be placed in the section Didymopriun, of the genus Desmidium. Borge describes the pre- us aevelopet round the filaments, but there was no =< Ay such a ies investment in the Trinidad specimens. . SraurastRUm TURGEscENS De Not. Long. 83-36°5 p; lat. 98-81. 5 p; lat. isthm. 10-12p. Barbados. —Graeme Hall Swamp. 34. Cuaractum Sresotpu A. Br. Long. cell, 15°5-25 p; lat. cell. 4°2-9°5 wp. Barbados pie Hall Swamp ; ; epiphytic on Nitzschia spectabilis. WEST INDIAN FRESHWATER ALG 287 . Pievrococcus vunearis Menegh. Diam. cell. 6°2-12 p. ine —Bay Estate. any of the cells were angular by compression. The chloroplast was lobed and contained a single oc . Kutzingii, ‘sp. n. (Protococcus minor Kutz. Phycolog. p- 198 (in part). ? ? Pleurococcus minor (Kiitz.) Rabenh.). cellulis minutis, globosis vel angulari-globosis, plerumque 2—4-8- = in familias consociatis, et in strato tenue sos tie viride 1 m crasso aggregatis ; womb Sogn singulis, 9) PatistediOun 8 et homogeneis, sine pyrenoidibus, Multiplicatio “ella vegeta- tivarum divisione in oe (vel tres) directiones alternante. Diam. cell. 3-8-5°7 »; diam. fam. parv. (4-12 cell.) 9-16 p. " (Figs. 9-10.) Barbados, idee Estate ; ; ni: a yellow-green stratum about 1 mm. in thickness, with a species gbya The small size of the cells aud their yellow- seg colour at once distinguish this species from P. vulgaris Menegh. The cells when solitary are globose, but in the small families - two, four, or eight cells they are generally somewhat angular by compression. The cell-wall is firm and of some appreciable thickness. There is only one sais cat in each cell, of a pale-green colour and quite homogeneous. It is parietal and relatively massive, occupying a large part of the cell, and it contains no pyr enol Un the name of ‘“* Protococcus minor,’ ’ Kiitzi zing egret a number of minute unicellular alge the specific identity of which has long been questionable. It is now generally understood that a am proportion of Kiitzing’s figures refer to a blue-green alga ich has come to be known as “ Chroococcus minor (Kiutz.) Nag.” Soni of his drawings, rough though they are, clearly refer to chlorophyceous alge, and I think it pSainmely probable that they include the species found in the Wes 37. ProtopeRMa viripE Kiitz. < ong. ¢ ace 3°8-9°6 »; lat. cell. 2°3-3°6 ». Barbados.—Bridgetown ; epiphytic on Chara sp. Th - colonies were very small, containing not more than Het 18 to. " = SceNEDESMuS oBLiquus (Turp.) Kiitz. Barbados. — Bay state 39. 8. quapricaupa (Turp.) Bréb. Barbados.—Bay Est Var. ELLIPTIcum W. & G. S. byt Long. cell. ips ae au lat. cell. 48-5 », Barbados—Bay Estate. This is a 4-celled variety with ellipsoidal cells and a charac beriatie arrangement of the long bristles. It has only previously been recorded from Madagascar. 40. 8. penricuLatus en var. LINEARIS Hansg. Trinidad,— Pools on a Pitch Lake, La B 41. OooysTis soLITARIA ‘ieee Barbados.—Near Bridgetown. 42. Palmelloco ermalis, sp. F lobo ose, minute ; er a parietalibus 2-8, intense viri- 288 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY tenuissima. mea ge cellularum vegetativarum divisione in omnes directiones. Propagatio fit gonidiis immobilibus minutis 4-16 intra cellulas bightinds ortis. Diam. cell. 2:2-6°5 Dominica.—In hot spring, forming a thin green stratum. Tem- perature of water 90° F. (32- 2° .), is species can be distinguished from P. st ted ap (Kiitz.) C by the presence of more than one chloroplast in each cell, and by “a total absence of the red oily material which is ea a conspicuous feature of that alga. e chloroplasts appear to be perfectly homogeneous, and they possess regular and sere: margins. The number of gonidia pro- duced in each cell is 4, 8, or 16. They are minute, cia: non- motile spores, which esc iio guy he rupture of the mother-cell-wall. he iscovery of this species necessitates a slight alteration in the generic characters of Palmellococeus, so as to include a species with more than one chloroplast, and in which red pigment is never developed. 43. Gu oo aiaas (Kiitz.) Lagerh. Barbados oe Hall Swamp. Trinidad.—Pools on the Pitch Lake, La 44, Guaorayium Lorrtespercerranum Hansg. in ‘fe! bericht. d. k. Bohm. Gesellsch. 1890, p. 10; Nuova Notarisia, 1890, pp. 264-5 ; Stockmeyer in Sitz-bericht. k.k. zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien, 1891, Bd. xli. (Gleocystis cincta Gutw. in Kom. Fizyogr. Akad. Umiej. Krakow. tom: xxx. 1894, p. 78, t. 2, f. 6.) Diam. cell. 17-28 p; diam. fam. 4-cell. 61-80 Bi ; crass. fam. 4-cell. 50 p. (Figs. wate Trinidad.—In fou rein Botan. sta daa St. Ann’s The only distinction “bet this genus and Glaoc cystis is the presence of an opaque zone of ecelinr singe, which i is closely bound round the transparent Palwiiiiotis envelope. In the 4-celled colony, this zone, which is quite black in appearance, is somewhat cruciform in the front view of the colony, but in the side view it is oblong- sie el with a central space. In the 2-celled colony the black zone is in the form of @ ring extending round the median part of the gelatinous envelope. The rest of the mucous covering often becomes i nig nated with this same black pants et. p. 157, t. 21, f. 12) scarcely represent the plant. Se hmidle has also found and figured . fo Saly pty t from Reveilig (vide Flora, 1896, Bd. 82, Heft 8, p. 802, e idea once put ti that this plant stood near to some of the Desmidiacee is quite erroneous. Its nearest ally is Gleocystis. HETEROKONTA. 5. Characiopsis ellipsoidea, sp. n. (Fig. 8). Cellule vege- atin anguste ellipsoider, apicibus obtuse rotundatis, stipite brevis- simo crasso sine disco basali predito; chromatophoris 4, parietalibus, WEST INDIAN FRESHWATER ALG 289 subehionee et Inteo- viridibus, pyrenoidibus carentibus. Ushadslaiis + wee Long. cell. 15-22 p; lat. cell. 7: 7-9'6 p. Barbados at co Br idaaioin Wn ; par ie on Chara ‘This species is characterized by the ellipsoid cells with rounded apices, and by the short, thick stalks of attachment. There are four chromatophores in each ce ll, of a yellow-green colour, somewhat granular in appearance, but destitute “A pyrenoids. It should be compared with Charactopsis minuta (A. Br.) Borzi, from which it differs in the form of the v vege es tive cells, and in the absence of the narrow stalk with its basal dis BaciLuaRiez&. 46. Cycnorenta Menzeuiniana Kiitz. Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swamp; ‘* Chane cery Lane” Estate 47. CERATAULUS LEVIS Seay ) Ralfs var. THERMALIS (Menegh.) Grun. Dominica.—Roseau This diatom occurred i in quantity amongst Terpsinoé musica. have to thank Mr. E. Lemmermann, of Bremen, for its correct identification 48, TerpsiInoE gt: mpi Barbados,—Graeme Hall Swamp. Dominica.—Ros This species hes been _ previously recorded for Dominica oe W. & G. 8. West in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) xxxiv. 1899, p. 295). 49, SyNEDRA PULCHELLA Kiitz. ab —In pools, Bay Estate. T: — Bowl Botan. Gardens, St. Ann’s; Government Farm, St. ne 5. Utna (Nitzsch) Ehrenb. Tr oo —Roy. Botan. Gardens, St. lees Government Farm, St. Clai 51. S. Acus (Kiitz.) Grun. saci Aa ont Hall Swamp. Trinidad.—Pools on the Pitch Lake, La B Apes . 5. raprans (Kiitz.) Grun. Tr inidad EaGevermaneit Farm, . Clair 3. Csnaronni Arcus (Ehrenb.) rope var. AMPHIOXYS (Rabenh.) De —< Barbados.—Graeme Hall § mp. Kunorra epee (Dillw.) abenh. . Barbados. —Nea Ssaeneen: Trinidad.—Roy. Botan. Gardens, St. An i pag curta Van Howe Trinidad.—Pools on the Pitch Lake, a 55. E. tunarts (Ehrenb.) Grun. Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swamp. ' 56, ACHNANTHES microcePHaLa (Kiitz.) Grun. T'rinidad.—Roy. Botan. Gardens, St. Ann’s. 57. A. coarorata (Bréb.) Grun. Bar: “eae Estate.” 58. A. Hérmannn Gutw. ‘O Algama, sabranim oko Travnika po valacasnom prof. Erichu Beandiva,” oc 1898, p. 258 (ce. fig. xylogr.). _Dominica.—Roseau Valley. 59, Navicuta viriis Kiitz. Barbados,—Bridgetown. 290 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 60. N. _— (Ehrenb.) Kiitz. Trinidad.—Pools on the Pitch Lake, La 61. rt GraciLis Kitz. Barbados.—In water-lily pond. 62. N. viripura Kiitz. Barbados. —With the “septien species. = N. rapiosa Kiitz. Barbados.— Porter's Estate.” Var. renetxa (Bréb.) Van Heurck. qt —Drinking foun- tain, St. Clair. Barbados.— Porter's e.’ 64. N. cryprocepnara Kiitz. Jt te ew ont Hall Swamp. 65. N. Gautica (W.Sm.) Van Heurck. Barbados.—Bay Estate. 66. N. cusprpata Kiitz. Burbados.—Bay Estate; Graeme Hall Swamp. 67. N. amsreva Ehrenb. Barbddos.—Bay Estate. 68. N. spHaropuora Kiitz. oe —In water-lily pond ; Bridgetown ; Gracme Hall Swam 69. N. ex Grun. Trini. eae EN Farm, St. Clair; pools on the Piteh Lake, La Bre 70. N. Intp1s Ehrenb. Barbi: —WNear Bridgetown. a1, eta Hippocampus (W. Sm.). Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swa: 72. nae Van Heurcxu (Grun.) Cleve. (Elesiotrants Van Heurckit Sere ) Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swam 73. HONEMA GRacILE Khrenb. Barbados. as Kstate ; Gracie’ Hall Swa mp. Trinidad.—Roy. Botan. Uardets, St. Ann’s; pools on the Piteh Lake, La Brea. 74. G. micropus Kitts: Trinidad.—Roy. Botan. Gardens, St. Ann’s. 76. G. 1 erearun soe var. Visrio (Ehrenb.) Van Heurck. Barbados. —Bay Est 76. Cocconema cuspipatum (Kiutz.). Trinidad.—Roy. Botan. Gardens, St. Ann’s. es C. pusinuum (Grun.). Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swamp. C. casprrosum (Kiitz.) G.S. West. 'rinidad.—Roy. Botan. pact St. Ann’s 79. morn ovatis Kitz. Barbados.—Near Bridgetown ; Graeme Hall Swam 80. A. tise Rabenh. Barbados.—‘ Porter’s Estate.” 81. oe gies tureipa (Ehrenb.) Kitz. Barbados.—‘‘ Chancery Lane Estat . GiIpBERULA (Khrenb.) Kutz. romance —Roseau Valley. Trinidad. Baverament Farm, St. Clai 83. Sent DENTICcULA Grun. Tr jes —Roy. Botan. Gardens, St. Ann 84. N. specraBitis omit Ralfs. Barbados.—Near Bridge- town ; ai Hall Swam WEST INDIAN FRESHWATER ALG 291 85. N. uinearis (Ag.) W. Sm. Barbados.—-Near Bridgetown. Var. tenuis (W. Sm.) Grun. Dominica.—Roseau a - ey aes N. Parza (Kiitz.) W.Sm. Barbados.— Est . TENUIROSTRIS Van Heurck. Dominica. at ga Valley, hot — spring (emp. 90° F. Var. pees Van Heurck. Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swamp. 87. N. communis Rabenh. Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swamp; ‘* Porter’s Estate.” 88. N. susrinis Grun. Barbados.—‘‘ Chancery Lane Estate.” 89. Hanrzscuta Ampuioxys (Ehrenb.) Gran. Barbados.—Bay _— . SuRmELLA rosusta Ehrenb. var. sPpLENDIDA aero 4 Van Heurck. ia rhados.—Near Bridgetown ; Graeme Hall Swa 91. 8. srrraruta Turpin. Barbados.—Near i anon: 92. CampyLopiscus Ciyreus Ehrenb. Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swamp. Myxopuycez. 93. HapatosipHon aureus W. & G. 8. West in Journ. Bot. June, 1897, p. 59. Crass. fil. prim. 11-12°4 »; diam. cell. 8-9°5 pw; crass. ram. 7°5-9 »; crass. cell. ram. 5-6°5 »; crass. ‘hestboosie 5-9 p. Barbados. —Bay Kstate. his H pape has previously been recorded only from Huilla, Angola, W. Africa. The disparity in thickness between the primary filaments and the branches, and the golden-yellow colour of the sheaths are characteristic features. 94. Nostoc microscopicum Carm. Barbados.—‘‘ Chancery Lane Kstate. 95. AnaBmna sp. Crass. trich. 3 ; crass. heterocyst. 4°5 p; long. spor. 16 »; lat. spor. 9 ». Heterocysts ellipsoid. Spores cylindrical, solitary (so far as observe a), and remote from the heterocysts. Barbados.—Near Bridgetow 96. Nopunarta Harveyana Thur. dain cell. veget. 4°6-5°7 p; crass. heterocyst. 6°5-7°5 @; crass. spor. 7-7'8 ». Barbados.— ‘‘ Chancery Lane Estate.” 97. Symptoca muscorum (Ag.) Gom. Barbados.—Bay Estate. . Lynesya zstuarm Liebman. Crass. fil. 16-22 p; trich. 11°5-15 ». Barbados.—Near Bridgetown ; Bay Estate. 99. L. mason Menegh. Barbados.—Bay Estate. 100. L. turga (Ag.) Gom. Crass. fil. 8»; crass. trich. 5-6°4 Barbados. “On: roots of mangroves in apa piveaae nr. Peicccwn. 01. yr te maee Menegh. Barbados.—Near Bridgetown ; Graeme Hal Swamp. 102. L. versicotor (Wartm.) Gom. Barbados.—Bay Estate. 103. L. susritis West. — ie zee 104. L. Lacernemu (M6b.) Gom. Crass. trich. Bar- bados.—Near Bridgetown. This species ‘i Sperialy bial re- corded from Brazil. 292 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ia 105. L. ferruginea, sp.n. (Fig. 20.) L. filis tenuissimis, in stratum luteo-ochraceum dense intricatis; vaginis initio tenuibus, hyalinis, demum crassioribus et ferrugineis ; “trichomatibus eru- c ae a nulla. eo s. fil, 1 ‘8-2: p3 e@rass. trich. 0°8-0°9 p. Dominica + need Valley, forming a yellow-brown ferruginous pie f the Annet are is a thick deposit of t yellow- -brown material The trichomes ue periiner narrow, = a bright blue green colour, and the cells are from fi s longer than the diameter. The latter Saakaiee alone at once distinguishes this species from L, ochracea (Kiitz.) Thur. 106, Pxormipium persicinum (Reinke) Gom. Crass. trich. 1:8- 2p. Barbados.—Near Bridgetown, on roots of mangroves in brackish swam xe . P. TenvE aa sea Barbados. —Near Bridgetown ; ves hig Graeme Hall Swa 108. P. ph (Kiitz.) sm Crass. ich. 1°8-2 p. Do- minica.—Roseau 109. P. LaminosuM (Ag.) vee Crass. trich. 1°3 p. Trinidad.— Roy. Botan. Gardens, St. Ann’ 110. OscrnLaToRIA PRINCEPS ‘ea ch. Crass. trich. 31-40 yw. Barbados.— Graeme Hall Swamp. The specimens were very fine, agreeing more with North American than with Huropean ones in point of view of size. 111. O. sanora Kiitz. Crass. trich. 10°5-11°5 pw. Barbados,— Bay Estate. 112. me umosa Ag. Barbados.—Graeme Hall Swamp. 113. Crouan. Crass. trich. 4°1-4°4 yp. Barbados.— Near Crrsemig on roots of mangroves in brackish swamp. A somewhat thinner form (trichomes only 8 » in thickness) was ob- Hal mp. served from Graeme 114, O. Tenurs Ag, can trich, 8:9-4°3 p. Barbados.—‘ Por- ter’s Estate.” 115. O. srevis Kitz. Barbados.—Near Bridgetown. 116. O. sussrevis Schmidle, in Engler’s Botan. Jahrbich. Bd. xxx. 1902, p. 243, t. 4, f. 7. Crass. trich. 5°1-5°7 p. Barbados.— Bay Estate. This species was present in some quantity amongst O. sancta. It seems distino t from 0. brevis Kutz., by reason of “the extreme ortness of its cells and the blunt peers of the filaments. The transverse cell-walls are often bent, some being concave towards one extremity of the filament, and Share convex towards the same WEST INDIAN FRESHWATER ALG 2938 extremity. sa apical cell is almost disciform with a convex outer m: merous dark-coloured, disc-shaped masses occur at intervals nosig the fila ments. Each of these is probably a ae of intercellular substance, vey refractive in appearance, and pr ojecting slightly beyond the margins of the filament. Schmidle’s African specimens were from the ret Mention of Lake Nyassa, and were from hot water Cony, 52° GC. ). The West Indian specimens were not from hot w . O. anaustissimma W. & G.S. West. Crass. trich. 0°6 p. Barbados. —Bay Estate. 118. Spmvunina tenvissmma Kiitz., 1886 (S. subsalsa Cirsted, 1842). Diam. spir. 3 »; crass. trich. 1. Barbados.—Ne ar Bridge- Tey, on the roots of mangroves; Graeme Hall Swamp. 119. CaLorarix BreviaRticuLaTta W. & G.S. West in Journ. Bot. June, 1897, p. 240. Crass. fil. ad med. 11-12°5 w; crass. trich. ad med. 7°3-8'2 yp. Trinidad.—Roy. Botan. Gardens, St. Ann’s; epi- . on Vaucheria sp. CamptotHrix REPENS W. & G. §. West, l.c., 1897, p. 67, t. 70, t. 12-17. Crass. fil. 3°7-5°2 p Barbados —Near Bridge- town ; epiphytic on chew sp. This ata was first seneribed from Angola, West Africa, and it has since been found in the neighbour- hood of Lake Nyassa et, Schmidle in Engler’s Botan. Jahrbiich. Bd. xxxii. 1904, p. 63). 121, ee conrervicoLa A. Br. Long. cell. 27-31 p; lat. 2:5-8:1 ». Barbados.—Near Bridgetown ; attached to Chara sp. 122, Mien hies microscorica Nig. Barbados.—Bay Estate. 128. A. prasina A. Br, Barbados.—‘‘ Chancery Lane Estate.’ 124, a euavca (Ebrenb.) Nig. DBarbados.—Graeme ge Swa 125. Me Hyatina Kitz. Barbados.—Near Pian: Graeme Hall Swamp. 126. M. erecans A. Br. Diam. cell. 5°5-7 p. sit colonies with up to saat ee Barbados.,—Graeme Hal Swam 127. GompHosPH=RIA a Kitz. Dacedotinblan Bridge- town ; Genstns: Hall Sw 128. Mr —— marGinaTa Menegh. Diam. cell. 2-28 pe; diam. colon. usque ad 120», Barbados—Graeme Hall Swamp. 129. eaHaaee pipyma Kiitz. Tab. Phycolog. t. 19, f. iii. Rabenh. Flor. Europ. a ii. ae! p. 88. Diam. cell. 2-6-8-4 -. Barbados.—Graeme Hall Sw 130. Caroococcus tTuRGIDUS * (Kiita.) Nig. Barbados.—Bay Estate; near Bridge — e Hall Swa amp. Trinidad,— Roy. Botan. Gardens, St. A 181. C. coHmRENS (Bréb.) Nag. Barbados.x—Graeme Hall Swamp. 132. C. netveticus Nig. Barbados.—Bridgetown. 294 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Ex XPLANATION or Puate 464, Fras. 1-5.—Gidogonium Howardii. sp. n. (x 250). land 2, young plants showing basal cells ; Ward & female plants showing oogonia (00); 5, male plant with ‘antheridial cells (a (an). i ede pista scalariformis, sp.n. 6, x 520; 7, x 1000, showing + 8.—Characiopsis sipaitdea: sp.n, 520. » 9-10. Bigs’ pee! Kiitzingii, sp.n. 9, x 520; 10, x 1000, showing ts. chl 5 11-13.—Spondylosium mene ine pea nob. 0. i eee Libonge S. West, var. inevolutum var’ n. ay 15.—C. galeritum Nordst., forma. x 520. re 16.—C. sublatifrons, sp.n. x ‘, 17.—C. ne wie var. babadinae: var.n. a, a’, and b, x 520; si 18.—-C. noah bita Bréb. var. attenuatum nob. 20. ” 19.—Endoderma polymorpha, sp. n. oo portion of thallus, x 520. 22-23.—Glwotenium Loitlesbergerianum Hansg. (x 520). 22, side view of 4-celled colony; 23, front view of another 4-celled colony. BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES. Tuer following notes seem worth bringing together in print, as they are from sources not likely to be consulted by botanists in search of biographical information. Joun Arkin (1747-1822). In R. -: Salisbury’s MS. on Campanulacea, preserved in the Department of Botany, is the following note under Aikinia :—‘‘ Our beautiful little wild plant, Campanula lianas L., is the pes Delile. discovered a 2" species in Egypt; an ave a 8" fro Burchell, under which he says, ‘Caules humifusi. Fiore steidti: post occasum solis dormiunt corollis clausis.’ I therefore call these 8 species after my earliest botanical preceptor, the late John Aikin, .D., whose accurate knowledge of our indigenous Vegetables renders a British Genus peculiarly applicable to him. Formerly in very ex- tensive practice, when kept up during the night, he made it a rule to go to bed, though for tee so short a time, like this Genus, & latterly in a green old age, enjoyed the otium cum dignitate which he so well merited, beloved by all who knew him JOHAN aie ARESCHOUG eas -1887), ‘‘ Areschoug . charming Swede, Professor at Lund, came ver hen for a saa or so, years back. His ardour was such, that ofa seeing a new and promising bramble bush, he would plunge into it for specimens, like the Guards charging at Waterloo, and emerge eventually streaming with gore from face and hands. He had under- taken the light job of investigatilig Rubus in Europe, and was after BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES 295 the original and primordial typus, which he suspected was Rubus Leesti, and which was to be a rag of all the cousinhood o blackberries and raspberries in axistono I fear he has left his mono- graphy unfinished. Life is short, and “hnunblen are interminable.” etter from J. L. Warren "(unde date May 26, 1887), in Sir Se intetaart Grant Duff's Notes from a Diary, 1886-1888, i. 119. Joun Batt (1818-1899). . I send you a Latin epigram, which I discharged against our friend Tolth, Ball, who had written to suggest to me that if I had sought my out-of- door pleasures among plants and flowers instead of in the pursuit of woodcocks, I should have saaaisod th misadventure. I wished to suggest to him that my pleasures were near at hand, while ae involved great wanderings, incompatible with my mode of life. I think you will admit that I have shown some ingenuity in weaving into my oe ‘ Strange na Such as would seh Quintilian stare and gasp.’ I am especially proud of my victory over Popocatapetl.’’ The following is the epigram alluded to :— ‘In Johannem Ballu * Botanistam Vapudaudeen: Alpibus emensis currit Botanista per udque humeris cceli pondus Steet sustinet pies) acumin Quid memorem Libanum ? Monten quid vos Boopulail) 2 Omne solum erroni patria est gratissima Ballo ec mora, nec requies! Petit ardens wo eee vec metuet legum contemtores Gar wtf tesplendens glacie Mons Cookius attralet et qui® opitos queritur Popocatapetlius ignes. Lassatusque redit, needum sati atus ad Fa u Letter from Lord Aberdare (under date 8 March, 1887) in Sir Mountstuart Grant Duff's Notes from a Diary, 1886-1888, i. 66-7. LT et DRICK. ‘“*T had never telat seen the Herbarium of 1672, collected by : of the Brodrick family in, as [Lord] Midleton thinks, ood of Wandsworth i amine it a great deal more carefully than I had time to do.” Sir Mountstuart Grant Duff, Notes from a Diary, 1889-91, ii. 16 [Farnham Castle, Aug. 7, 1890]. focabulum A me audacter inventum, so Herbario. eet in ren with Sir Joseph Hook tocky Moun re gens oelasie Africana fount Coo fin i Salsa. 13,000 feet high, of which the glaciers l almost to he ‘opocatapetl, eutiaet voleano in Mexico, 17,000 feet high. to be Wee Sepia des icy aad fo = 296 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY [The a is at Peper ap near Godalming. Sir M. Grant Duff in is There is no reference to any Brodrick in the Biographical Index; perhaps this cert of Sir M. G. Duff's note may elicit forthér: information. | ee Carey (1761-1834). “Dr. Carey, late of Serampore, one of the best, the most amiable, gifted, and indefatigable of men; whose] virtues and talents adorned his country, and whose labours have promoted him modi — friend. His life was devoted to the diffusion of the Gospel; horticulture, natural history, and botany afforded the brief recreation he allowed himself from his daily toils. His favourite ciadiie® were the retik ie Poe family, and to him we are indebted for our knowledge of many of them. He was born in 1761, at Hackleton, in Sinident ershire, and embarked for India in 1793. In 1800 he was settled at Serampore, and he closed the labours of his useful life in 1884, beloved by all who new him, honoured by all whom his name has reached, having translated and superintended the publication of the peal i in forty oriental languages, which he had the perseverance to acquire for at purpose. Born in the humblest circumstances, often uncertain of his daily bread, at first a journeyman shoemaker, then a v schoolmaster, he had before his departure from England es 7) pac to read the Bible in Greek, Latin, Hebrew, French, Italian, Dutch, and had become conspicuous by his eloquent preaching, said his ardent desire to bring about the mission to India which originated in his powerful mind. When he arrived there he found it necessary to offer his services by. a hand-bill to make or repair shoes, and after he had risen to the head of a flourishing establish- ment, and occupied the chair of A ee professorships, he was not ashamed to nail up the original hand-bill against the wall of his study, but took pleasure in considering from what a humble grade he had been lifted up to a more useful and distinguished station by the grace of God and his own virtuous perseverance.’ Herbert, Amaryllidacea, pp. 264-5 (1887) Joun Kennepy (1759-1842). The reference to Lewis Kennedy in the Biographical Index of Botanists (see also Journ. Bot. 1899, 214) being | not ee, incorrect i error, it This 1 substitution of ‘‘John’’ for ‘* Lewis,” and of the dates ‘‘1759- 842” for * fi. veseis” all the subsequent matter refers to John, and has no erence to Lewis, who indeed can hardly claim a eons in the Inde he confusion week to have originated with Lindley, who (Bot. ioe, t. 1886 (1830) ) says that the genus Kennedia (which, in com- mon with most other writers, he misspells Kennedya) was named i in * Prof. Sargent, Silva N. Amer. iv. 16. BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES 297 compliment to ‘ the ate Mr. Kennedy, a partner in the vores of Lee and Kennedy.” But a reference to Vent Jardin de la Matmaison, il. t. 104, where the genus was established. a that the “M. piers ts célébre cultivateur,”” whom it commemorates, was then alive; the volume bears. date 1804, and Lewis “died | in 1783. This is hirthied vid enilaa in the Addenda to Rees’s oes ee Kennedia) (1819), where the ‘“ well-known cultivator of Hammersmith” to us 10m the genus was dedicated i is John Kennedy was born at the Visieyiet Paterno on Oct. 30, 1759. In November, 1783, he bec member of the firm the sons of the two founders until 1818, when they dissolved partnership, and it became the sole property of ert Lee. John Kennedy was a constant contributor “8 again ~ five eae (1799-1808) of H. C. Andrews’s Botanists’ Repository, and i lesser degree to later volumes. This is data bliciad! $y. the habbidiuits from the singe in Salisbury’s writings—e. g. i Soe. i. 261-366, where other contributors to Andrews’s work a madisated, “dae in Knight’s Proteee. In the Addenda to Rees, already quoted, it is stated that “his skill and Saas have much enriched the works of his son-in-law, Mr. Andre Ac- cording to Fotinsiii "(Hist Engl. Gardening, 801), Rerinedy was ‘considered to be the author of Pag ge’s Prodromus’’—a list of the plants bate in 8 Gouthaiapten Botanic rica sae in London in 1817. Page went to Southampton from the Hammer- smith Wieety: having Taaaeiiéd a daughter of John Ken nnedy. In addition to the catalogue, the book contains “a cursory review of the principles on which a sexual ba of Botany is established ; After leaving Hamm erstith pi Bithhedy went tham,. Kent, ae he died on Feb. 18, 1842, and was bur Hai For much the above information I am indebted to Mr. James Lee, a dence fi of the founder of the firm of Lee and Kennedy. The following paragraph may be substituted for that on Lew Kennedy in bs a and for that on John Kennedy in this pple for 1903, p. 3 Kennedy, sang (1759-1842) : ie Vineyard, rete ae! 80 Oct. 1759; d. Eltham, Kent, 18 Feb. 1842; bur. Eltham eryman ontrib. itory of H. (his son-in- law). Author of ‘ Page’s Prodromus,’ 1817. Journ. Bot, 1904, 297; Johnson, Hist. Gardening, 301; Rees, Addenda; Ven- tonat, Jard, Malmaison, t. 1804, Keanedia Vent. Joun Stuart Mrun (1806- -1878). ‘‘T remember onee, in nee division lobby, asking him wheter it re true that he was prepar g a Flora of the depa: rtment of Vau- use, ‘ Yes,’ he said, ‘ eo a Plora of every district | in which T settle. I made a Flora of Surrey.’ Sir Mountstuart Grant Duff’s Votes from a Diary, aa ee i. 187, Journat or Botany.—Vou. 42. (Oct, 1904.]} 298 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY - §ir James Pacer (1814-1899). ‘* My mother’s love of collecting had influenced in various degrees all her children, chiefly, in relation to natural history, my next elder brother Charles and myself. He gave himself chiefly to siaanegt th ; I to botany, being guided to it by Mr. Palgrave, a nephew o Dawson Turner, who represented in Yarmouth what might tally be called the Norfolk School of Botanists. Its leader had been Sir James Smith, the purchaser of the eres collections and chiefly founder of the Linnean Socie ty; and now its chief members were r. Turner and his son-in-law Sir William Hooker. «+s. « ‘“‘T cannot remember all the times at which I used to collect. I think they were chiefly on Satu urday afternoons and on casually unoccupied bits of days, and often before breakfast, when I could gather alge on the beach and the plants which were abundant on the denes and sand-cliffs and salt- marae near the town, and were valuable for Pci: with inland collectors. They were enough to enable me to make a nearly complete collection of the flora of the tein with pees for exchange with other potent eect h and some other pupils, and with Coterell (sic) Watson, I was able to study the Flora pretty well after ths manner of the time—the merely descriptive manner fit for exact systematic arrangement in the Linnean orders, then deemed natural enough, tho ugh now looking so rigidly artificial. My father in his ‘wealthy days “had collected a considerable lib rary ; not for his own use—for he was too busy, and had never been able to cultivate his natural sport taste and ‘love of all beautiful and gentle things—but for the as he hoped, 3%, his pumpiea whatever might chance to be their Seneca: for study. And among his books were the great English Botany of Smith & Sowerby. in its 36 vols., with coloured plates of all known Phanerogams; and Dawson Turner’ s Historia Fucorum with its beautiful illustrations. With these and a few more I could fairly and fully study my botany, could name and arrange the spe- cimens, and make myself enthusiastic in collecting. I studied the botany of the district sufficiently to take part with my brother Charles in publishing the Natural History of Great Yarmouth; a thin 8% in which I ae: gg: in print. He supplied the ento- mological part of it, I the rest, using not only my own collections but those of all ihe: ‘local iiatiralibte who had recorded anywhere complete for the present time; for drainage and various cultivations including even that of natural history age! have sadly sxterminatol many of the species we used to be proud of... . . eT "think it impossible to jk tg too highly the influence of the study . Ader y on the course of my life. It introduced me into the society of studious and observant: men; it gave me an ambition foi success, or at the worst some opportunities for display in subjects that were socially harmless; it encouraged the habit of observing, of really looking at things and learning the value of exact descriptions; it educated me in habits of orderly arrangement. BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES 299 I can think of none among the reasons of my success—so oe I can judge of them—which may not be thought of as due i degree to this part of my apprentice-life. My early associations with scientific men; my readiness to work paeoi napn in museums and arrange them, and make catalogues; the unfelt power of ee serving and of recording facts ; these and many more helps towards happiness and success may justly be ascribed to the pursuit of botany. And as I look back, I am amused in thinking that of the ances and names and botanical arrangemen ants—none ha in my after-life any measure of what is called practical utility. The aoe: was useless; the discipline of acquiring it was beyond all pri Bion: Memoirs and Letters of Sir James Paget ; edited by — Paget, one of his sons, 1901, pp. 25-28. Wituiam Pare (fl. 1732-8). Mr. Archer Briggs in this Journal for 1872 & 174) called attention to an old herbarium containing about five hundred com- mon wild or garden plants, then in the a a Mr. Clark, of Efford Manor, near Plymouth, to a member of whose family it was Servant, Wm. Paine, Botanist, collected from the Sea, Rivers, Fields, Woods and Gardens of Most Parts of y° West of England, Anno Dom. 1782.” Mr. Briggs inquired whether more of Paine’s Gildckions:: were in existence, but hitherto no answer has been forthcoming. There is in the Sloane Eebariany vol. 317, a col- lection entitled ‘‘ Filax’s and Fungus’s Taken in y® West of England by Wm. , This ext Botanist, ol ” with an cetogeaidh catalogue of contents. T tends to two hundred numbers, which are disposed on nine shee : the names are alli in English, with one or two notes of. localities. The co ction inclu besides ‘‘ filax’s and fungus’s’’— mosses, Marine slaw, Cuan illbbaen, ieneme rotundifolia, and the egg-purse of “ skate, with the note: ‘This is Call about. poole and waymout Toads. skins, about Barnstaple and Bideford. pixeys purses, eibes Looe and Fowy meg merrins purses, about. Portsmo - and Gostport purses. N.B.: its y*° Bagg that houlds— y°® food or spawn of y™ wray fish.’ Among the ferns is ‘‘ Welsh Fern, or reed polypodey plenty about ag ””?; ** sweet cicely ’’ (Myrrhis) is included among them. In the herbarium of Joseph Andrews,* the Sudbury apothecary and friend of Dale—which came into the possession of the Rev. Jolin Hemsted, of Bedford, and was Paine, B den scription; from this it would appear that his indus confined to the West of England. It is evident from rad lists tye * We hope before long to publish some‘notes on this interesting collection. x 2 300 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Paine was a man of no education—his claim to the title ‘“botanist’” seems to have consisted in the a of collections for sale; but, as inquiry has been made, it may be worth while to place on record what has been stlsbieined about him ~ _... THomas PALGRAVE (1804- -1891). ; The reference to Palgrave under Paget (see above) suggests an extract from his first letter to W. Wi Ison, written from Liverpool, where he was a solicitor, on 28 April, 1856. “His letters, up to Dec, 1869, are, as stated in the Biographical Index, in Wilson’s Correspondence i in the Department of Botany. From 1866 he was living at Llansaintffraid, near Conway. commenced the pursuit [of muscology] as a schoolboy in 1818, and followed it closely for some years in Norfolk, and with the assist- ance of Dr. Greville and my relatives Hooker and Turner made nearly a complete collection of all the Mosses named in Hooker and Taylor’s 1st edition, ene oid gathered many of the alpine mosses in Scotland, Wales, and Ireland. Engrossed by my professional avocations in Liverpool for the last twenty- -five years, I have made but little progress in the study, more particularly as I knew no one ° aad doubtful about, ‘and is going through. my ms ollection -assorting: them with reference to your work which I have recently purchased.” In a subsequent letter (29 July, 1856) Palgrave speaks of meeting by chance his “‘ cousin Sir W. Hooker in April last year, when at seventy years of age he walked over Snowdon and ee part of North Wales as well as myself, twenty years his junior. James FropsHam Kosinson (1838-1884). The following passage from Sir Mountstuart EK. Grant Duff’s an from a Diary, 1881-86, vol. ii. p. 9, refers to the above- med :— vi Job Warren writes . . ‘A day or two back writes New-' o announce the demise ‘of a certain gino who was a m of singular proclivities, and who, by his niaided efforts, nearly (some say quite) spoilt a volume of tepogeeimatat botany. He lived, moreover, in a district of whose flora I had special charge, and no’ Rubus was half the thorn in my flesh that he was. His ofeinal and amiable 4 idea was this. When he wanted to find a rare ploaitk any given spot, where it had as yet been fruit- Perhaps in - Elysian plains the — ar find a plant and its actual occurrence m n the present imperfection of earthly afar, he gave (while he was ic tieneds Watson and myself a world of perplexity. e ‘* volume of topographical botany’’ referred to is of course: Watson's well-known work, Topographical Botany. In 1878 Robinson (whose name is erroneously given by Watson as ‘J. Frederic’ sent to him London Catalogues ‘checked for plants seen” in the -BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES: 801 ‘counties of Carnarvon, Flint, and Anglesea. Watson (Top. Bot. ed. 1, pt. 2,533) says: * These three catalogues.came to hand too late in 187 3 for citation under the orders Ranunculacee—U mbellifera. species.” It will always remain inexplicable that Watson, usually prone to suspicion rather than to credulity, should have accepted regarding some of them—aroused, perhaps, after the list had been printed. In his ‘miscellaneous notes’ (/.c. 650) Watson writes (under Printla farinosa\: ** On page 821, the county of Carnarvon is given for this plant on faith of Mr. ‘Robinson's catalogue, and also of his after assurance, in reply to speoiad:s inquiry, that it was found in the Snowdon district, where it ‘looks as truly wild as it does in the Lake district.’’’ In 1878, when Robinson was visiting the Department of Botany, I cross-examined him —— — —_ and took down his account of it. He said that it ‘“‘w ing 0 the banks of a pond near Hawarden; I think the vlad was culled neither Northop nor Hawarden is in Carnarvon, but in Flint. bout this time I visited him at Frodsham, and a unsuccessfully to obtain a sight of his herbarium. He carried usiness of a druggist in a small way, but no o notice of f hig death (which took place 4 Nov. 1884) appeared in the Pharmaceutical Journal, The fullest account of him is that in the Biographical Indea, p- 144; there is a brief notice in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. xvi. 318, and an estim 7 of Cheshire (p. lxxxvii) :—‘‘ Records eh oe ‘to 1868 are oted where definite and probable, and some later ones when substantiated through other sources. lies sen ent ones are de- clined.” —Ep. Journ W. Fraser Totmim (d. 1596): W. F. Tolmie, one of the last survivors of the earlier hotanica collectors on the North-West coast of America, "ied at Tatice ds re) F Sir W. 1836, spe on my cal students,” nad adds, ‘ oT had the Beenie of Boe aaa ‘hi to [a] Deine june in the Huds son Bay Company’s possessions on the h-West coast of America.”” He was at that time ‘‘ stationed at Fort M‘Loughhn, in Millbank Sound, N. lat. 52” (Comp. Bot. Mag. ii. 159), but, according to Dr. Asa Gra ay (Amer. ourn. Sci. exxxii. 244), had previously (in 1832) acted as medical officer at Fort Vancouver. Dr. Tolmie and Dr. Meredith Gairdner (who died in or before 1840). sent seven collections additional to those of Richardson. and others, on which the ‘ Flora Boreali- Americana’ was founded; and in that work a genus, subsequently 302 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY identified with Bongard’s Cladothamnus was named after him by ir W. J. Hooker. Here and elsewhere he is styled Mr. Tolmie, but wi Gray styles him Dr. Torrey and Gray subsequently dedicated to him a genus of Sazifragacee, which is still maintain BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1903. [Tue following notes are extracted from the Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1908 Socose April, oy which is edited by Mr. G. C. Druce, who is also Hon. Sec. of the Club. Mr. Druce ele the Report ( wisigh for the 4 first time ba vn editor’s name on the cover, and an announcement of the price—2s.) = species of Statice and Limonium, om it is instructive to compare with the same author’s arrangement publi than previously in the Journal of the Linnean Sueiety. the nine names in this earlier paper, three are changed and other iheradions are , in accordance with corrections suggested i in this Journal for 1901 (pp. 195-7, 315) ; this results in the reduction of certain to the rank of synonyms, and affords another example of the mischief resulting en insufficient care and undue haste in pro- ing new combinations. Even the revised list is not free from error—e. g. ‘‘S. cieeins var. pubigera (Boiss.)’’ should clearly be given as of ‘Druce” (in the Linnean paper referred to). The objection we have more than once expressed to the printing of notes which convey no definite information, but only tend to confuse, still remains. For example, it is difficult to see what is gained by the following we tome asta gracilis Fries. parc From Barbon, Westmoreland, July, 2.—W. H. Painter... . ; Mr. Painter’s E. gracilis is badly dried, probably $illlered before it was dried, ae very mouldy also, so it is not easy to eae but it is not F. gracilis. It may be EH. scotica.—F. Town Mr. Druce’s note on "Potent opaca might on as cited ; and cia gather from stcivite bs his paper.—Aveustin Ley. I believe so. Flowers much smaller than type. Perhaps var. serotina Clavaud, but I do not know the varieties well—E. S. Marsuany. Yes, an autumnal form of the type.—H. W. Puastzy.” BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1903 303 The notes on the Violets of the tricolor group, although showin commendable caution on the part of Mr. E. G. Baker, their chief n be hoped that the numerous names suggested (including V. alpestris Jord., from Slough, Bucks, which sounds unlikely) will not find their .way into our lists without further investigation. We agree with Mr. Wheldon that ‘‘it would be a boon if Mr. Baker would Ca laid: trifolia L “This 8 species is well established in the woods at Gill Foot, near Egremont, Cumberland, where it carpets about a rood of ground, and Anpsers to be spreading, June, 1903.— JosEPH ADA Lepidium " Smithii — var. alatostyla Towns., Sept. 1 903 Garden specimen from a two-year old plant raised from seed col- lected at ——— near Southampton, Sept. 1901. Hab., rough banks on the ¢ Coll. and comm. F. Townsznp. I think Mr. Townsend’s ‘epitiun deserves s subspecific rank, and in that case it should be called L. alatistylum Townsend. A .E Lepidium hirtum var. sisal of the Recta Ciaaatogu while few ask for L. hirtum. It is possible that they are misled by the mistake in the Londo iret ta of putting the census number hirtum Sm.,. and not after the variety canescens, “phish should have Gren. and Godr. pat in brackets, as the authors of the Flore de France correctly fsicribad it as a variety of oe heterophylium, to which it belongs, the latter being synonymous with L. Smithii Hook.—G, C. D. (Mr. pence aa to have overlooked Mr. Townsend’s paper in Journ. Bot. 3, 97, in which he himself suggests the name 5 rane i the ike species. In a previous paper (Journ. Bot. 1900, 420) Mr. Townsend deals with Mr. N. E. Brown's so-called heterophylium.—Ep. Journ. Bor.] Cerastium singe yal ae: mL. Near Ampthill, Beds, June, 19038. hee is doubtless the plant which Abbot, in the Flora a Bedfordiensis, 102, eat as “C. pumilum (see Top. Bot. p. 81, where it is ivctat for 30 Beds.). The true C. pumilum is not contained in Abbot’s herbarium, while C. semidecandrum is egy o> by another species. Ampt till by one of; the localities given by Abbot for his (', pumilum, and the other locality mentioned also valde the same form of C, pr eae The soil is a ferruginous sand, wher the ti true C. pumilum appears to be sontiiied in England to calcareous soils.—G. Craripez Drucr. 804 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY C. pentandrum Syme? Near stream and in short turf, Carding Mill aw Church Stretton, Salop, Sept. 10th, 1903.—J. Cosmo Meu I have not seen the type of C. triviale Link, var. pen- ‘evil wm ay once but these specimens answer the description in being pentandrous in the shorter capsule and size, but from being gathere ed in September are not in good condition. I should call it C. vul- gatum yar. pentandrum (Syme).—G. C, se i That var. is described Sir J. D. Hooker as an annual, found on sea-shores. Mr. Mel- vill’s plant looks like a late- flowering erected small-flowered, of compact stunted growth.—E. S. Marswatu. (This note is Sather example of the kind to which objection is taken in our prefatory note. It will be observed that Mr. Marshall's peregent objection has not prevented the publication of a new com- bination.—Ep, Journ. Bor ad Boom _ europeus Li, forma. From limestone rocks at top of a hillside wood, Cefn, Tlaceaalle (v.-c. 42), June, 1903. This un- usually lak, jens with cymes of v very few flowers, ‘generally one or two, is ape only caused by growing among other bushes. But o having ‘ Feuilles plus étroites. seinen amen ; pene non les plus grandes atteignant 6-7 cent. de e long rpetondiles 2-4 flores; capsules plutét petites,” which appears to be near this plant, mlhias we should call /. ewropeus var. daayustifolius th ui. Mr, E. G. Baker says it requires comparison witli this va [Would it not have been better to have delayed the pablieatod of a new combination until the hag Sey suggested by Mr. E. G. Baker had been made ?—Ep. Journ. Bor.] Saaifraga Andrewsitti Haw. (S. Guthriana at er). Originally discovered by Mr. Andrews on rocks at head o Glen Curragh, Co. Kerry, but since sought in vain. Grown in garden at Prestwich for the last quarter of a century from specimens obtained from the Botanical Gardens at Cambridge, where the examples are labelled ‘received from Mr. Andrews from Glen Curragh, Co. Kerry.” M brother and sister visited the Irish habitat two or three years ago, and well searched the mountain at the head of the Glen, where Mr. Andrews recorded the species, but the only Saxifrages they noted were wmbrosa and hirsuta. It has been by some considered a hybrid between wmbresa and Aizoon, the last not British, but I am not sure whether this has been proved. I have both these growing were and have never noticed the least tendency to hybridize. It is that the seeds oh ne are infertile; and this lends nase colour to the assumption of hybridity. Tt increases by barren shoots bostits rosettes very profusely, and is one of the handsomest BOTANICAL EXOHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1903 305 crossing in Mr. Andrews’ garden, and was erroneously supposed by him to have been brought from Glen Curragh. The only apparent alternative to suggest is wilful imposition.—K. 5. ears Gentiana lingulata Agardh, yar. pracox Towns. Plentiful on Warminster Downs, v.-c. 8. Wilts. Growing side by side with G. Amarella L., this contrasted greatly with it in size, and in colour of its herbage; being also in full bloom, while the other was not yet even in bud. The corolla- lobes are et 5, though 4 is the preponderating eafibnkes . S. Marswa Scirpus maritimus L. var. monostachys Babe. Oxwich Bay, Glamorganshire, v.-c, 41, July, 1903. This is only one extreme of a series of forms ranging up to the var. compactus of Koch (as I type maritimus Was present on the same pot in abundance, so that every step might be traced which leads from the extremely de- pauperate state now sent to the ordinary luxuriant-looking S. mari- timus of our salt-marshes. Among these specimens one or ‘two show my rae upwards to a more *juxuriant form.—H. J. Rippens- patir fusea All. From the locality at Arisaig, in West Inver- ness. In very fair quantity and good condition, and its situation is happily of such a nature as to make it improbable that other agencies than ier of the ordinary strug gle for existence will help to reduce the quantity.— C. Goodenowii J. Gay, var. From a swamp near Liwydcoed, by Aberdare, Glamorgan, iJ uly, 1908. Also in several spots in the neighbourhood. A densely cwspitose form, the barren stems of ft. o are therefore produced only on the outside of the tufts; and as the long slender barren stems overhang to a noticeable extent, the im- . J. RippenspEtn. Carex Goodenowit var. 7“ # (Picieees): Mire] ga Referable a var. juncella, i belie S. MarsHann a Good. From the tidal mud my hres Cliffs Bay, in Cowes! “Glauongunshie, July, 1 his is a more Juxuriant form than usual, and I suppose only that. Sowerby allows for 2-4 fertile spies ne st specimens show five or six as a rule; they often have a spike near the middle of ” wil and the lowermost of the upper sessile spikes is sometimes compound. The stem is erect, and the bracts of great len ih even reaching 10 in. in extreme Soaosk The contrast with specimens I possess from Scotland (? var. minor of Syme, and pumila of Anders.) is most marked ; even in the latter the bract is on the average longer than is rye E. BK— J ; ” Bromus. This grass grew on a steep, uncultivated down near Warminster, v.-c, 8, 5. Wilts, facing nearly due south, on exposed 306 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY chalk débris, but I doubt its being native. B. secalinus and B. ra mosus have both been suggested ; but I do not think either fits ‘6 It has remarkably small and stain spikelets.—E. 8. Mar- sHaLL. This is, Br —_ brachystachys Hornung, in Flor. a, Xvi. (1833), ii. 417 m Syria), introduced long ago in Northern Germany. The introduction in zac seems more recent; I find it nowhere mentioned. —kH. Hackeu. ACK L. filiformis Trin. var. pyenanthus ener eh in lit., not previowsly recorded i in tesa is only casual in Bucks. REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF. BOTANY, ‘BRITISH MUSEUM, 1903. By Georce Murray, F.R.S. - additions to the collections by presentation have con- sisted of :—81 phanerogams and 6 cryptogams of Singapore, from Ridley; 16 phanerogams an eryptogam of Shanghai, from F. W. Styan ; ; 43 specimens from reo tan and Venezuela, from ‘I. Sprague; 595 phanerogams and 40 cryptogams, collect by A. Robert in the province of Matto Grom (Brazil) and Para- guay, from Mrs. Percy Sladen; 266 phanerogams and 4 cryptogams of Johannesburg, from Dr, F. Ra nd; 80 phanerogams and 5 eryptogams, Canadian, from James M. Macoun; 301 phanerogams from Uganda, from Col. Delmé-Radclifie; 8 Korean eeoresrs: from Dr. J. Pale bin; 5 grasses of Ceylo on, from J. 259 phanerogams, Indian, from Major Prain ; 13 phan Scams of North America, from P. E. F. Pérrédes ; 90 aN Hc of South- west Africa, from Dr. Schinz; 60 phanerogams and 1 cryptogam of cage 2 Africa, from H. T. Ommanney; 58 phanerogams, Chinese, Henry; 8 specimens of Bombay plants, from Dr. A. Phealare Cooke ; 66 phanerogams and 48 eryptogams, from Mount Roraima, collected by Messrs. pg and epi 38 speci- mens. from Korea, from Arthur Bennett; 48 from the Funafuti Coral Reef, from the ST Steep Siac 2 a of ihe Royal Society; 36 Hepatice from Jamaica er Cuba, from . W. Evans; 11 species of India Ocean alge and a rare fern REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1903 807 from Sumatra, from Prof. F. 0. Bower; 48 mosses of Jamaica, from the Hon. W. Fawcett; 148 Bolivian mosses, from Sir Martin Conw way. The following additions have been made by presentation to the British Herbariu rium :—12 specimens of pansies, from C. E. Britton; van Stone; 3 specimens, from G. K. Dunstall; 6 specimens, from Miss Bray; 20 specimens, from OC. E. Salmon ; 18 specimens and 15 fruits, from Clement Reid; 2 specimens, from Prof. D. Oliver ; 139 specimens, from Rey. E. §. Mars shall; 2 rare mosses, from W. E. Nicholson; a new British liverwort, from Mrs. Tindall ; 2 erm from F. J. Chittenden. e following additions have been made by exchange of dupli- Fee ade cimens from the Pacific Islands, from J. H. Maiden 4 specimens of Potamogeton and Najas from Manchuria, from Dr, iia 100 Kryptogame Exsiecate, from the K. K. Naturhist. e e following specimens have been acquired by purchase :— Herb. Noviiales fascicle xliv. Dorfler; 25 specimens of American woods, by R. Hou ugh ; 946 phanerogams, 649 cryptogams, and 130 fruits ‘from Australia, New Zealand, &c., by G. Podenzana; 65 specimens, Flora Bulgarica, by V. Stribrny ; 240 specimens from Mexico, by HK. Palmer; 871 phanerogams and 81 cryptogams from Georgia, by Roland M. Harper; 498 phanerogams and 21 ¢ crypto- gams from the Gulf States of America , by S. M. Tracy; 100 phanerogams and 100 cryptogams (Flora Exsiccata Austro-Hun- from the garica, Centurie XXXV., XXxvi.) fro Naturhistorisches Hof- mu 115 p anachieaie and 7 ptogams from Vancouver alias C. O. Rosendahl; 442 plants, Iter T caspic um, fascicles vi—x., by ‘Sintenis; 140 p anerogams and 9 cry ams from t Tropical Africa, by Zenker; 196 Specimens from Columbia, by Herbert ; 280 specimens, lante Mexic by C. G. Pringle; 398 phanerogams mens from Brazil, by E. M. Reinecke; 472 specimens from Persia, y J. Bornmuller; 179 phanerogams and 21 , Flo Exsiccata Carniolica, Centurie iii.-iv., b in; 400 West 100 economic fang of North nes, by Seymour and Harle; 25 Italian fungi, by Briosi and Cavara; 40 North American lichens, Cummings; 100 European fungi, by Paschke; 212 fresh-water alge, by Wittrock, Nordstedt, and Lagerheim; 50 Japanese alge, 308 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY by Okamura; 150 Uredinew and 100 German fungi, by Syd 200 Italian fungi, by Saccardo; 50 parasitic fangh by 2 30 sketches of British Basidiomycetes, by Worthington G. Smith ; 34 water-colour drawings of British marine alee pe 21 of British lichens, for public exhibition, by P. Highley. SHORT NOTES. RHA Unaarra Li. VAR. DENUDATA Boenn. — This var riety was Monast. p. ide 1844) » laced it und E eaas as a dapat distinction accorded it in the te Os ee ed. 9. The re- puted difference betwe bags the variety and the type pinekionsy lies in the absence of a white under-surface to the leaves in oP realies denuidata form is very striking, e esially at tiiwhiydooed." In the early part is ae x A gasste leaves characteristic of the so-called vari aiey grow sly aod athe type at Scrap- had the same suspicions with regard to.a plant found by him at Lystre, in the same county. Quite recently, at another station at Scraptoft, I rie typical S. Ul/maria L., possessing leaves characteristic of the so-called variety denudata, and also a lea intermediate in character, with a whitish margin only, the content portion of the under-surface being eh a uniform ot n colour; the one amongst many similar perce a might be made, if students would only take the tr ge cord their observations. This would cane simplify the Me i beginners who are bewildered by the long list of varieties inrtuecaie d under some of our British species, many of which are clearly not entitled to be so considered. : ORWOOD. fA further objection to the swelling of our lists by the names of varieties is the very slender evidence on which m any of them are ecorded. It is but seldom that types have been consulted, and in some instances even the descriptions do not seem to haye been properly understood, as they agree very imperfectly with the plants referred to them. . There is also too great promptitude in naming as cts SE ties forms or. states which have no claim to sueh distinction. SHORT NOTES. © 809 A revision of the varieties published in the London Cataloyue, and still‘more of those in some of our local floras, would assuredly lead to a considerable diminution of their number.—Eb. Journ. Bor.] — Satvia vERticInLATA L.—It may be as well to record that Salvia Verbenaca L., named in my list of Wandsworth Common casuals in Journ. Bot. 1901, 345, was really this species. The correction was made by Mr. 8S. T, Dunn, on my showing him the specimens. d ere.—Win A spe sobaien: was lately cen oom Dantheehend ; the plant seems frequent in Surrey.—Ep. Jou or.] Pease Safes Baby “ti wed Bia a small = of Elymus europeus growing on a sand-bank near Littlestone-on-Sea; this puts this tpecios on distinet oon for the county. Near Wye there are several trees of Ulmus stricta, and I saw another at Ham Street; it is not included in the Flora of Kent. Sagina ciliata, Lydd ; Th yoscyamus niger, fine specimens at Littlestone ; Sparyanium neglectum, Ollantighe ; Eriophorim angustifolium, Cavar diandra, near Lydd; C.. Oedert, Dungeness; Phiewm nodosum, ae pumila, Koeleria ec) ee var. gracilis, Foun ambigua, Ti ydd; F. arundi- ea, Dungeness Po nl Bromus secalinus, Littigetohe: Chrysan- themum coronar ium, & casual on the beech at Littlestone. Br Crar LARIDGE Druce. S LANts. —I saw Trifulinm coke teuae in sasha quantities between Castle RR and Twinstead; Car villa elata, Ranunculus sardous, Sayina apetala, Pope at S, ‘chiate Cas: tle He ding am ; auieth dinctors ia, orton. elilotu arvensis, hieracioides, oi ld; Lactuca virosa, Colchester; Senecio er gine Chenopodium rubrum; Ch ipping Ongar; Carex divulsa, Castle Heding- ham; Glyceria aquatica, Fyfi eld ; G. plicata, Chipping Ongar; Kestaiga rubra, n Malis Chara vulgaris, Twinste ad.—G. Crart Dru Angela nD Minvartia.—In til Journal for de 0. ae ansan ina paper entitled “ Alsine in the British Flora,’ Mr. Hi re n Hah: We agree with Mr. Hiern’s egnenaons. on these points, and ca medium, Me pete poo es the name disine media Cra rant, citing it as follows :—‘ Ausine mepia Crantz, Instit. ii. 407, (1766), excl. syn., pro parte ; non L. (1753). As Mr. Hiern = tes, Linneus's dlsine media was the plant now known as Stellaria media, 310 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY and to our thinking the name should be applied to no other. In the new edition of ‘Babington’ s Manual we have therefore given the name of Alsine salina to the species which — in the former edition as Lepigonum seiner The rule we have followed is that, tices from 17538, a name once ited ie inalienably to the genus or species to BS it was originally applied. Few botanists, are aware, have adopted this view, and no doubt, to carry it out universally, would necessitate the alteration of a certain number of recognized names. In the present instance, however, there is no displacement of an established name, Alsine he “Crantz not paving, as far as we know, been adopted by recent botanists other n Mr. Hiern. In the paper cited, Mr. Hiern writes: ‘“B limiting Crantz’s name so as to stand for ps tala medium Fries the giving of a new name under Alsine is avoide We quite agree o our ni entirely different sense to that originally intended. If the con- omial, and we aght to write Sy rie a Crantzii’’ to dis- tingaish ‘it from the synonym of Stellaria edi ‘* Alsine media inn@i.” In the second instance in which we have not followed Mr. Hiern the case is somewhat different. The na me Mi) ever uartia rt. Fa _ @ oom uo] ~ i } rx} ee oO a ) LE a SE =] o 8 ae a £6 ~_ or Mr. Hiern points out, some botanists refer Martius Arenaria mucronata L. There may not at present be sufficient evidence forthcoming to settle the name down definitely either to . mucronata (although, in Index Kewensis, it is so quoted without a query), or to any other aire but it is quite possible that such ost may eg to light at any time, in which case Martius’s would most likely ‘have to be used. We are therefore sur- prised that Mr. Hier should have started a fresh M. tenuifolia upon so precarious a footing. We have thought it better to apply a new name, Minuartia leptophylla, to Arenaria tenuifolia L. in the new edition of Babington’s Manual, ces a use a name which in all probability belongs to another plan . & J. Groves. New Srations For Giycerta restuczrormis (see Journ. Bot., 1908, 853; 1904, 77, 121).—Since the discovery last year of this Mediterranean species on the eastern shore of Strangford Lough, = range has been considerably extended. A grass which I found eataanes of Strangford Lough, in July, 1903, and which at the time was without ” inflorescence, prove 4 "on cultivation to be this species. This opens a wide range of possibilities as to the plant’s distribution on the coasts of County Down. ugust last I de- shores of Strangford Lough, from Comber to Strangford. This coast-line is exceedingly complicated, presenting a tangled succes- sion of bays, peninsulas, and islands, The amount of shore-line SHORT NOTES Sit of them by swimming. This excursion was well rewarded. plant was found in almost sole possession of the islet, which lies on the southern side of the Quoile estuary, almost opposite Delamont, Summing up our present information regarding the range of this interesting plant, it is found to have its headquarters in the Quoile estuary, in the south-western corner of Strangford Lough. Thence regions around Ardmillan, Comber, Newtownards, and Greyabbey, it is, so far as at present known, an absentee. Then, in addi- tion, there is the (at present) isolated station at Cloghey, outside Strangford Lough. An examination of the Strangford islands will probably supply further information, and on this point I hope to report later. I hav thank Dr. Rendle for examini ome doubtful specimens. While normal G. festuceformis looks utterly different from normal G. maritima, the group Atropis is, as Prof. Hackel wrote when first naming the Irish plant, a critical one, and Carex PR&cox Jacq.—During the last three years I have found owing in two boggy places near Tunbridge Wells, which a : thi at first also by Mr. C. B. Clarke; but on taking him further speci- mens, he decided against that species, and sent the specimens to t e . Perhaps a note of the difference which seems to exist in the plant 812 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY when it grows in such ground from its condition when growing in — svat as it usually does, may be worth placing on recor DW BE STAGNINA Kit. AND OTHER Slt IN GLAMORGANSHIRE.— und in Gower last June by his fiddad Mr. bina oe ot still in flower. The plant grows, in company with JV, ericetorum a er, in a rough, Miiiey, enclosed area, which was apparently much wette holes and sallow gullies. The Violas were confined to the driest part of the area, and only occurred in pine of Ulex Gallit, so grew in the sam field oni arex pulicaris, C. echinata, Salix ambigua, and eho obdliniary representatives of a damp moorish flora), yet in the immediate neighbourhood—lower down the slope, but in similar though wetter ground—were Osmunda regalis Linn. in great quantity and luxuriance (over a small pints Ht hee vulgaris Linn., Orchis latifolia Linn., Habenaria viri , H. bifolia R. Br. The Violas and Habenarias are new eeaoeas to weer at H. J. Rippe.spE.u. : Evupsorsra Esuta near Dover.—I have found Huphorbia Esula rowing on one of those grassy oe is oud Dover; I think it is the varia is plentiful, and Huphorbia Cypartieias is to be found on the same slope. I should say that the aoe has never been culti- W. H. Han oon be in genous.’ pang Dartmoor Rust (1 904).—In Nagase I saw the ee Rubi on the patra to vs south and south- east of the As r ve Bab., R. pia tsaetle) eon R, aS uae Koeli., R. ramosus Briggs, R. argentatus P. J. Muell., R. rusticanus Merc., R. Sprengelit Weihe, R. pyramidalis Kalt., R. leucostachys Schleich., A. angus sti- folius Rogers, R. mucronatus Blox., R. Borrert, Bell Salt, and its var. dentatifolius Briggs, and R. dasyphyllus Rogers. Niost of these eighteen forms were growing among the bracken and gorse on the Bro b dant, and clearly Yiontical with the lite.» f the Sipmouth Leora bourhood. &. dentatifolius is perhaps the bin conspicuous bramble A ROCK-SOIL FLORA S15 on this part of Dartmoor, with: its long leafy prostrate stems and strongly developed panicles. Here, as elsewhere in the county, it. keeps quite distinct from typical R. Borreri, which I saw growing near it in two or three spots. R. Briggsianus and h. ramosus are equally well ae —_ often on this high ground with rather weakly developed panicles. R. argentatus and R. cngustlis are new for Sou evon. RR. mucronatus (uncommon in South-west England) is locally abundant lower down than the rest, ‘adie: Hay Tor Vale (about 1000 ft.). It is a strong and nearly glabrous- leaved form, quite distinct from my Sou h Coast var. nudicaulis, not y en fo in ornwall. Furthe species seen by me at a still lower level, but within the same moor- land gag of Ilsingt ton, are R, imbricatus Hort., R. macrophyllus Wh. ye longithyr i Bab., R. sublustris Lees. and R. c@sius Linn. “Ww Morte Ro ScROPHULARIA gee Hartt In West Norrotx.—I saw this local pe growing by a ican ete which was shaded by trees, with S. isti, near Watton, and also, very luxuriantly, at Scoulton. It Erion to be a new record to Norfolk.—G. Cuarmer Druce NOTICES OF BOOKS, A Rocx-Som Frora. Every botanist in search of plants often expects to find what he does not find, and finds what he does not expect. Thi uld not so frequently be the case if he took into consideration the ch i he i n flora he will see plants called ‘‘ common,” which in his neighbour- hood are never seen, and “rare,” which occur abundantly. If the method proposed by Mr. Woodruffe-Peacock in his paper, How to make Notes for a Rock-Soil she were carried out for every count as he has carried it out for Lincolnshire, many a fruitless eaich would be abandoned, and supposed rarity — be found to be only what might have been expected. Wi to of the underlying rock “se itic Limest for ce, ma have upon it many yards of sand, a traeen ier peat ; and Chalk may be covered by Boulder Olay, in which eases the flora will be that idea of the nature of in any given area, and make our lists of the plants which are found on them. They will show us how it is that we can walk through the whole length of Simi sctiabiaat on the same stratum, and find practically the same flora; whereas, if we walk across it, ame * 8vo, pp. 20, price 1s. adidas Louth. JournaL or Botany,—Vou. 42. [Ocr. 1904.] Y 814 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY over different strata, we find (often within a few len): several different wpe telling us what stratum we have left or r er the accurate description of the rock-bed, and ae list of the eer it can grow,’’ says the au thor, pesae the all-important question of the frequency of each species flourishing on its soil, and of the symbols by which their quantity, greater or ‘less, may be in- dicated.” On page i is given the following ‘‘ Frequency Table,” Mis a caution against applying a standard of frequency which may true of all soils a together, but is not true of any given soil:— oe eg v.c. = Very common Ist Flourishing Spe (e = Common and - Species Sabir hie = Fairly common 3rd | Frequency = Rather rare 4th Position. rites | R. = Rare 5th pos ns Species v.R. = Very rare 6th — ' foam { ket. | = Approaching extinction BE. = Extinct Erratic Certain t. = Local Species Uncertain s. = Sporadic ‘‘A few points vier be carefully noted at once regarding this table. Species are to be numerically compared one with another at any give spot or on any rock-bed soil. In the bulk (for all the localities and ¢ stances in which they can possibly grow) they must be sain but only to ascertain what is the V.-C., C., &c., standard for each species. O. soil which grows them, the number of specimens of Quercus Robur, Cnicus Yo. and ellis nape differs most widely, and yet each may , Ox &e., e case may be. The Somnrariscn for any even spot or rock- = is not between the numbers of one species with the numbers of another species—that would be simply aimless Meee leading wake e—but between the frequency of any species on the at the spot ~~. consideration, with the frequency of the same snail the same soil elsewhere, or on other soils which have been fully studied.” Two soils on for sae © Lower Lias Clay and Oxford Clay) may matters: ya on i ge secondly, on ee presence or ibaa of lime, sand, &c.; and, thirdly, on fertilit Lastly, the importance of locality is pointed out, for, on the same soil, we may have meadow, pasture, moorland, woo and, he dge- banks, road-sides, streams, ditches, &c., and all these at Aifforent altitudes, ‘‘ Rach of these spots,” says the author, “‘ has to rked a separate locality, if the botanist wants his notes to cad aie the actual circumstances of living nature, and not merely to be a frag- mentary and saris ean ysis.” Mr. Woodruffe-Peacock tells us that he has studied the soils, frequency, and locality of plants for tally twenty years, and has PRAKTIKUM FUR MORPHOLOGISCHE UND SYSTEMATISCHE BOTANIK 815 made more than fifty thousand notes according to this new sac ign recording. He has also given us, from his ‘register, examples find an explanation | of the fact that no two floras agree as to the commonness or rarity of certain plants, and will be led to study more the correlations of species to the soils on La: ch they grow, to the — in which they are found, to altitudes at ee they occur. There is interest in knowing he plants are found in sw vice-county, or river-area ; i — essa is greatly in- creased, if, in that county, vice-county, or river-area, we can see why, in some parts of it, certai i glans are yon which it would be useless to look for in others. , in a bota nical excursion, the author’s method were adopted, we should gain much greater know- ledge of our plants and their environment, as well as far greater pleasure in our study of them. But whether they adopt the new method or not, all totais ts will find much to interest them in the very able paper which is the subject of this notice. W.F. Praktikum fiir morphologische und systematische Botanik. By Professor ScHuMANN, late Custos at the Royal tee Museum, and Privatdocent in the University of Berlin. 8vo, pp. viii, 610, tt.154. Jena: Fisshass 1904. Price 13 Marks; bound, 14 Marks. A certain melancholy interest attaches to this book in that the author was seeing it through the press when his Roe illness and death ended a career rich in botanical work. Few men have ranged seen eg great a ER t in the Berlin school of s aan bo humann has peoebly seconded the efforts of his chief— Professt Engler—towards that development. He was one of the chief contributors to Tengler's Jahrbuch from its foundation; his was the first contribution, serving as a pattern for those that follow, to the great Pflanzenre eich, for which he monographed the Musacea, followed later by the on the Botany of German East Africa contains much of his work. vance of the oarlitt volumes, To pure epee. also Schumann had made important contributions, including two useful papers on the inflorescence. He also o produced a general Text-book of Botany. The subject of the present review is also a book for students. The plan is an original one. author has selected a number of seed-plants (about : a hundred and “fifty) for a detailed morphological description, to serve as an introduction to serious systematic work based on the morphology of the peclative floral, and ee organs. irections are given for collecting specimens of the mature plant in various stages, followed by a description of the chief dine of interest 316 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY in the mrss of the leaf-bud, the stem, leaf, inflorescence, flower, fruit, and seed. Details of development, especially in the case of the feat. bud and inflorescence, are also given; and the pollination of the flower and other points of interest are mentioned. he arrangement of the plants studied is at first sight somewhat puzzling. The rst six, for instance, are Magnolia Vrilan, Ornitho- galum sera Primula elatior, Asarum europeum, Populus nigra, and Prunus avium. But, as will be — from the introduction, the h arrangement therefore follows no s ead in the detailed ac- counts of the individual plants, ay in the earlier course, there is but little information of a pure systematic character; the plant itself is studied, its relations to ge plants are rarely 8 cussed, and the author scarcely refers to its place in a system arrangement. His aim is rather to ee an help that detailed examination of the plant which must form the basis of the bes ue ee work. The latter will follow in due course. ve of the book the author gives directions for such work, com sketches Pee principles uaeiey the preparation of “monographs an The ‘book will be of Be value to teachers and students who are interes in adya botanical work, forming an admirable introduction Hee those pete inclination tends towards on syste- matic study of the Sahat plants. Our review would be incomplete without a reference to the numerous clear and helpful ‘Iinstrations, most of which ti — expressly for the work of. Schumann's daughte 7 R Die Europiischen Sk ie oS und gererchnet. Von GrorG Ror Lei 904. Lief. 4-8. Five more pat “af aie ibinacen have lately been received. The eine, plan of the work and a sketch of the introductory chapters were cere in this Ki ournal for 1908 (p. 819). The parts have succeeded one another as rapidly as was pi ofliied, eight having appeared in fourteen months. The first five parts go to form vol.1., which che xiv-+598 pages and 52 plates, and stops just short of the Bryacee. The subsequent three parts carry the work on as far as Phatiig ition: a genus of Cylindrotheciacea, and considerably in advance of the figures on the Stated: In the former notice atten- tion was drawn to the overcrowding of the plates, and to the extent to which the figures have suffered by the process of photographic reproduction. The lines have lost their sharpness, and are woo. y. mes and Babi or are so minute that they are read with difficulty. The capsules and other parts a8 bet plant are often superposed on the ag teme s. This is a measure of economy which destroys all artistic effect, though it does be necessarily detract MOSSES WITH HAND-LENS AND MICROSCOPE 317 rom the scientific value. The value of the plates depends largely on the fact that many of the species have never been figured before. lovist : bs as its scope neludes the whole pe, it should prove an indispensable andbook to fia student of European mosses. The whole of the text is German . Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope. A non-technical Hand-book of the more wh ee Mosses of the North-eastern United States. By A. J. Gro Part II. New York. 1904. Pp. 87-166. Price : dollar Tae first part at this book appeared in June, 1908, and was noticed in this Journal (p. 819). The scope and object of Mr. Grout’s work were there described, and it is unnecessary to repeat what was there stated. Part I. treated of the Acrocarpi from Sphagnacee to Dicranacea, Sa ae? in all about forty-four species. art II. advances the subject as far as the genus Tortula, and contains nearly one hundred species. The nu mber of species allotted to a given genus are often very few, and limited to the commonest, and those most easily identified. The Sphagnacee receive a short and generalized account, with figures, but without mention of definite species. Seligeria has but a few lines of daeenibtio on, and Archidium is wholly omitted. On the other hand, eleven species of Dicranum, number of Grimmia, and seven of Ephemerum receive recognition. The keys appear to be clear, simple, and trustworthy, though often unsuited to the determination of sterile specimens. The diagnoses, though often brief, are very practical, and confined d original, but the majority are excellent reproductions from the plate of the Bryologia Europea, a work which, owing to its costliness, beyond the reach of most students. Though primarily intended for American sires Mr. Grout’s book would form a useful addition to the working library of any British bryologist, since the “eye are in many cases a seoduible to both. Further, it is so well and so attractively “illustrated as to constitute one of the aha Ai Printoe to a beginner to take up the study of mosses. A> Gise: — 818 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ée. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on June 8rd, 1903, there were shown a hundred pen-and-ink drawings of British oe made by Mr. EK. W. Hunnybun, of Huntingdon. For many years Mr. Hunnybun has been engaged on a series of annie of living British gece! Ra in flower and fruit, and of natural size ; ; the place of growth being recorded in all cases. The artist is anxious to secure the hein’ field-botanists in obtaining aes specimens of critical species for secret in oe) seri an ea ntended, if sufficient support be forthcoming, to ee drawings, reproduced in the highest bipte of sapvieitie eicsinated), that may accomplish for British botany something like what has been done Helvetica. This work was begun in 18384, and is still in progress, parts being issued at somewhat rare intervals, at present under the direction of Prof. Beck . Seceayrtom The plates which accom- pany the third edition of English Botany scarcely reflect high credit on scientific plant- illnatration i in this country, and it is Mr. Hunny- un’s ambition to produce an illustrated British aie worthy to be compared with the German model. He will be glad to hear from British botanists who are in favour of the scheme proposed, who are willing to lend support, both financially and by senate living specimens of critical species and varieties. In the event of publi- cation, the cost to subscribers will depend to a great extent on the nn mber of names sent in. No pains will be peared in the process of reproducing the drawings, in making them scientifically accurate, as well as beautiful examples of (ae illustration. In the scheme as at present outlined it is not proposed to issue any letterpress ; : tani ure are invited to communicate with Mr. E. W. Hunnybun, Fil House, Buckden, Huntingdon first of a series of six eohimes on J'rees, by Prof. Marshall Ward, has been issued in the Cambridge Biological Series (8vo, pp. xiv, 271, price 4s. 6d. net). It is devoted to * Buds and Twigs,” and is an extremely Con ea survey of practically all that is nown—or at any rate all that the ordinary student need know— about them. The attractiveness of the book is greatly enhanced py the numerous and excellent illustrations, those of twigs, drawn for this volume by Miss Dawson, of the County School, Cambridge, for ‘closer work in the field,” the importance of which he fully recognizes and which such books as this are likely to stimulate. Tax most recent issue (vol. x. part 1) of the Annals of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta, is devoted to a monograph of ‘‘ the Species of Dalbergia of South-eastern Asia,” by oo Prain, illustrated by ninety-one excellent plates by native artists Tue nineteenth fascicle has appeared of M. Rouy’s expensive Illustrationes Plantarum Europe rariorum—* reproduction photo- graphique des Exemplaires existant dans les grandes collections BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 819 botaniques et notamment dans l’Herbier Rouy.” We do not think the usefulness of this publication is equivalent to its costliness. If it were confined to types of rare and espn species, | : be of it i value; but this hardly seems to be the case, and not always clear whene nee the figure is derived. For omedaern the first plant in is number is Alyssum creticum be “pro parte’; specimens from which of them the figure is taken, and the type is in the Linnean Herbarium. Then follow two hybrid violets, the first named Viola Riolandi- Bonaparte! All the plants in this fascicle are from Herb. Rouy, and, except in the cases where that author’s own species are represented, do not appear to be in any way ater as types—at least, nothing in the text indicates that they are s MM K. G. Camus have issued a Ciatdiéon des Saules © d’ Europe et Monoy eee ine Saules de France, The work consists of an octavo volume of text and a osama Sontenmns forty not very satisfactory quarto ini and costs 80 fran Dr. Lapisraus Horiés has published (oni 80 marks) a hand- some folio volume, with —a very fine plates, devoted to Die Gasteromyceten Ungarn: Mr. J. M. Woop is pomesaielp the publication of his useful illustrations of Natal Plants. The last instalment (vol. iv, pt. 2 THE here of British Muasitta have issued the first vane, of The History of the Collections contained in the Natural History Depot: It Seite a full account, extending to over a hundred pages, of the eyeriom, prepared (with the assistance of Mr. by Mr. Britten, also helped Mr. B. B. Woodward in a ria library ot a Dene collections of drawings preser in the library of the Department of Botany. fuller notice later. .. publish a is Uses and Wonders of Plant-Hairs is the title As a little b Kate E. Styan (Bemrose & Sons, price 1s.), in which the vob found, of which at present we are ignorant.” Plant-names both popular and scientific, occasionally a stumbling- blocks home notice, for instance, the ‘amphibious persee aria,” Tragoy gon patensis, a and a few vinaclaas errors, which sake have been avoided, B20 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Tue Abbé Boulay’s long promised work on the aa ee (Museinées de la France. 11. Hépatiques. sy: 190 224, 15) forms a companion vols to that on the -.. aera C possible; also a synoptical table of the families, genera, and species. He then describes the species systematically, adding critical — and descriptions of foreign species which occur in neighbouring countties: The book will. oy tiene prove as helpful to Gisdents as the volume on mosses has bee A.-G. We note that the price of — fen remaining copies of Messrs. Methuen’s admirable reprint of Parkinson’s Paradisus has on raised to three guineas, which will shortly be increased to fou Tae Pharmaceutical Journal for Aug. 13 contains an seiele on the cultivation and collection for pharmaceutical purposes a sharers in Derbyshire by Mr. F. A. Upsher Smith. ‘Som nths ago,” says the writer, ‘*‘ Mr. E. M.-Holm es suggested to me rane desirability of ascertaining whether the Derbyshire drug was the product: of V. sambucifolia Mikau [Mi ea) lee of atin V. Mikauii [Mikanii] Syme. For some time I have, with Dr. Dubble, ol tinea the mate and we eee eel, E publish our views. At present we may say in regard to this dificult problem that the balance of evidence in our possession s to V. Mikauit Syme as the source.’ ue Enumeration of Chinese Plants which has been publishing le 1886 in the Journal of the Linnean Society has been brought to a close with Dr. Rendle’s monograph of the oe in which we notice a large number of new species, many from the collections sent to the National Herbarium by Father Hugh Scania from North “Gaiteal China. An appendix of ‘‘Gen species dis- covered in China since the publication of the various . pare of the Enumeration, from 1886 to 1904” begins somewhat oddly eri a Franchet, which appears in the body of the work. Another Hance plant—Aganosma Editha, pubkahed in 1866—is equally to be ex- eluded, as it is quoted as a synonym under Cryptolepis eleyans on 0 of the second volume of the work. The list of additions promises to hy extensive, as the six pages now issued only go as ras: Ardisi Tab. 465. , 4 ay West,Newman imp. | Kage oe ‘ : ; peetcoby kao Prichardi Aendle. B. aiagonium campestre frendle. 521 MR. HESKETH PRICHARD’S PATAGONIAN PLANTS. By A. B. Renntz, M.A., D.Sc. (Puate 465.) Tue following is a detailed account of the plants collected in Patagonia by Mr. Hesketh Prichard, and presented by him to the . Britten and myself) forms Appendix C of Through the Heart of Patagonia, published at the end of 1902, in which Mr. Prichard gives an account = his oe to the mountain forests of Western Patagonia in search of the odon The plants were adlis cted at the weeioen end of Lake Argentino, where the lake is broken into numerous fiords by the forest-clad foot-hills of the Andes. The Burmeister Peninsula on which most of the plants were gathered is formed by one such narrow recurving arm at the extreme south-west of the lake. Mt. Buenos Aires, the highest portion of ne penin pea bogs a pind of 4725 ft.; Mt. Frias lies on the east of the peninsula. Lake Arg onan lies about 650 ft. above sea- Biel a little + the south of 50° S. lat tude, and is Atlantic. A large scale map of the lake and surrounding country will found in Mr. Prichard’s book. will be seen from the localities cited, the plants represent in tks a pampas flora, in part the flora of the open mountain slopes, and in part the mountain forest flora. Mr. Prichard makes several references to the dense primeval forests, but was unable to explore r are, ays, ‘“many a of square miles of unexplored forest i in Patagonia. pea afar the forests a appear to rim the slopes of spurs o lays hold upon your mind. Upon still nearer inspection you find the trees ranked in heavy phalanxes, while between their close-set truvks has grown up an undertangle of thorn. .... Most common of the trees was the antarctic beech.” ‘‘ The aspects of the various forests and the trees of which they were composed varied greatly, Some were bare and devoid of undergrowth as a northern forest; others were absolutely tropical in their heavy luxuriance. . In one, a majestic place, the tall antarctic beeches were draped with long trailing Spanish moss,” presumably the parasitic loranth, Myzo- dendron. * Few places are more mournful than this region when Journat or Borany.—Vor. 42. [Nov. 1904.] Z 822 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY rain is falling. After the rain ceases, mists arise and circle round you, shutting you in, these in their turn often being dissipated by a sudden fierce squall. n summer the climate is very humid, and many of the plants have the fat damp aspect seldom observable save n the tropics. The huge masses of rank vegetation seem to stifle you can never quite shake off its influence.” ‘In that particular forest was one glade by the outrunning of a Baath Chili; Straits of Magellan; Fuegia. oo maceLtanica Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 850; Macloskie, a slopes of Mt. Buenos Aire South Pabagouiie Straits of Magellan ; Fuegia, and Islands. Asarca araucana Phil. in Linnea, xxix. 56. Chili. Slopes of Mt. Buenos Aires. DicotyLEpons. Facus ee Forst. f. in Comm. Gotting. ix. 24; Hook. f Fl. Antarct. 3 Forests on ae , near Lake Argentino. Very abundant from ‘South Chili to Cape Horn. MR. HESKETH PRICHARD’S PATAGONIAN PLANTS 827 Uileli MAGELLANICA JUSS. €X aa ye oe Suppl. iv. 223; Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 844; Macloskie, 7 Low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Pakins ula. Andes of tropical and subtropical America ; Chili ; South and West Patagonia ; Straits of Magellan, and Fuegia. Emsorurium coccineum Forst. Char. Gen. 16, t. 8, figs. g-m; Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 341; th ee c. 884 Low slopes ot mountains, Burmeister Pe ninsula. Southern Chili; South on West Patagonia; Straits of Magellan ; Fuegia. MyzopEnpron punctuLatum Banks & Soland. MS. ex Hook. f. Fl. KStatot. 289; Macloskie, J. ¢ orests on mountains near Lake Argentino. ers eT Fuegia. RIFLORUM DC. Collect. Mem. vi. . xii. fig. 2; Hook. f. FI. ker 801 bis ; Macloskie, Ee c. 838. Forests, Burmeister Peninsu South Patagonia; Straits of Magellan South Fuegia. SSIROHAN pRocuMBENS Ruiz & Pav. Fl. Peru et Chil. ii. 1, 2 Pa oo igs Peninsula. Chili ; The Patines plant agrees with the specimens from Ruiz and Pavon in the National Herbarium. These are probably referable to Q. chilense Lam., an earlier name; but it is doubtful whether Lam h hi Molina, which is ver Le insufficiently described in his Saggio Stor. ili. Our specimens from Dombey, eru, suggest that Brongniart’s Q. Doses is identical with the species of Ruiz and Pavon ; the plant figured by Brongniart (Voyage Coquille, t. 52 B) has, however, much broader leaves than those of Dombey’s specimens. Rumex crispus L. mes Pl. 335; Hook. f. eee oa) 341. By water, slopes of pampa near Lake Argentin Widely distributed. Recorded from Chili sii the Falkland Islands, though, as regards the — Sir Joseph Hooker remarks, l.c., ‘‘undoubtedly introduc R. MaGELLANIcuS Griseb. in Abhandl. Ges. Wiss. Gé6tting. vi. (Phys. Cl.) 118. Shingle beach, Lake Argentino. Straits of Mage lan; Fuegia. Lycunis maceLianica Desy. in Lam. Encyel. iii. 641; Hook. f. Fl]. Antarct. 246. High slopes of fore age: Burmeister Peninsula. he leaves are much broader than in the rome sa from the Straits of Magellan, Soaniling the species ‘dellonted on the Andes of Chili by Gillies, to which reference is made in the Fl. Antaret. /. c. A ay thern representative of the arctic and north temperate TL. apetal Gane ARVENSE L. Sp. Pl. 488; Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 251. Low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. 328 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY s of Bolivia ; Chili; Patagonia ; Fuegia ; Falkland Islands ; and ay distributed in the north temperate and arctic zones. Sretiaria pests D’Ury. in Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris s, iv. 618; Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 250; Spegazz. in Anal. Mus. Nacion. Rehios Aires, vii. 242, Low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. South Patagonia; Fuegia; Falkland Islands. ARENARIA sERPENS H. B. K. var. anpicota Rohrb. in Linnea, snaps 270. A. didioole Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Bot. Miscell. iii. Sheltered peas and beach, among rocks and low slopes, Bur- meister Penins rom iaxioh along the Andes to Chili; Brazil. A southern extension of the range of this alpine species. ES lagi czsprrosa Gill. ex Arn. in Cheek, Edinb. Journ. iil. Top of hills, among stones, Burmeister Peninsula. Mountains of Chili. ANEMONE Muttiripa Poir. Encyel. Suppl. i. 364, var. GRanpIFLoRA, var. ee anta floribus albidis quam in typo alde majoribus. e plant, agreeing in its foliage with ‘the type, but with large white Sewse 14-13 in. across. Low slopes and pampa, Burmeister Peninsula. ; : The species is widely spread in north temperate America from Hudson Bay to Colorado, and also occurs in Southern Chili, Pata- gonia, and Fuegia. The Chilian A. lanigera Gay is sédistingaishable. Ranuncuus Ayam en 1s Sm. in Rees a xxix. n.49; Spegazz. in ah iy Nacion. Buenos Aires, vii. w slopes of ideitaits Burmeister Peninsula. Chili: South Patagonia; Fuegia. BeERBERIS BUXIFOLIA ome Illustr. t. 253, fig. 3; Spegazz. l.c. 209. ae Penin ; Pajaboties nese B, empetrirouia Lam. Illustr. t. 258, fig. 4. Slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Andes of Bolivia; Cordilleras of Chili; Patagonia; Straits of Magellan. ASTURTIUM PALUSTRE DC, Syst. ii. 191; Spegazz. l.c. 210. Sheltered slopes of pee em Decaticls Peninsula. fot ; South Patagoni A widely distributed pane} in the northern hemisphere. Carpamine pratensis L. Sp. Pl. 656. Swamp, Burmeister Peninsula. : Southern Chili, and widely distributed in the northern hemisphere. Drasa Gitumsu Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Bot. Mise. iii. 137; Spegazz. l.c. 2138. ops and high slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Chili; South Patagonia. MR. HESKETH PRICHARD’S PATAGONIAN PLANTS 329 SisyMBRIUM seg hegre Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. oe Brassica magellanica Pers. Syn ; Deless. Icon. Select. 24, t. 85. Arabis mageilanica Dusén 3 in = Beet. Exp. Haralanstand iii. no. 5, Forest, Burmeister Peninsula. South Patagonia; Fuegia. A remarkable looking plant onginaly described under Brassica, to which it was also referred by De olle, and later transferred to Sisymbrium by Sir Joseph Hooker. ‘Quite recently Dusén has rele- gated it to Arabis, suggesting a comparison with 4d. macloviana Hook. f., a very distinct plant. There is e evidently considerable variation in the amount of hairi- ness. Hooker describes the plant as glaberrimum, in which our speci- men agrees, while Dusén says, ‘‘ Closely covered with stellate hairs.” Braya Giesaria Spegazz. in Anal. Museo Nacion. Buenos Aires, vii. 224, eee tops, Burmeister Peninsula. Mr. Prichard’s specimens apparently represent a much less robust na smaller form than that on which Spegazzini based the species. The latter is pr as having ‘‘ caudex majusculus é . diam.,’ mens the stem barely exceeds 2 mm. in thickness ; it may, how- ever be a branch of the main stem, which is itself not Bere Otherwise our specimens agree with Spegazzini’s descriptio type-specimens come from basalt rocks between " Lago Musters and Choique- het more than three hundred miles to the north-east of Lake Argentino. : SENERIERA. PINNATIFIDA eas in Mém. Soe. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1799 44,4. 9. Low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Widely distributed in both Old and New Worlds. THLASPI GRAcILE Phil. in Linnea, xxviii. 670. Swamp, Burmeister Penins ula. Mountains of southern Chili. Donati Fasctcunaris Forst. Char. Gen. 9, t. 5 Top of ale; ite Burmeister Peninsula. Patagonia; Fue SaXIFRAGA ae D. Don in Trans. Linn. Soe. xiii. 484. On rocks on low slopes avethateie Lake Argentino Peru; Chili. Escattonia rusra Pers. Syn. i. 285. Stereorylon rubrum Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Per. Chil. iii. t. 2836. HF. rubra var. multiflora Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. & Sp. i Low slopes of Mt. Pastas Aires. The species ‘egoent 3 in Chili under numerous forms, some of which approach #. macrantha Hook. & Arn he var, ib St 2 Poeppig & Endlicher is based on Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Per. Chil. iii. t. 286, which is also the foundation of Persoon’s species. Mr. "Prichard’s plant agrees fairly with the 330 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY original specimen from Ruiz & Pavon in the National Herbarium, but has the panicle rather broader Escallonia Britteniana, ati nov. Frutex ramis oak: glabrescentibus, parce glandulosis, so ordide stramineis, densiu oli- versus integris), nervo medio tantum subtus prominulo; racemis foliosis, sepe 5—7-floris, ramulos terminantibus ; pedicellis brevibus lanceolatis, glabris ; sm hi Vix glandu oso, tubo lato ecostato, ee triangularibus acutis subequante ; petalis erectis calyce plus triplo Spaplortetis, Vinoati-spathalatia, fimsbo fed urvato; disco cupuli- forme, crenato ; stylo integro, fructu glabro subequante ; ; stigmate capitato, bilobo. . Leaves, including the short petiole, 2-2°3 cm. long when full- sized, by 1c a little more in breadth, densely arranged on the short altimate ah ts, becoming much narrower, oblanceolate to linear- gen ins in the leafy raceme. Pedicel 2-3 mm., bracte- oles 3- alyx, including the teeth, about 3°5 mm. — petals ‘12 mm. long, including the claw (8 mm.), barely m. broad towards the apex. Stamen, including anther, about 1 eh, long, style slightly shorter ow slopes, Punta Bandera, Mt. Buenos Aires. Near er Chilian species E. alpina Poepp. (with which it was compared in the original list), which it apparently resembles in habit, but is is distinguished by the very glabrous leaves, and the er flower - have ares the species after my Sov oe Mr. Britten, who shared in the preparation of the original list of Mr. Prichard’s plants, and has made many helpful canal in the course of their nore detailed elaboration. Rises cuneirotium Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Per. Chil. ii. 13. Wild currant. Valleys and low hill- sides, Heswoatekor Peninsula. ili. : Gum MagEeLLantcum Comm. ex Pers. Ench. ii. 57; Hook. f. Fi. Antarct. 262, excl. synonym Slopes, Punta Bandera ; Me Buenos Aires. South Patagonia; Fueg Mr. Prichard’s ae ‘differs from the plants collected at Success Bay by Banks & Solander, and at Port Famine by Captain King, in its short, less interrupted leaves, which are about 11 cm. the at measuring over 3 aig acr PorenTILLA ANSERINA L. Sp. 1, 495. Swamps in open Se of Cat on mountain side. Chili. Widely spread. _ AcHNA ADSCENDENS 5 Vabl, Enum. i. 297; Hook.f. ae Antarct. 268; Dusén 1 in Svensk. Exp. Magellanslind. ii. no. 5, 1 MR. HESKETH PRICHARD’S PATAGONIAN PLANTS 3381 Under trees and ee slopes of mountains, Mt. Buenos Aires. Patagonia; Fuegia; Falkland Islands, and islands of the Soutien Ocean to New Zealand. A. cungata Hook. & Arn. in Bot. Miscell. iii. 807 ; Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 265. Loose sandy soil fee of Magellan. Ai LiFoLIA Ruiz & Pay. Fl. Per. Chil. i. 67, t. 108, fig. c; Hook. f. "FL. Antarct. 267; Dusén, l.c., 166. By springs and streams in forest, Mt. Buenos Aires. Andes of Bolivia and Chili; South Patagonia ; Fuegia. A. PINNATIFIDA Ruiz e PAW, = Per. Chil. i. 68, t. 104, fig. 6 Low slopes and sl of pam Evidently a widely distributed p plant in western America, being recorded from California, and a ntly common in the Chilian Andes, from which it was obiginalig! Seaoribod by Ruiz & Pavon. Anarthrophyllum Prichardi, sp.nov. (Tab. 465). Sutfrute ramosissima, ramulis dense foliatis; foliis precipue junioribus 9g presso-argenteo-sericeis, Rea Hees segmentis propter margines in- volutas semiteretibus (interdum segmentum medianum solum adest) apice pungentibus, upon comnts eagle apice pungentibus, basi in vaginam amplexicaulem coadunatis; floribus sub apice ramulorum solitarlis, conspicuis, aurantiacis, breviter pedicellatis, pedicello et calyce, dense albo-pubescentibus; calyce bilabiato, labio antico p is rubescente, calycem haud superante, suborbiculare, apice emargi- nato; alis oblongis, in margine posteriore supra unguem plica utrinque auctis, carina leviter incurva, obtusa, alas exevdente, et velut in alis, in marginibus posterioribus utrinque cum plica aucta;- antheris alternis Jers, majoribus basifixis, alternis versatilibus, ssa pro capitellat: ts apparently vert 4-5 in. high, with the habit of Anarthro- phyittine Desideratum, the tough woody stem reaching 2 lines in two poomeiée lobes 5 mm. Vexillum 9 beohd; alee 7 mm. long (including the claw, 4 mm.), soe ¥ rt mm. aco carina nearly 2 cm. long (including the claw), °5 em. b Very near A. Desideratum Benth. (to which it was previously referred), which is known only from fruiting specimens, but is distinguished og the ienie cut sdenaied calyx lip and the acute posterior lobe Top o of Mt. Frias. ASTRAGALUS BREVICAULIS Dusén in Svensk. Exp. till Magellans- land. iii. no. High slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Jastern Fuegia 332 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY This species is ay near the widely crteibe pe arctic and north temperate A. alpinus L. The Patagonian specimens differ in the silky white i BP cater of the stem and leaves ‘Gleteal surface), and the blunt or retuse Feats apex PaTaGonium BoRONIOIDEs O. K. Rev. Gen. Pl. i. 200 (borontodes). Adesmia boronioides aaa f. Fl. Antaret. 257. Burmeister Peninsu Patagonia ; Straits of Magellan. . P. sauicornorpes Spegazz. in Anal. Mus. Nacion. Buenos Aires, vil. 275, Adesmia carnosa Dusén in Svensk. Exp. till Magellanslind. lll. no. 5, 1 gs. 1 & 3. Mountain tops, purneniet cee Patagonia; Eastern Fue P. KARRAIKENSE Spegazz. i c. 274, Adesmia ald apg Spegazz. Nova Add. Fl. Patagon. n. 49. 4. Negeri Dus gs. 2& 4. High slopes of sageninbe, Burmeister F pede oy South Patagon estre, sp. nov. Pees 464B). Frutex cum ramulis florenttibns dent spinescentibus; ramis sublaxiter foliosis; foliis juvenilibus velut ramulis novellis albido:pubesoantibus, adultis glabrescentibus, 4-6-jugis, foliolis obovato-cun eatis, apice emargi- Have, petiolo ie. stipulis triangularibus, seariosis, persiste nti- mulorum apicibus racemosis ; calyce viride velut = i) q; a = curvatam ovario densius albido. “5 Bel cee immaturo brunneo, sie aspectu anteriore densiter albido-piloso, pilis simplicibus Apparently a small woody shrub with a gorse- ike habit, glabrous, except on the young shoots and leaves ; branches of present season pale green, of last season stout (2-3 mm. in thick- ness), rltioe and pale brown a D geteg Leaves 1-5-2 cm. ~ teeth 1 mm.; vexillum 1 em. long, and nearly as : beonil ale: 1 cm. long, 3°5 mm. broad, ‘ik saccate posteriorly at the base. The upaeiare pod (1 em. long) shows no trace of a division into joints. Nitrate pa The = ag a into the section Dasycarpum (lomentis puberis hispidis v. villosis, pilis simplicibus, Jgpoeraes in which it is characterised by its spinescent habit and racemed flowers. P. glanduliferum, sp.nov. Herba perennis pat -hispi- dula, caulibus divaricatis, laxe foliatis, angulatis; foliis 6-9-jugis, foliclis cuneato-obovatis, mu cronulatis, crassiusculis, facie superiore glandulis atris punctata, et interdum in linea mediana setosa, mar- MR. HESKETH PRICHARD’S PATAGONIAN PLANTS 8388 gine quoque setoso, petiolo rhachi foliolifero subequale bins breviore, stipulis cum dentibus binis acutis instructis ; racem a ea ae ge a is; bracteis viridibus oblongo- 5 obtusis; a assnads on ‘the principle of maintaining the oldest specific name, which, so far as I have observed, is not adopted anywhere else in the mono raph and is not in accordance with Kew practice. The Li ga of ee nt k ‘* Benth. ook. f.”” for combinations which — ey n made now, we think, pretty omer abandoned : ahr fifa should stand as of Schinz in Verhl. Bot. Brandenb. xxx , unless his A, Buchenaviana of even date, reduced by Mr. Brown to a variety, be adopted for the species The fact that these few criticisms are all that Mr. Brown’s work suggests is the best testimony to its excellence. SHORT NOTES. Cuan 14 Atarrm Jonss. In tHE Brrrisn Istxs.—Specimens of this plant 1 were obtained at Posushs Co. Antrim, on Aug. 12th, 1904, growing on the lamina of Alaria esculenta. onosporangia occurred plentifully on all the plants, but neither antheridia nor cystocarps were ete d. The species be ae described by Helgi esculenta ag re ae ~ elise na ap; filaments oes =e of a beautiful rose-colour, growing out of a single basal cell ; filaments naked below, higher up bearing branches which are opposite, alter- primary ne opposite, and in the last cell terminal, 17-22 y long, 10-11 » thick. Sporangia i in August.” The specimens obtained follows :—Height of plants, :-42--70 mm. ; sporangia, 14 p-18- long, 9°3 ps “11-2, thick ; lower eateee 8:4 -11°2 » thick ; upper $52 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY as a rule, alternate in positi ion. Hairs were not found terminating the filaments, though they may have been present earlier in the e Besides occurring on the coast of Iceland, as described by Jonsson, the same species has been recorded for the Ferées by Borgesen (Botany of F’arées, 356 (1902) ).—J. Avams. Banxs’s Newrounptanp Journat (p. 84). — The original of this his gest is in the possession of Mr. §. W. Silver, of 8, York Gate, N.W., who has been good enough to allow me to see it. It consists of two sinall quarto volumes, the first of which alone was transcribed by his sister, as noted on p. 84. It ends with a note on a severe storm encountered on the voyage to Lisbon: “Among other things that suffered, my bd Box of Seeds was one, whi ch was entirely de- molished ; 2 as was my Box. of Earth with Plants in Be 9g stood eM plants, as fe! ish on p. 85. The second Ghchns has only neteen pages of MS., beginning “Nov. 17, 1766. Arrived from Wewioou dland in the river Tagus”: it contains nothing of interest. JAMES Bri GLYCERIA FEsTUCEFORMIS (p. 810).—Among some critical oe recently re-examined, which were collected by Mr. 8. A. Stewart _188 90 du ane ous eine of the. ee near er eeonian is bebe ceed, 0 int its flora fa raily free from chances of contamination. ‘The existence of this station extends the range of G. festuceformis over thirty miles south-eastward along the coast. Besides providing a further proof that the plant is native in Ireland, it fares another spel as to a possible much wider extension of ra. LO without a protest. Professor Babington’s character and the value of his work are well known to all the older British botanists; but ude from Mr. Williams’s remarks that he represented the dogmatic and insular attitude in relation to British botany wheres the exact opposite was the case. No one in his day did more to bring this country up to the level of the Continent as regunds critical botany ; ; no one had a more sai mind in respect to his own work, and no one was more ready to welcome suggestions and assistance from others. A reference to Mr. Britten’s appreciative obituary notice in this Journal for Sep- tember, 1895 (p. 257), would have saved Mr. Williams from forming such an entirely false conception of Babington’s wor remark that, had Professor Babington visited - the Contin inent, ‘he could have scen for himself how little real difference there is between the SHORT NOTES 353 oon elements of the alpine flora of Switzerland and Austria at of Scotland,” would seem to indicate. negimaars of the re- lationship of the Scottish eat —H. & J. Gro Lemna potyrruiza.—lI found this plant in eae near Tenterden, — on a ae 22nd. This is, I believe, of rare occurrence in this —G. R. Warp. aia IcE BAHUsIENSIS Fr.—This name cannot claim the ae often accorded to it by those who retain Statice for the plants now more correctly placed under Limonium. The Index Reuibunds cites for it ‘‘ Fries ane 1.10” (1882), but rafexonae shows that, although Fries here pointed out the differences between the two plants plac ed her by Linneus in FU (none ), he the Linnean localities. Later n 17, which according to rt r. a —— join at me, was published in 1839) Fries distinguishe es the retains these names for them, but mpsewwe Deer (FL. Han 12 (1838) ) _ raised them to specific rank as S. rariflora bahusiensis Fr. Mant. and S. Behen (St. Limonium scanica oe fant.”). Tried in Mant.ii. cites these names, but places them as synonyms of his S. bahusiensis and 8. scanica. The latter eee is not in the Kew Indez, although it has precisely the same claim as S. cat naa to appear share In the Summa (i. 201, 1846) ae adopts the name S. Behen Drejer for his ** St. L, sc sania, but retains bahusiensis, of which he a two forms—borealis (** St. Bahusiensis r. Nov. Mant. 18 ii, p. 17”) and danica (* S. rariflora Drey:”’). His reasons for. this retention are hardly convincing: he writes—“ /. prioritatis lege hee species S. Bahusiensis, sub quo nomine sex annos ante Dreyerum E ietin H i specie non differat, hoc nomen ab aliis receptum ad speciem nostram, hac ratione dilatatam, transferrem, nisi Bahusiensis nomen utpo speciei stationem centralem indicans revera aptius esset; St. rart- vere remotis, comparata potius densiflora, quam rariflora dicenda.” Ii is pre that the existence of a name in MS. cannot claim pricey over a published one; and the distribution of SA ape in e Herbarium Na male, even if such distribution ecogniz ietion (as to which botanists are by no means aaron. soins avail in this case, as the printed tickets area He Pac the specimens are not so ne synonymy may be tabulated thus S. rarrrtora Drejer, Fl. Hafn. 121 (1838). 8. Limon {form a] eangeae — Mant. i. 10 (1882). S. ba is Fries Mant. ii. 17 (1839) ; Siitaiioe i. 201 (1846). Ss. fede: ‘Brgon Fl. Hafn. 1 (1818). S. Limoninum [forma] scanica Fries Mant. i. 10 (1882). S. scanica Fries Mant. ii. 17 (1839). Nortn Devon Prants. — The Hon. Mrs. Cardew has quite lately ‘gathered Scirpus Holoschenus in open and wild common near sand- hills on the River Taw, in North Devon. It grows in company with Journau or Botany.—Vou, 42. [Nov. 1904.] 28 854 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Scirpus erage os Juncus acutus, Carex Pseudocyperus, Senecio Jacobaa REDK. TOWNSEND. A Conssenow —The Areschoug of the bramble excursion (Journ. Bot. p. 294) was Dr. Frederik Wilhelm Christian geen Emeritus Professor of Botany at ei a man of about my ow age, who is still livineg.—J. G. Bax NOTICES OF BOOKS. The Timbers of Commerce and their Identification. By Hersert Strong, F.L.S., F.R.C.I. Illustrated tal 186 hte: micro- graphs of sections prepared by Arraur Deanz. Demy 8vo. Cloth, gilt. London: William Rider ‘k Sons, Ltd. 1904. 7s. 6d. net, IDERING the vast importance of the timber trade in the comimiarse, not only of this country but of the world at large, it is somewhat surprising that the literature of the subject is chiefly confined to small contributions dealing for the most part with one particular branch of a vast study. It is true that we have a great Forest Conservancy Department in India, and many excellent bab ave appeared in connection with the useful work there rried on—such, for instance, as Gami ble’s Manual of Indian Guiana—little - eibthiets has been dui atthier towards olcattig — the botanical nomenclature of such trees as are known to furnish valuable woods, or in developing the resources of the forests them- selves: this, notwithstanding that the British Guiana forests are known to produce many excellent and beautiful woods, specimens of which have been shown at the several International Exhibitions, and sa since found a permanent home in the great wood collections at The interest posses to a subject of such widespread and real importance ensures for any literary contribution to its knowledge a we dich from the large number of persons whose interests in many ways are so intimately connected with timbers. This is especially the case with the book under notice, thin separ is well known as a specialist, and it needs only a glance at i tents to show that Mr. Stone a ge of the alject path scientifically and comme ally $ grea t as is his interest in its study. This is further proved by the excellence of the 186 photo- micrographs with which the work is illustrated, and which, . the author says in his wechecc, gies not mere Proce blocks, a they show more detail when examined with a len the arrangement of the timbers Gihdaaealet in the book the author has Ba hice pr classification of Bentham and Hooker. The common name i eeded by the scientific name, with refer- ence to the plate where illustrated. Only those synonyms have THE TIMBERS OF COMMERCE AND THEIR IDENTIFICATION 855 been quoted which have been foutid to be pitfalls in connection with the subject, hence the list ong not pretend to be com Pos Following the synonymy come other popular names, then ‘‘source of supply,” and “physical charablere” under which, besides aie: per cubic foot, - are glad to see smell and taste, agen ee of burning, nature of ash, and whether colour is yielded to water or of growth te, | n be listingnished by their peostate. Iti is hardly mre to find langage Ww will enable a reader to tell Honduras from Tobasco any, or even American from African mahogany. There are "ed whcel strike the St. Vomingo variety and distinguish it from the others; but let any one attempt to si upon paper a de- een. which will enable a second person to tell for certain which and he will admit that the time has not yet come to essay it,” os the head of “ Practical Hints,” the following very excellent remarks occur :—‘ T ore familiar aspect of w od is of no less en Sie than the structure. The user of wood has from time mmemorial relied upon the evidence of his unaided diiianl to tell bis ne kind from another, and, just as in other arts, this rule-of-thumb ments steps in only where common-sense stops short. A carpenter has no need for text-books to tell him the earesis between oak and walnut, any more than a child has need for a work on y to tell a daisy when he sees it; nor does the expert mbar merchant need aaything beyond his impressions coupled with his experience til he meets with a that he has never seen before. Here commend themselves to the practical readers of Mr. Stone’ s book as an indication that their so-called rule-of-thumb knowledge is not despised by those who are able to bring science into union with it. The fault of late has been to fabstivate scientific for practical knowledge, especially in matters relating to plant products; but the constant worker in timbers and ornamental cabinet-woods is often better able by ‘‘rule-of-thumb’”’ ‘as nick perception of differences in working to distinguish varieties ‘not to be discrimi- nated by scientific examination. 356 : THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ' The number of woods dealt with is 247; a long list of names not admitted occur to us at the moment of writing; but we note that Mr. Stone says in his Preface that ‘‘some of the sbicaial spe- cimens did not arrive in time to be incorporated in the list of species described, but they will be dealt with subsequently, and will form pages of a series of which the present book is the first instalment.” e are glad to see this announcement; if the whole series of onde that are included in the Official Guides to the Kew Museums, especialy those in the Timber Museum, are treated in the same way s the 247 dealt with in the present volume, Mr. Stone will have mpiled a monumental work which will be indispensable for tener and wood-workers for many years to come, for we must remember that Mr. Stone’s aim is to introduce only such woods as he is able to personally investigate. Bearing in mind oe difficulties which surround the production of such a work, it would be ungenerous to refer to a few i a which will no doubt be detee ted by the author, and set right in a future edition. e may, however, draw attention to the difficulty in finding the consecutive plates after Plate viii., Plate xiv. being nse between it and Plate ix., which is followe we x. to xiii. in proper sequence, when another break oP with xv. vi and after this in proper order. ine 49: ns a ewe The — of the Collections contained i. + the Natural History Depart- vents of the British Museum. Vol. I. London: Longmans, &c. 1904, 8vo, pp. xvii, 442. Price 15s. Tis volume, printed by order of the Trustees of the British Museum, contains severally the histories of the Libraries and of Minerals. The article on the Libraries is not signed, but in the aay to the volume it is stated, on the authority of the Director, Mr. E. Ray bona gal that it was written by the Librarian, Mr. . B. Woo ; Mr. Britten rendered valuable assistance in th matter of ‘the Toute drawings. A general alphabetical Authors’ Catalogue of the whole Library, exclusive of minor = ined is in progress, the first volume of which was issued in Augu 03. According to a rough estimate (p. 22), based on the Parone returns, there were in the Natural History Museum at the end of the year 1900, without taking count of continuations, 75,202 volumes and 5780 maps; * the present time there are probably at least 80,000 volumes and 7500 map The section on the pies of Pome (pp. 79-193) is signed by the Keeper, Mr. George aod who (p.84) states that “advantage has been taken of Mr, Britten’s unique knowledge of the history of the botanical Poranaet and that the latter, ‘‘with Mr. Gepp’s help, completed the ork.” This statement is curiously expressed ona aifinlt © appresiate—possbl the word ‘‘completed’’ is used mposed’’; it may, however, be expected that the ex- eon will be oe aited or expanded in a later issue, and made HISTORY OF THE COLLECTIONS, BRITISH MUSEUM (NAT. HIST.) 357 applicable to the whole section. . A similar correction will no doubt be made in the preface by the Director. The British Museum was Sosiaialialiod by Parliament in 1753, under the provisions of 26 Geo. II. ch. 22, an Act for the purchase of the Museum or Collection of Sir Hans Sloane and of the Harleian trustees. Section 14 ew that, for the lees execution of the purposes of the Act, the said trustees should be a Body Politick and ri in deed and name, and should have succession oe ever by the name of the Trustees of the British Museum. Sir Han Sloane died peer oa According to Mr. Geo e Murray’ s evidence, taken before the Departmental Commitibe é on Adeiaies ork, November Ist, j the ee, and por pre-Linnean herbaria number about 90,000 spec N large additions seem to have been made to a po Be rt een 1753 and 1827; but in the latter year the Banksian herbarium, which was the foundation of the general her- arium, was acquired, and is one of the most frequently cited in botanical works. A chronological account of the principal accessions to the bo- tanical collections from 1829 to 1902 is supplied on pp. 85-128; every year is represented except 1830, 1832, 1833, and 1835; there are altogether 705 items. In 1876 the study set of Robert Brown's at the Cans ae the years 1771 and 1772: it is reckoned that about a thousand of his plants exist in the Banksian herbarium ; nineteen species of Scrophulariace@ are illustrated by specimens in this set. The Brazilian collector, Claussen, on p. 140, has also a blank fo his Christian name. Is not this the same person as the Claussen (P. ) mentioned in the article on Geology on p. 278 ? ick, a collector of Swiss plants, is another name similarly with a blank. The fol- lowing paragraph, extracted from Alb. v. Haller, Hist. Stirp. Indig. Helvet. pref. p. xvii (1768), probably refers to him :— 858 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY “Sic D. Jacobus Dick Y. pariter me curante, cum Abrahamo THomas sylvarum sigh Aesleg Spelugam, Claven- nam, vallem Tellinam, juga oeckgen iensia, montesque Trone & Irala, Seminars altissim mum montem Septimemn adiit, inde per Furculam, ‘atts rarissimis plant s ditatus. Porro alpes Valesiacas Salanfe, e alp i te impositas valli Kienthal, & regionem subalpinam, circa Spier utiliter peragravit.”’ ie work as a collector of Finmark plants; he i is likewise named - J, Hartman’s Handbok i lee ei Flora. article. The particulars of the Lenin contents of the herbaria of Sloane and Banks, detailed with reference to the geographical sources, form a very v valuable enumeration. In the list of ‘the more important contributors are interspersed many original notes, and mention is made of MS. descriptions which are preserved in the s Britten has printed learned memoranda on the a The account contrasts favourably with the very meagre in information regarding the Kew Herbarium which was published in the Bulletin of Miscellaneous lnfoienial for 1901. It is to be regretted that, owing to the di aa ot of the Annual Reports of the Royal Gans aad the essation of the Bulletin, botanists have now no means of knowing sor collections are acquired by Kew a. ch Hi: BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, rn. Francis Bossey, who was meters included in the first alana to the Biographical Index of British Botanists, sa " his residence at Redhill, Surrey, on Sept. 27th. He was b Sutton-at-Hone, Kent, Oct. 21 st, 1809, studied at Guy’s Sapien and in Paris, and took his M.D. in Glas asgow, after which he was for any years in practice at Woolwich, from which he retired in 1867, and settled at Redhill, He wasa member of the Botanical Society of London, before which, in 1838, he read a paper on fungi which attack cereals: in the following year he published some notes on Kent plants in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History ne also contributed to Gibson’s Flora of Essex (1862). Bossey W Fellow of the Royal Microscopical Society, and when he settle d “at Redhill took much interest in establishing the local microscopical society (now defunct), of which he was the first President. His rium is to be presented to the Holmesdale Natural History Club. He is buried in the family vault at Sutton-at-Hone. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 859 Messrs. Honegs, Fiecis & Co., of Dublin, announce as in the press, nee shortly to be published, with a new map, price 12s. 6d. net, to subscribers 10s. 6d., a Flora of the County Dublin, including the Flowering Plants, Higher Cryptogams, and Characez, by Nathaniel me ML. R.LA. ‘ The results of the writer’s personal researches e popular plant-names now current amongst the Du lin eae folk will be given in detail in a special Supplement, with a commentary and illustrative notes; while the historical section of the Introduction will sketch the course of botanical investigation in the county f rom m the days of Threlkeld up to the opening of the present century.”’ We have received the first part of the second series of the Vegetationsbilder, edited by Dr. G. Karsten and Dr. H. Schenck. For this part, which is oo rea cel en der Amazonasgebietes,” na three while the plate, though giving an idea of the general habit of the ific diag only a very general idea of the method of growth of the epinkle: The next two plates are good representations of the fern Platycertum andinum; a second epiphytic fern (Pcelypodium Ulei Hieron., n. sp.) is epiete , though not at all clearly, in Plate 3. Plate 5 shows one of the Cactacer, Cereus megalanthus, iapasitte from a Ficus, Plate 6 represents three of the so-called ant- epiphytes (a Strepto- calyx, an Anthurium, and a Codonanthe), plants with a berried fruit, the seeds of which are sown in suitable places on trees and shrubs by ants, which also tend the young seedlings. While commending the general usefulness of these photographic representations of Se of vegetation which are inaccessible to most students of otany, we must deprecate their use for starting new specific names, especially when unaccompanied by any deseription. nN Die Transpiration der Pflanzen (8vo, pp. x, 288, 24 figs. in text) Dr. Alfred - a aot gives a useful account of the work which has been done by the very numerous workers on the subject of trans- piration. The author has brought within eful compass results papers, and has also contributed some observations, hitherto un- published, of his own. At the end of the book is a bibliography of the subject, occupying wi thigh thirty pages; the gee or t is alphabetical, according to the authors’ names. Dr. Burgerstein’s book will be invaluable to itadents (price 74 marks). Tue Clarendon Press sends us ‘‘the Fitzpatrick Lectures for 1903” on English Medicine in the Olden Times, by Dr. J. F, Payne— an interesting summary of Anglo-Saxon medical literature. For the no means exclusively, relied on Cockayne’s Anglo-Saxon Leechdoms, We note that he does not always accept Cockayne’s identifications, 8360 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY which indeed are often open to question. There seems little doubt, for example, that the ‘‘ bonewort” or ayia glossed (p. 85) as ‘** generally interpreted a heir or pansy’ s the common daisy, which is still called ‘ ‘banwort ” in the cuidias as it was in Turner’s reat indicated by its herbal name ‘ Consolida media or middle und.’”’ A few interesting a of o gures are ven: among them one of ‘ laet uca, leporina’”’ from the Latin Apuleius, B. Mus. Ms. Harley 1585,” which is no doubt Dandelion, although the Hare’s Lettuce was, according to Gerard, Sonchus oleraceus. The volume, which is beautifully printed, costs 8s. 6d. net. Sir Groree Kine is prosecuting with much vigour the important ccbdtation, of Materials for a Flora of the Malayer Peninsula, In the two parts (14 and re) neeenily to hand, Sir George has secured the co-operation of Mr. S. Gamble; save for the pe species of Viburnum, they are ge occupied with the Rubtacee, the pro- portion of new species being very large. Each genus is furnished a often nearly allied must prove of the greatest value in the determi- nation of the plants. A very good group-photograph of most of the botanists present at the satis meeting of the British Association has been published by Mr. H. C. Stearn, of Cambridge, price 2s. 6d. A slip with the names accompanies ihe photograph. _ We have received from Messrs. Lovell Reeve & Co. a copy of the second edition of Mr. " Pownend’é Flora of a which we hope to notice next month. Itisa a handsome volume of about 700 pages, and is RENE at a guinea net. R. JOHN t CARRUTHERS, Assistant Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Peraitchi iya, has been appointed Director of Agri- Se and Government Botanist of the Federated Malay States. . F. N. Witutams, who is publishing, in the Blt de t’ Herbier Boissier, the enumeration of Siam plants foreshadowed in his paper in this Journal for 1903 , p. 806, BS, in the Seta bar issue of the Bulletin (p. 1027), a somewhat ambigu ous note on Beasctidatare, e writes :—‘ In the matter of nomenclature I have mainly followed the suggestions issued by t e botanical authorities of the Berlin Museum, being for the most ct readily applicable by practical botanists ; but I am in complete accord ally confusion of botanical literature, and who rightly ell Son nO suppose é Mr.. Williams means to say that the ibe. “views ”’ lead to ‘the confusion of botanical literature,” but he certainly says it, and we are not inclined to deny that the absence of any principle other ee that of ‘convenience ” is spared o bring about pee: thing of : West, Newman ump BeBe egy satire ee, Ate Tad SRS PH Sort | ie Of fd cL] ie PK G/ ys C.E. Salmon del. Journ. Bot. Liimonium : 361 NOTES ON LIMONIUM.* By C. E. Saumon, F.L.S. T1.—Livontum Neumant (1. humile x vulgare). (Puate 466.) Dr. L. M. Neuman in 1897 (Bot. Not. 207) pointed out that plants ‘evidently to be referred to this hybrid occurred in Denmark, but it was not until 1901 that attention was called to it in England. In August of that year Revs. E. F. Linton and E. 8. Marshall discovered it at Bosham, in West Sussex, and recorded it from the September, and again in 1908, I was able to spend some hours on the salt-marshes near Bosham, and the following notes were then put together. Both L. humile and te vulgare are frequent here and there for many mee gt ¢- and creek-line, but it was only where alo he coa the two grew thickly sie eb. that the hybrid occurred. Very great variety of habit was noticeable in these ee a ere the examples now approaching one parent, now perfect intermediates were seen, but the rete of the hy btids favoured L. humile. The hybrids possessed a very i be panicle, its branches, often springing from the same point (as in L. vulgare var. hallandi- cum), were irregularly recurved or incurved; the spikes were wn- equally dense, or the spikelets /oosely in two contiguous rows, or with empty bracts interrupting somewhat densely- placed scikolotat ; the styles were shorter or longer than the stamens; the fruit was ormed here and there, but many of the ovaries were barren and shrivel] me: From L. humile one may separate L. gota ‘oa I name the hybrid) ge its per oe usually branched near the summit, or at any rate we rom its base, the shorter, less eee or the closer set pe and the individual spikelets being shorter The petals, too, were emarginate or entire. From L. vulgare it may be distinguished by the brighter pre of calyx and bracts, by the longer spikes, often incurved, and the absence of the regular distichous imbricate arrangement of spikelets. The calyx varied greatly in degree of pilosity, which seemed to be determined by repoten n has stated (Bot. Not. 1897, 207) that the hybrids of Drejer’s collecting may be separated from L. se ag of which they possess somewhat the habit, by a less — calyx, bad pollen, and more or less dense sub- bilateral spikes. Dr. eon tells me that some of these Danish examples exactly matched many of the Bosham sph dese a series of which I had sent him for inspection. * See Journ. Bot. 1903, 65. Journat or Borany.—Vor, 42. [Dec. 1904.) 2c 362 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY These Sussex specimens differed, however, in that all had good A ie and = divided the plants sent into two bundles, labelling one, ‘‘These are most like the primary h mat , going nearer to —- beealgae) than to bahusiensis Phactélay * "Of the other he said, ‘‘All in this cover are S. bahusiensis Fr. var. danica Fr. mark, ri y found nowadays, but only second hybrids, returning to the parents.” There is a specimen of L. Neumani in the Copenhagen ~ Herbarium, where Gelert has titaBl it as a variety of S. Behen is summer I was able to examine a portion of the Rasaichive coast near Fareham—where W. L. Notcutt sixty years ago found some plants (now in Hb. Watson at Kew) that I felt sure must be of hybrid origin. It was satisfactory to be able to verify this from living plants, for L. Newmani was seen in some abundance, growing with the parents, for some distance along the shore, under some- a similar conditions as at Bosham. would seem that this hybrid is not of very rare occurrence ; it should certainly be looked for wherever the two parents grow together ; it is fairly easily separated when growing, but, like many dried. : gr hybrids, hard to define and difficult to recognize when onium NEUMANI L. humile Mill. x . vulyare M Statice rariflora Drejer! FI. on Hafn. 121 (1838) (pro etd 46) S. bahusiensis Fr. var. danica Fr. Sum. Veg. Scan. 200 (18 (pro parte). ‘The following is a description of plants selected as being fairly Bpecies intermediate between the two parents ; forms closer to each also occur Scapus ‘ab imo vel juxta apice ramosus, imequalissimus, nune corymbosus nune paniculatus; spice sepe laxe incurvate et recurve — in eodem specimine ; spicule contigue, sed non dense imbricata ; spice a bracteis ster = sepe interrupte ; styli staminibus breviores vel longiores ; }etala nunc emarginata nunc integra. ‘Plant abalt 10: in. high or less. Leaves pinnately- veined, usually of the elliptic-lanceolate humile shape. Scape rather sle nde er, sub- angular or subterete, branched from base or near the middle, or nly. Branches remarkably irregular, now forming a panicle, now corymbose, erect or spreading, or even patent-arcuate. Branch- lets often with empty bracts. Spikes shorter than those of humile and longer than those of vulgare, erecto-patent, straight or flexuous, interrupted with empty bracts. Outer bract 1-1} lines long, as in vulgare. Middle bract 1-13 lines long, as in vulgare, but sometimes shorter than outer. lmeee bract 12-2} lines long, as in humile, Calyx slightly tinged with purple of humile type, but less hairy, Styles shorter or longer than stamens. Petals emarginate or entire Fruit formed here ‘and there, but many barren shrivelled Ses present, Tab. 4:67. a7 West,Newman imp.London. seca hia - Rhipidosiphon and Callipsygma. a _ Journ. Bot. NOTES ON LIMONIUM +868 Distribution England! Scotland! Denmark! Swedeu 210. Isle of Wight. Yarmouth! 1900, H. W. Pug sley. et, Hants South. Fareham! W. L. Notcutt t (a Watson) "0 — Hythe! 1895, G. C. Druce (Hb. Oxford). Hayling island 0, J. Groves; and C. FE. S., 1904. aes; Sussee West. Bosham! i827 (Hb. vot ie and EF. I’, Linton & KE. 8. Marshall, 1901; and . FE. 8., 1901, 1908, 1904. — 15. Kent East. Between St. Mar- ie ret’s Bay and Dover! Ex mr Soc. Bot. Lond. 1840 (Hb. Watson). Whitstable! 1850, F’. Brent (Hb. Watson). —?19. Essex North. 60. Lancashire West. Blackpool! 1874, W. R. Linton. — Durham. Hilton! (Hb. Smith at Linn. Soc.; L. humile is a on record for this county.) — 78. Kirkeudbright! 1868, Prof. Balfouw (Hb. dinburgh).—? 74. Wigtown. Garlieston! 1886 (Hb. Hdinburgh). EXPLANATION OF PLATE ee L. Neumani, half full size. 3. L. fob Like Mill. var. eegr igs half fal 4. Calyx of L. vulgare. 5. Ditto, var. macroc 6. Ditto, var, antignaiin. 7. Ditto, L. penile Mill. Al enlarged four time RHIPIDOSIPHON AND CALLIPSYGMA. By A. ann E. 8. Gepp. (Pratr 467.) s o rare genera have been placed by sorts in Udoteacee, or in the slightly more comprehensive order Codiac Neither of them has been recorded more than once, though Rhipido. siphon occurs in herbaria under another name. Having been so fortunate as to discover some new facts praca ~ — we believe that the following notes, with the accompa 2 figures will be of considerable aid to sleclagistad in the identification of the sla nts. ib RuIPIDOSIPHON This genus, which was founded by Montagan’ in Prodr. Phycolog. Antarct. 1842, p. 14, and was placed in Siphonee, has long been a standing puzzle to algologists. Montagne described it as a fan- shaped thallus with dichotomous and anastomosing filaments. The single species It. ee was collected by Hombron off Java, and has n ever been recorded since. When Madame Weber van Bosse kindly entr a ug with the working es of the Codiacee of the Siboga Expedition to the Dutch East Indies, we hoped to find specimens of Rhipidosiphon. There were several plants aaa like it in size and habit, but we were unable to detect in any of them the characteristic anastomosis described and fi mae by Montagne in Dumont-d'Urville’s Voyage au Péle Sud, Bot. i. (1845), p. 23, Cc 364 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY discovered at last in ove of our plants instances of an ‘ anasto- mosis ’’—not er aeg of the filaments of the flabellum, but of the lines of calcareous cement which fills the grooves between con- lso the base of each branch of a dichotomy. This can be made clear by figures. Fig. 4a shows the ‘‘ anastomosis” as represented by Montagne, who mistook the shaded parts for filaments, while in reality they are merely lines of calcification outlining the dichotomy of a real filament. Fig. 4b renders rte more obvious; while fig. 4c shows the same dichotomy decalci In o order to verify our conc clusions, es “compared the Siboga specimens with Montagne’s type in Herb. Mus. Paris, kindly lent er (Fi Rhipidosighom javensis, but larger and better grown specimens. 1g. The existences of anastomosis being thus definitely ~— in Rhipidosiphon, it is no longer possible to maintain the gen It always compo bearing numerou pliteral’ britichleta, which form a calcified cortex. We therefore merge Rhipidosiphon in Udotea, thus adding to the ig genus one species, with the pote diagnosis slightly altered fro ontagne’s original description :— norma JAVENSIS (syn. Iiidenptn javense ee om Frons constituta, a hie ane a su one skcninih fimbriata seepe fissa, crusta calearet obdu Hab. Ad comida in oris insule# Leyden Batavie, Hombron! eae Ferguson! (no. 489); Malay Archipelago, Mme. Weber van osse! CALLIPSYGMA. This genus is hardly more than a name to most people. It was described by J.G. Agardh in Tull Algernes Systematik viii. pp. 65-67, and there are, so far as we know, only two specimens extant, being parts of the same hantia ian plant; one is in eer gardh herbarium at Lund, and the other in the Bracebridge Wilson “collection in the British Museum (fig. 5a, b), The Lund specimen we have not RHIPIDOSIPHON AND CALLIPSYGMA 365 seen, since the same strict rule holds good in the Agardh herbarium as in the British Museum, that no part of the collection may be i iti i fortunatel would be reprehensible. As no figure of Callipsygma has ever been published hitherto, wy? difficulty of botanists and collectors in re- cognizing it is all the greater. We therefore publish some figures of it here, together wi ith a few remarks on its structure, in the hope that collectors may search for it successfully, and send some of their material to us to be examined and included in our forthcoming Monograph of the Codiacea, if the genus should really prove to belong ny that order. he description by J. G. Agardh (i.c.) is as follows:—‘‘ Frons nese cine inferne adparenter hirtum et vix incrustatum, ancipite marginibus subpi ramosum, utrinque xpansa j tot complanata, ramis singulis abeuntibus in flabellum terminale, demum sue rachidi prolongatione m Retr ; agi flabelli cujusque filis inferioribus subseparatis in ramos novos pro perantibus. Fila totam frondem componentin atinsitatiti prise ont articulis neeran laminarum a margine rachidis exeuntia, repetite dichotoma, juxtaposita, lateraliter ierpetoetyret ry stipitis paulisper axtions; f invicem superposita et conglutinata secus mediam lineam densiora.’ do not find that the filaments of the flabellate laminw are laterally juxtaposed in one plane as the above description seems to ey often overlap, and are poy superposed Agardh places Callipsyyma in the Codiacee, and in the remarks which follow his diagnosis he compares it briefly with an ben IES Rhipocephalus having all its parts flattened into the e plan but, whereas the typical structure of Rhipocephalus ctilits of an undivided, terete, calcified stalk bearing a head or cone of many little cuneate calcified flabella emerging on all sides, Ca/lipsygma is constructed on a different plan. The stipe is two-edged, uncalecified, and throws out at the margins complanate rachides, which grow out each into a te ig es flabellum. The whole plant is, however, complanate, and, so as we have seen, entirely uncalcified; and the green flabella are a totaly unlike the regular, monostromatic, pysaeraghh flabella of Rhipocephalus Phenix (the only species which Agardh k pee We would further point out that they bear a ns: superficial resem to branchlets of Harvey’s specimen of Cladophora valence (Exsice. Alg. Austral. No. 587a), but por to XXvili. in Phycolog pent ig' vol. ii. (1859). mds e gather from Agari’ s account that the two- onan rachis is 366 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY constricted at fairly regular intervals, and at these points dichotomy usually occurs ; and the dark green chlorophyll becoming massed at the constrictions (in the dried plant at least), the flabellum acquires a omens zonate appearance. ave compared Callipsyyma above with Cladophora, and the pret 5 Bie holds good even in so far that Callipsyyma, unless all a centre through which protoplasmic doctanteet is ii (fig Agardh does not allude at all to these structures. Under a ‘high power of magnification with a well- adjusted substage condenser, it is possible to see clearly the striation of the walls of the ingrowing ring, and when the preparation has been stained with chlor-zine- iodide (a treatment adopted at the ee aban 6 of Mr. . Black- man) the thin strand of protoplasm appears quite distinct. We the cellulose ring would still be very narrow, and the aperture large and distinct. Similar piete plage 2 are well known in Codium, and have been described and figured in a paper by R. J. Harvey Gibson and Helen P. Auld Rees ine Biology Committee. ees iv. Codium, 1900). ars to us, so far as we have been able to study ( iaeeygme that the affinities of the genus may as likely be with DBryvpsis as wi the Codiacee. For the resemblance to Rhipocephalus as petite om by Agardh is misleading, and has caused both De Toni and Wille to give Callipsygma a sy stematic pose between Rhipocephalus and Udotea to which it is in no way entitle he only species, Callipsygma W ilsonis ; J. Ag., was collected at Sorrento, Port Phillip Heads, Victoria, by J. Bracebridge Wilson, in 1881. mig round oF PuatTe 467. Udotea javensis. — Fia Plants, natural eel a, Ferguson, Ceylon; b, ** Siboga.” 2. ‘* Siboga ” ant, Pag" 3. Bases of two fronds, showing ramification and rhizoids, x 29 , ¢. Figures explaining Montagne’s ** anastomosis,” 0. Callips ygma Wilsonis. —Fic. 5. Plant, natural rey a, in Herb. Agardh, from rough sk ie ue on . A. Howe ; }, in Herb. Brit. Mus. 6. Filam ent of lamina, x . In-growing cellulose rings forming Fedataples i septa, mer ~~ chlor. ees idides a, showing protoplasm; b, at a dichotomy, showing striz of ring. 367 MR. HESKETH PRICHARD'S PATAGONIAN PLANTS. By A. B. Renpuz, M.A., D.Se. (Concluded from p. 334.) ScypHantuus ELEGANS D. Don in Sweet, Brit. Flow. Gard. ser. i. 238. Low slopes, Mt. Buenos Aires. Bo um patagonicum, sp.nov. Planta glaberrima glau- fe a a florifera solum adest), caule erecto lignescente ramoso, ramis ascendentibus, internodiis lineis vix eleva tis interdum pur- pureo-tinctis e foliorum basibus notatis; foliis alternis, sed subopposite approximatis, rariter oppositis, vel ternatim confertis, sessilibus, siccis papyraceis, anguste ies oP acutis, basi angustata, nervo gu > medio solum prominente, margine cum denticulis purpureis parvis suliltqacnis ae munita; ala ba: atris — is, purpureis; floribus corymbosis, pedicellatis, ‘sepalis lanceolatis, purpur ureo-tinctis, petalis circa 4+ longioribus, roseo-purpureis, oboemialal stigmate late ob- longo; capsulis elongatis, purpurascentibus; seminibus papillosis, ellipsoideis, basi angustatis, apice pene truuctatis, haud appendicu- latis. The specimens consist only of the upper flowering portion of the plant about 20 em. long, the hollow stem narrowin g = ards eer diameter of about 3 mm. Leaves reaching 3 cm. long ow 6-7 m broad, Flower-stalks about 1 em. long, sepals 6 cor agate 8-9 mm. long, a little over 5 mm. broad. The broad flattened oblong stigma 1-5 mm. long by 1 mm. broad. Capsule 5-5 cm. long, esol about 1:5 em. feaiins (not including the oak hair tuft) 1 mm. lon Low slopes, Punt most feos og allied species is BEES DIY 0 os Haenkeanum n. (Monogr. Gattung Valsiews , 268, t. sit whic Fs differs in its very glabrous "harictee. guiadiee narrower leaves, darker-coloured flowers, and longer and longer-stalked OTHERA oporaATA Jacq. Ic. Pl. Rar. iii. 3, t. 456. Mout ain slopes and low The specimen labelled ‘ ‘mountain slopes’’ is very hairy, and has etals 13 in. long; that from the low slopes is glabrescent, with much smaller flowers, ee petals barely 3 in. long. Pataponint Chili ; Fucusia MACROSTEMA hae & Pavon, Fl. Peru & Chili, iii. 88, Hiepuris vurearts L. Sp. Pl. 4; Hook.f. Fl. Antaret. 272. sparing water (locality not given). Wily distributed in the north temperate zone. 368 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Azorella concolor, sp. nov. Fruticulus pusillus cespitosus glaber, ramulis brevibus cum foliis persistentibus nigrescentibus imbricatis indutis ; foliis juvenilibus lete viridibus, vagina lata amplexicaule membranacea, lamina trifurcata, lobis rigidis, crassis, apice breviter pungente, subtriquetribus, dorso leviter convexulis, facie ventrale convexa ; umbelli age soo in nterdum | gemin is, the drie vith: ‘that of the leaves. Leaf- seat about 2 mm. lon ng, the tri- per, = blade — the same length. Sopals: seareely 1 mm. long, peta pales: sie Burmeister Peninsula. Near the antarctic species A. eg Gaud., which it neato bien in habit, but differs in the for and -textu re ate a dioides ae grad ten to the acute apex. Ab at the Chilian A. nivalis Phil., which, however, has leaf-lobes twice as long (4 mm.), with other differences A. rrirotronata Clos in Gay, Fl. Chili, iii. 85, Atlas, t. 39, fig. 2. A form with the leaf-segments generally entire, linear- oblong, and blunt; the middle lobe is sometimes shortly trifid, and more rarely one or both of the lateral lobes are shortly and unequally bifid, or all three lobes are trifid. Shingle on beach, Lake Argentino. ili. A. retrurcata Pers. Syn. i. 808; Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 589; Hook. f. . Antarct. 283. op of mountains ae Burmeister Peninsula. Patagonia; Fuegi Bowzesta rropxouiroiia Gill. & Hook. in Hook. Bot. Mise. 1. 325. Low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Andes of Chili; Patagonia. Mutinum spinosum Pers. Syn. i. 809; Dusén id Svensk. Exp. Hapslanilan’. lili. no. 5, 146. Pampa under =i Buenos Aires, and low slopes. Chili; Patagon Siesreta GRAVEOLENS Scone: ex DC. Prodr. iv. 85. eu of Mt. Buenos Aires ee _Aprum Graveotens L. Sp. Pl. 264; Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 287. Springs, Burmeister Peninsula. MR. HESKETH PRICHARD’S PATAGONIAN PLANTS 369 Chili; es Fuegia; Falkland Islands. ee widely distributed in the south t temperate zone, as in the Sir ooker, A c., remarks on the abundant ease of this species in the arctic regions, referring at the same time to the absence of all injurious and disagreeable properties ee plant being conssantly used as a vegetable both raw and cooked _ Mr. Prichard’s specimen from Patagonia does not at sight sug- aa the European celery. The plant is a low-growing herb with a stou Peco rennial nla and resembles a specimen from the i ‘ its the latter by mee § Parkinson among the drawings made on Cook’s first voyage in 1769 Osmoruiza cHILENSIS Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Bot. Mise. iii. 855. Forests on Mt. Buenos Aires above soutli-west fiord of Lake Argentino Chili; Fuegia. PrrRNeTTyYA MucRonATA Gaud, ex G. , Gen. Syst. iii. 836; Dusén in asi k. Exped. till Magellsnand: ‘iii. no. Low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula § and high wooded slopes, Mt. Chili; So uth Patagonia ; sian and Fuegian Islands. P. pumiua var. minor Hoo inci Antarct. 326. Mitiibaid tops, anna Peninsula. South Patagonia; Fuegia ; Falkland Islands. Paimvuna MAGELLANica Lehm. Monogr. Prim. 62, t. 6. P. fari- nosa Var. bigs Se 2 Hook. a ey Antaret. 337 ; Dusén, 1. e189, Swamp, Burm Straits of Maaalian t ote ee Falkland Islands. SamoLus spatHuLatus Duby in DC. Prodr. x. 74; Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 338. Swamp on pampa, Burmeister Peninsula. South Patagonia; North Fuegia Sratick PUNICEA nom. nov. aviaiid chilensis Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xii. 681; Spegazz. in ee Mus. Nacion. v. 68; Dusén, l.c, 138. Low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Mr. Prichard’s specimen has sparsely puberulous leaves and scape, agreeing with Boissier’s var. magellanica. It would seem, however, t that this difference is scare ely worth a Jucelotal distinction, the plant collected at Port Famine by Anderson in faa g’s voyage agreeing in other respects with the western Patagonia n spe ecimen,. King’s specimen is referred by Boissier to Statice andina (Armeria andina Poepp. dy from which, however, it differs in its much narrower leaves. The same plant is referred in the Fiora Antarctica (p. 339) to Statice pales L., but I do not think the Patagonian is con- 370 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY — with the a plant; it differs, for instance, in the maller = O o the sisog ahs which might arise from another Statice dames, as “hone is already a Statice chilensis Phil. (now referred to Armeria), I have, to avoid confusion, adopted another specific name. Puacexia circinata Jacq. fil. Ecl. Plant. Rar. i. 185, t. 91. hie slope, Mt. Frias, and low slope of pampa, si bnislster Peninsu North and South America. Cottomia coccinea Lehm. ex Benth. Bot. Reg. 1622. Low shingly ground, Bur njsiater Peninsula. Chili. C. cracitts Dougl. ex Benth. /. ¢ Low shingly ground ein Lake Argentino; and low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Western parts of North ome South America. Amsinckia ancustironia Lehm. Del. Sem. Hort. Hamb. 1831, 7. Low sheltered ground and sheltered forest, Burmeister Peninsula. Chili; South hes. gonia; Fuegia. Verbena bonariensis, sp.nov. Suffruticosa, ut apparet diffusa, ramis vetustioribus rufescentibus, juvenilibus densiter pilosulis ; foliis sessilibus parvis hispidulis pene ad basin trisestis, segmentis lineari-oblongis, obtusis, interdum subeuneatis ; floribus circa 6 in ramulorum apice egatis, bracteis parvis, inferioribus ovatis ob- tusis, superioribus lanceolatis, Reig ne floribus sessilibus, calycis tubo longo, cylindrico, 5-costa pilosulo, dentibus 5, parvis, ex aspectu floris posteriore diane triangulis, rere corolle ut apparet lilacine, tubo supra medium tenui, superne inflato et subrecurvato, pilosulo ; limbis "Wutentibns abequalibis (antarlor!: bus paul lalo minoribus) rhomboideo-cuneatis, apice emarginatis ; tubo fualasti, posterioribus avis, “in ore conspicuis ; stylo pie sequilongo, supra medium clavato, stigmate subintegro. parently a small spreading undershrub. Main branches barely exceeding 2 mm. in diameter, covered with a thin easily- peeling dull reddish-brown bark. Leaf-segments reaching *5 ¢ ne: generally shorter, often not exceeding 2-5 mm., Sscoal, or — the median a little longer than the lateral ones. Bracts " . long. Calyx-tube about 7 mm. long, dorsal tooth 1°5 mm., stack teeth about 1 mm. long. Corolla Lge mauve or ate: tube 12 mm. tape a little over 1 m n diameter in the lower portion, increasing to about twice ‘that tar Abowd the middle, shortly hairy on ‘the inside; lobes about 4 mm. long, united for less than 1 mm. above the mouth of the tube, 2°5-3°5 mm. bro Anterior stamens inserted 2°5 mm. below the mouth of the corolla- tube, anthers barely 1 mm.; BERe anthers a good mm. long. Slopes of Mt. Buenos Aire 4 somewhat the habit of acon ophylla H. B. K., but is anny distinguished by the small trisected leaves, and larger ‘flowers MR. HESKETH PRICHARD’S PATAGONIAN PLANTS 3871 ScureELLARIA NUMMULARL#FOLIA Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 336. Shingle beach, Lake Argentino uegia et in Darwinnt Benth. in DC. Prodr. xii. 222. Pampa, a Peninsula. South Patagon Fageli deiatanit sp. nov. ao aes stoloniferus ramis brevibus cum foliis subrosulatis, vel plus us elongatis, rufe- scentibus, puberulis ; foliis oppositis, ova ita apice obtusis, basi in petiolum gradatim angustatis, margine obsolete denticulato et cu oe breweaetaess interdum m glandulosis ciliolato, venis utrinque cons icu is sparse puberulis; peaunents seniae gemiuis, glanduloso- cum sp parva inateneee flore mediocre ; sepalis ovatis, obtusis, glanduloso -puberulis ; corolla lutea, minute glanduloso- ntheris ovatis, loculis: horizontaliter divaricatis; ovario hemi- sphwrico, ‘land loso-p “ig lard’s spout s comprise two forms. A smaller sub- alpine fri with SOTA the habit of Bellis perennis, the short woody rhizome- like branches bearing the opposite leaves aggregated in a rosett he leaves and flowers are also smaller than in the other form ; leaves, including the stalk (barely 1:5 cm.), 4 cm. or in length, 1:2 cm. road ; peduncles about 7 em. long, sepals 5m , 25-4: The bibs er form, from bikini of streams on low ground, has more elongated shoots (to 7 cm. long in the specimen, “put. broken off), larg ger, longer-stalked leaves separated by internodes 2-3 cm. mi lower portion, the diameter of which (about 1- ee em. oi is renee to length of the upper part, to which it is attached at right aught: Burmeister Peninsula, low ground and low slopes of mountains. A member of Bentham’s section Hucalceolaria, subsection Scapose, the smaller form recalling F’. Darwinit, but at once distinguished by the orbicular end portion of the lower lip and the shorter upper part. F. Darwinn O. K. Rev. Gen. Pl. i. 459. Calceolaria Darwinii Benth. ex pans f. Fl. Antarcet. 333. High slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. South Patagonia; Straits of dep eae ; Falkland Islands. VERONICA aESORIN ca Sp. Sheltered pampa, Burmeister ya sula. Widely spread, pats ing in [Pe from Canada to Page, Prantaco maritima L, Sp. Pl. 114; Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 339. Nitrate pampa. 372 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Straits * operipaas Widely distributed in arctic and north temperate zo me P, UNIGLUMIS 5 Walle. ex Walp. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xix. Suppl. 1, weal top of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Gatium APARINE * Sp. Pl. 108; Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 802 bis. Forest, Mt. Buen s Aires. ‘ies Patagonia: aie egia Revsunium pusiuium K. Selva: in Mart. FI. pecs vi. pt. 6, 117. Rubia ian Gill. ex Hook. & Arn. Bot. ee iii. 363 Mountain slopes, Burmeister Penin su Apparently a otf spread andine shone recorded from Bolivia, Chili, and Argen Orxopotus citrinus Schlecht. in Linnea, XXViii. 4938. Cruck- shanksia glacialis Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. & Sp. iii. 31, t. 236. nay of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. VALERIANA caRNosA Smith, Icones Ined. t. 52; Hook. f. Fi. ey 304 bis. ow slopes, Mt. Buenos Aires. Chili; Straits of Magellan CaLycerR® AND Composit&. (By Spencer te M. Moors, F.L.8.) LEPTOPHYLLA Spegazz. Noy. Add. ad Fl. Patag. pars i. 71 P Boopis Prichardi, sp.nov. Humilis, glabra, annua, caule simplici abbreviato erecto penitus densissime “foli ato, foliis sessili- bus anguste pacers vel angustissime lineari- spathulatis obtusis integris vel prope apicem utrinque 1-3-dentatis breviterve dentato- lobulatis th aN in sicco lete viridibus, capitulis subsessilibus arcte glomer atis parvis pauciflosculosis flosculis omnibus fertilibus vel - uno intimo crudo et sterili, involucri anguste campanulati bracteis 7 usque vel ultra medium connatis lobis ov vato- vel triangulari-oblongis obtusis vel brevissime apiculatis, Goncknans parvo plano nudo, calycis lobis ovatis obtusis quam ov m_ brevioribus, coroll tubo obsoleto faucibus elongatis et basi eh mam generis g losis, filamentorum vag ina angusta ‘nhieata: aieetets sessilibus inelusis, achzniis . Tops of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula; also shingle beach, Lake ee Planta 3-0-5-0 cm. alt., Sons fere omnino simplici 0°1 cm diam. rere Folia 2-0-3: Oc . long., deorsum U1 cm. susan 0°12-0-2 cm. lat., basi cauli tet applicata eumque omnin tegentia. Pedunculi circa 0-2 cm. long. = ie rum sascutlue circa 1-5 cm. diam. liepduaeunl in toto 0°5 m. long., sursum 0°45 cm. bit: ; lobi modici circa 0°25 em. long. Onlyeis lobi 0-07 cm. MR. HESKETH PRICHARD’S PATAGONIAN PLANTS 373 long. Corolle fauces 0-45 cm. long., 0:2 em. lat. ; lobi oblongi, 15 em. long. Filamentorum vagina 0-2 em. ong., diam.; anthers & 5g em.long. Ovarium compressum 02cm. long. n by the ae habit, the stem completely hidden by the very palrow grass-like leaves, the small subsessile heads aggregated into an apparently single terminal one, the tube of the corolla. sup- pressed so that the throat- glands are ’ situated just over the eno of the ovary, and the filaments poner. throughout, as in Acicarpha NaRDOPHYLLUM HUMILE A. Gra Proc. Amer. Acad. v. 123. High slopes of mountains aid mountain-tops, pilsticelaice a. South Patagonia; Fuegia. CHILIOTRICHUM AMELLOIDEUM Cass. in “ne Se. Nat. viii. BIT. Springs on slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. South Patagonia; South Chili; Fubgibs Falkland Islands. ERIGERON aupinus L. Sp. Pl. 864. ow slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Widely distributed. E. sprcutosus Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. i. 32. Banks of streams, slopes of Mt. Buenos Aires. sche Chili; Patagonia; Fuegia. BaccHaRIs MAGELLANICA beled Se ii, 425, Gmaay ames . Mt. Buenos Argentin : Patag gonia ; So Chili; Fuegia. B. PaTAGONICA Hook, & A n Hook. Journ. Bot. iii. 29. Beach, Punta al Take ‘Siento. Patagonia ; Fueg ANTENNARIA CH s Remy in age Fl. Chil. iv. 235. Pampa, Busia Peninsula South Chili. GNAPHALIUM SPICATUM Lam. Eneycl. ii. 757. Low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. North and South America; eee d Islands. Mapa sativa Mol. Sagg. Chile, 1 Low slopes of mountains, Bareistr a North-west and temperate poe: a Marricarra Cuamomiuta L, Sp. 1, 801, Low slopes of mountains, Burmese Peninsula. An introduction om Eur Senecio arGyrz&us Phil. in Ann. Univ. Chile, option 261. Low ae of sib basi Baviateeae Peninsu South Chili Senecio aden tatus, sp. nov. Suffrutex parvus tomento sericeo-argenteo densissimo appresso vestitus, caule verisimiliter repente ramos ascendentes breves dense foliosos emittente, foliis sessilibus basi imbricatis comparate elongatis angustissime lineari- bus apice pungentibus, capitulis mediocribus heterogamis radiatis 374 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY multifiosculosis terminalibus solitariis longiredunculatis ac revera na cum caule brevi inflorescentiam subscaposam constituentibus, involucri campanulati phyllis cirea 20 oblongo- agra sursum leviter ar apice sphacelatis margine sepissime membranaceis dorso dense sericeo-argenteis, calyculi phyllis exavie ligulis circiter 15 involucrum bene superantibus luteis, achen s adhue ya compressiusculis 10-costatis glabris, pappi setis sorsiversetis albis. Pampa, Burmeister Peninsula. Ramulorum pars foliosa 6-0-8-0 cm. long., raro multo brevior et tune folia majus approximata et inflorescentia vere scaposa. Folia 3°5-5:5 cm. long., modo 01 em. vel oie poe ees lat., ima basi lage dilatata, Pedunculi fere adus long. Capitula pansa a 2°5 cm. diam. Tnvolucrum mat ultra 1:0 em. long et diam. ; leah phylla 0-4 cm. long. Receptaculum breviter foveolatum. ’ Ligulee oblonge, brevissime 8- denticulate, erves, c amplificate, 1-0 cm. long. Genitalia exserta; anthere basi integre. Styli rami tent, penicillati, fere 0'2 cm. long. Acheenia 0-2 cm. long. ; pappus Known by the oid silvery tomentum on all sori the narrowly linear leaves, and subscapose habit with solitary hea S. macetianicus Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Journ. Bot. iii. 343. Among stones on the top of Mt. Buenos Aires. South “Patagonia ; Fuegia. §. anprcautis Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Journ. Bot. iii. 344. Mountain slopes, Buurmelster Penis ula. “igang Patagon 8. gay aerg Spear. Nov. Add. ad Fl. Patag. pars ii. 5 (e deseip ), rep Tops oF nibutitains, Burmeister Peninsula. Patagonia S. peninsularis, sp.nov. Herbaceus caule erecto optim folioso ut “folia minute glanduloso, foliis sessilibus cradaliceolig ambitu spathulato-oblongis deorsum integris sursum ie cm. long., deorsum 0°15-0°2 cm. sursum circa 0°5 cm. lat., in sicco lutescenti- vitidia ; costa eae 2 coste relique obscure. Pedunculus fere 2:5 em. ng.,; hujus bractese ut calyculi phylla 0:3-0-4 cm. long. Capitulo 1:3 em. iam. Involneri phylla 1:0 cm. pelea 0-1-0:2 em. lat. Corolle fem. 0:08 cm. long., hermaph. 0°55 cm. Styli pees fem. egre hora rami aa em. long. et 0:05 cm, lat. Achenia rol outermost row of florets, and “the lenigthily aaa pivitibent fleshy styles and style-ar arms of the same. atter are also possessed by S. Ainyii Hook. f., together with, aikcae’s = short, ae ig ume longer oollak: than those of S. poculiferus. 8. King eghebes a connecting link between ordinary discoid species and the new one here described 8. pak hardi, sp.nov. Suffrutex parvus ramulis ascendentibus e caule jam nu udo ashi stay PEA agi onusto oriundis, Shab in lutis margi olatis, RP casittlis $ parvis ad apice teri lorum solitariis vel 58-nis Ppodunett ulis ateabencteatia uam folia longioribus fultis homogamis discoideis circa 40-flosculosis, involucri late campanulati phyllis 13-15 lineari-oblongis inti apicem sphace- latum angustatis una cum pe edunculis minute glandulosis, calyeuli phyllis paucis subulatis, flosculis savoir ‘superantibus luteis, 876 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY achéeniis nondum maturis parvis compressiusculis 10-costatis glabris, pappi setis scabriusculis albis. ountain — Burmeister Penins — irca 15-0 cm. alt. ean a 1:5-2°5 long., summum vix 0-1 cm. lat., in —e o» lete viridia. Poaacit 3°0-4:0 cm. long., graciles ; hujus bracte sic ee filiformes 0-3 em. long. Capitula paullo ultra 1:0 em. diam. Involucrum 0°55 x 0-7 em.; phylla margine membranacea, 0:1-0-13 em. lat. pBRe 0 foveolatum. Corolle 0°65 cm. long., sursum gradatim dilatate. Anthere basi integre. Styli rami Pehiiaee “penicillati. Achenia 0°13 cm., pappus egre 0°5 ¢ Near 8. phebon ok fil., but differing in the leaves, among other ‘ihe nts. joe PuRPUREA §. Moore. Chabrea purpurea DC. Prod. vil. Panes and high slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. ip a Miia: ; Fuegia mANNI Dusén in Saint Exped. till Magellansliind. iii. 116 (e pecan a High slope of Mt. Buenos Aires. South Patagonia L. pataGontca Spegazs. Pl. Patag. Aust. 588 : deser.), reprint. East slope of Mt. Frias ee po sen GERA O. Hoffm. in Svensk. Exped. till Magellanslind. iii. “ite (e deaunk: }s Tops of oscar Burmeister Peninsula. L. muutiripa 8. Now. Chabrea multifida DC. Prod. vii. 60. Low slopes of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. South Patagonia PEREZIA LINEARIS spe Syn. 412. High slopes of Sivunitains, Burmeister Peninsula. South Chili; South Patago mga Darwin Duiske it in Hi ofl, Exped. till Magellanslind. ie net of apna Burmeister Peninsula. “ga ze tagon N. P a Ho ok. f. Fl. Antarct. ii. 819. WN. Nordenskjéldit 0. Hofim. i in ay ey Exped. till Magellansland. iii. 118 (e descript.). Tops of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. South Patagonia; Fue N. pygmea was originally ‘described as having leaves entire in their upper part, and the leaves of Nordenskjéld’s specimens being strongly toothed, Dr. Hoffmann, not having =e the type, naturally considered that he had to do with a different species. As a matter of fact, the leaves of the type specimens are elie slightly toothed distally, or strongly so (Port pesos King 105, re the latter charac- teristic). Mr. Prichard’s spec agrees exactly with King’s just mentioned, as also with the faite aad description of N, Nordenskjaldit. MR. HESKETH PRICHARD’S PATAGONIAN PLANTS 877 N. revouuta Gill. in Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 37. Among shingle on tops of mountains, Burmeister Peninsula. Southern Andes; South Patagonia; Fu is some doubt about this aaeeain anes owing to the im- ‘cae Ne of the eta heads. assauvia (§ Nassa) purpurascens, sp. n Ramulis e caule sparsim radi mnie’ 6 ceespitosis densissime solioss, foliis radi- calibus ovato-oblongis = alee vel seepius spinoso-acuminatis glabris inferne integris superne utrinque 3-4- Aeatato: Jotuilatia lobulis tri- angularibus ~ ei vel beavis ter spinosis, foliis rere petibeen superne parum patulis lanceolatis apice breviter spinosis inte vel rarius hing inde spinoso- “ata aus aa piloso- pabdkser ntibus ut radicalia colore purpureo suffusis, capitulorum glomerulis termi- nalibus globosis multicephalis, foliis floralibus caulinis similibus nisi paullo minoribus ultimis lineari-lanceolatis, capitulis 5-floscu- losis, involucri piloso-pubescentis 3-serialis phyllis extimis linearibus “oO SB. quam interiora lanceolata spinoso-acuminata pl revioribus, co- roll labio antico ovato brevissime 3-denticulato postico lanceolato- oblongo breviter bifido, iis adhu turis compressis ob- longis obscure aioe pappi paleis subsetiformibus 1-serialibus scabriusculis caducis ches and ‘ha flats of Lake Argentino. Planta circa 10-0 cm. alt. Folia radicalia modice 1°5-2°5 cm. long., 0°4-0°5 cm. lat., rigida, costis 5 prominulis percursa. Folia caulina 15-20 e1 cm. long. Involucrum 1:0 em. long.; phylla extima 0-6 cm. reliqua 0°9 cm. long. Corolle tubus basi angustatas, ° x Hmasciom paTaconicum Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. 824. Low slopes vi — Burmeister Peninsula. South Patag - Sei tenuiFotius DC, Prod. vii. 94. Mountain slopes, Bur waist capri South Chili; South Patag TARAXACUM LEVIGATUM pts ee Hort. Monsp. 149. Low slopes of moun temic Burmeister Peninsula. A plant of wide distribut Soncuus asper Hill te. io i. 47. Punta Bandera, Mt. Buenos Aires. Lower leaves not seen; upper ones short (3-5 em. long), oblong, with closely set prominent spiny teeth all the way up. World-wide. JournnaL or Botany.—Vou. 42, [Dec. 1904.] 2D 378 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY EXPLANATION OF Pate 465. A. senate tysdotge Prichardi Rendle, part of plant, nat. size. — 1. Leaf — stipules, x 3. 2. Flower, calyx opened and turned back, x 3. 3. iiaileea, . Wing, x 2 (about). 5. Keel, x 2 (about). 6,7. Stecosens showing versa- tile = basifixed anthers, x - Pistl:x 3. ee personne. Bede phe dendle. part of plant, nat. size. — 1. calyx opened and an ned - Lae 5. 2. Standard, x 2. 3. Wing, x 2 (about) ae Pistil BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH OTANISTS By James Brirren, K.S.G., F.L.S8., & G.S. Bouterr, F.L.S., F.G.S. Seconp Suprrement (1898-1902). (Concluded from Journ. Bot. 1903, p. 378.) Milne-Redhead, Richard (1828-1900): b. A ioe Manchester, 16 Jan. 182 8 : d. Holden Clough, Clit e, Lanes., 24 Feb. 1900. F.L.S., 1865. Barrister; mene and collected in India, W. Indies, Brazil, &¢. ‘Desert Flora of Sinai’ in Linn. Soe. ix. 208 (1866). Proc. Linn. Soc. 1900-1, R. 8. C. viii. 718 topes “dpe (1863-1900) : bs Norwood, Surrey, 9 May, 1863 d. London ov. 1900. , 1887. Artist and Hithographer. Illustrated Bryer’ 8 _seueeinaneg Drew and lith. plates in Journ. Bot. 1882-1900. Journ. Bot. 1900, 489, portr. Morley, John (1829-86); b. 1829; d. Birmingham ? 10 Dee. 1886. Ptoridologist, F.R.M.S. Secretary, Birmingham Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876-86. Midland Nat. 1887, 24. Nicolson, Rev. William (1655-1727): b. Plumbland, Cumber- land ? 1655 : d. Derry, 14 Feb. 1726-7. B.A., Oxon., 1675-6; P.R.S., 1705; M.A., 1679. Rector of Salkeld, Cumb:, 1682. Bp. of Carlisle, 1702; of Derry, 1718. Archbp. of Cashel, 1726-7. MS. Sasi Plantarum Anglie,’ containing N. England localities, 1690. Dict. Nat. Biogr. xli. 55 ; Hodgson, Fi. Cumberland, wee ‘Port. at Tullyhogna, Tyrone; copy at Queen’s College, O Noehden, Hans Ad Sehte t 1804): d. lene) a 1804. Brother of George Henry Noehden. ‘ Specime contra Hedwigii theoriam de generatione museorum,’ Guten, 1797. ‘Pollen,’ in Schrader’s Journ. fiir Bot. i. 28.‘ Botany in England,’ id. vol. ii. & iii. feat” ppertly translated in Journ. Bot. 1902, 319. Annals of Bot. i me Catia (1898.68): b. Hull, 1828; d. Peebles, 5 July, Entomologist and microscopist List of Hull Diatomacea . » Trans ee Soe. v i. (1860). Wor = at Yorkshire plan 8.C. iv. viii 517; x. 939; xiii. 541. Trans. Frull F Field Nat, Club, i. 105 (portr.). Pleur eee "No ormani Ralfs. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX: SECOND SUPPLEMENT (1898-1902) 379 Paget, Sir James (1814-99): b. Yarmouth, 11 Jan. 1814; d. pe margin Park, London, 30 Dec. 1899; bur. Finchley. M.R.C.S., F.R. 1843. D. C.L., Oxon, 1868. LL.D., Camb., 1074. Baronet, ‘1871. F-.B.S. ie 1851. FL. 8., 1872. -‘ Nat. Hist. Yarmouth,’ 1834 (plants): contrib. to ‘ Top. Bot.’ Journ. Bot. 1900, 62; 1904, 298; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1899-1900, 79; Dict. Nat. Biog. Supp. i ii. 240. R.S.C. iv . 739; x. 981. ‘Memoirs and Letters’ by his son oo , 1901, w.5 arias its. Bust by Boehm, 1885, at R. Coll. of Surgeons. Portr. by Millais at . St. Bartholomew’s Biipiea Pagetia nell. Paine, William (fi. 1732-8): Made collections in west and east of England; Herb. Sloane, 817 (chiefly of seaweeds), with autograph ee st. Sent seaweeds to Joseph Andrews. Journ. Bot. 1872, 174; 904, Pamplin, William (1806-99): b. Lavender Hill, Wandsworth, 1806; d. Llandderfel, near Bala, N. Wales, 9 Aug. 1899. A.L. S., 1830. Bookseller and publisher of Soho. ‘Cat. of rarer plants of Battersea and Clapham,’ 1827. ‘ List of pl. of Streatley and Goring,’ 1854. Contributed to ‘Phytologist,’ and published it from 1855- 63. ro cane in Fl. Middlesex and other ocal floras. Jacks. 589. re: ia Proc. Linn. Soc. 1899-1900, 80. Journ. Bot. 1899, 591 (po tr.). Pearce, Horace (1838-1900) : b. Hadley Loge, Salop, 21 Nov. 38; Stourbridge, 19 Feb. 1900. F.L.8., 1876. Pres. Wotouitebsh. Field Club. ae plants in Herb. Mus. Brit. - Proe. Linn. Soc. 1899-1900 Perrin, eres, are (1849- bow b. 1849; d. Ballarat, 24 Dee F.L.S., = nepes t Dept., S. Australia, 1880 till. phe Proc. aan. Bows Peter, Posie John (1833-77): rf Bala. ‘William Salesbury fel mwr,’ Traethodydd, vol. xxvii. (1873) pp. 156-181. ‘An enthusiastic as ” Journ. Bot. 1898, 13. Pierard, Francis (fl. 1834): H.E.1.C.8. siege nag! (1831) my ; oat lentes to Calcutta Gardens. Fl. Ind. 255 (1832); Wall. Pl. Asiat. ii. 87. Pierarda Roxb.. 2 Beseativea. Dendrobium Pierardi Roxb. Pollexfen, Rev. John Hutton i aa b. Kirkwall, Orkney, 1818; d. Middleton Bie 5 June, 1899. M.D., Edin., 1835. ca © we in possession of Dr. Batters. Journ. Bot. 1899, 488. Pollex- Jenia Harv Potts, Miss E. (fl. 1889): Of Chester. Contrib. to Hail’s ‘ Flora of Liverpool’; specimens iu Herb. Mus. Brit. ‘* Pre-eminently the best lady botanist whose records are included in the present lora.”’” De Tabley, Fl. Ches. Ixx Powell, Miss (fl. 1820-1868): Of fre biey dine ~ Her barium (in vols.) in Bristol Museum. Fl. tol ae ii. Powell, Rev. Thomas (d. 1887): d. ales 6 April, 1887. F.L: S., 1867. Missionary at Upolu, Samoa. “Collected Mosses 2p 2 880 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY in Samoa, described by W. Mitten in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) x. 166. Papers on Samoan Ferns and plant-names in Journ. Bot. 1867. Cryptogams at Brit. Mus. and ie R.8.C. viii. 654, x1. 57. Powellia Mitt Price, Rev. Rees (1807- 1869) : Of Cwnmllynfell. ‘ Family Herbal’ (in W elsh, ‘ Y Llysieu-lyfr Teuluaidd’ (w. Rev. Evan Griffiths), Sag “oer Bot. 1898, 18. , Thomas, ‘‘Carnnuanawe ” (1787-1848): Of codons near y, Aeekneecll: Brecknock. Cultivated British pl. ‘ Literary Re- mains,’ by Jane Williams, ii. 280. Journ. Bot. 1898, t : Priestley, Sir William Overend (1829-1900): b. Morley Hall, eeds, 24 June, 1829; d. London, 11 April, 1900; bur. Warn- an Suasex. M.D. Ed inb., 1853. LL:D.,..1884.. F.R.C.P., 1864. K.C.B., 1898. F.L. S., 1888. Obstetrician. ‘British Species of Cares in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. iv. A ait spec mens in Herb, Brit. Proc. Linn. Soe. 81. pS sth _ Biog. aia ill. 287. B.8.C. v. 20. ey ee "Radolf e Prior, Richard Chandler Alexander (b. een a b. Corsham, Wilts, 6 Mar. 1809; d. London, 6 Dee M.D Oxon, 1837. F.R. 6. P., 1840. 3, da Si. age a 8. ore 1846-8; in Carina nd Jamaica 1849. Too e of Prior, 1849. ‘ Popular ne of Brit. Plants’ inne an 3, 1879. Plants at Brit. Mus. R.S.C. i. 48. Herbarium bequeathed to Kew. Urban, Symb. Antill. iii. 107. Gard. Chron. 1902, ii. 460; 1903, i. he Journ. Bot. a 108. Pritz. 258. Jacks. 594, R.S.C. i. 48,44. Prioria Gri Pritchard, aeeren F. (fi. 1886). : ‘List of Plants of St. Helena,’ Cape Town, 18386. Pritz. 2 Ranade, me B. (d. wae ‘ Poona, 15 Oct. 1897. Cone of Herbarit n, Poona t. Bot. Survey India, 1897-8, Rattray, John (1858. 900)" b. Glack Sawmills, Dunkeld, Pokthahs June, 1858; d. Perth, 9 Dec. 1900. M.A., Aberdeen, 1880. B.Sc. F.L.S., 1892. Diatomist. Journ. Bot. 1888 (.4u/aco- discus). Papers in Journ. R. Microsc. Soc. i. 1888, Journ. Quekett Club, 1888-9, Proc. R. Soc. Edinb. xvi. Cpe tacts Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. xvi. (‘Alge of Firth of For Pre dest MS. coe ee of Deby collection, now in Brit. Mus. Rattrayella De Ton meg PE Edward James (1816-90): b. Edinburgh, 1816; d. London, 15 Nov. 1890. Printer and publisher, Edinburgh. Compiled text and completed publication Se ee of Law- son’s Pinetum. Gard. Chron. aim i 605 ; saat Sir Rawson William (1812-99): b. pte 8 Sept. 812; d. South Kensington, 20 Nov. 1899. K.C.M.G., 1875. Colonial eeeary at Cape, 1859. Governor of “i Islands, 1875. Pteridologist. ‘Synopsis Filicum Africe Aus- tralis’ (wv. Pappe), 1858. Contrib. to ‘ Phytol.’ Ferns _ Herb. Mus. Brit. Kew Bull. 1899, 221, Symb. Antill. iii, 108. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX: SECOND SUPPLEMENT (1898-1902) 381 Journ. Bot. 1895, 118; 1900, 68. Flora Capensis, i.67. Raw- sonia pom ond. Richardson, James (1806-51): b. Lincolnshire, 1806; d. Un- moon a nteed Egypt, 4 March, 1851. African traveller. ‘‘ Dates of Fezzan,”’ Journ. B 850, 833. ‘ Mission to Central Africa, 1850-1.’ Pritz. 263. R.S.C. v. 188. Dict. Nat. Biog. xlviii. 226. Portr. in his ‘ Travels in Sahara.’ Roberts, John (d. ena d. Bangor, 1828. Of Bangor. Hada herbarium. Griffith, Fl. Anglesey, pre Rogers, Patrick Kerr (fl. 1802): b. Néatowninabart? Ireland. .D., Pennsylvania. Went to Philadelphia when young. ‘ Properties of Liriodendron,’ Philadelphia, 1802. Pritz. 267. Jacks : Rogers, Thomas (1827-1901): b. St. Helens, Lane., 1827; d. Patterdale, Westmoreland, 80 May, 1901; bur. Patterdale. Of one Tey Heat og gamist. Herbarium rich in Australian moss Journ. Bot. 1 Heel, Sir Jagnide Clark (1800- 62) : b. London, 15 April, 1800 ; d. Aylesbury, 8 April, 1862. Arctic explorer. R.N. F.R.S., 1828. Knighted, 1844. D.C.L., Oxon. 1844. RB.S.C. v. 295, nos. 2-4. Dict. Nat. Biog. xlix. 265. Portr. by Stephen Peives and medallion by Bernard Smith in Nat. Portr. Gall. Ruskin, John (1819-1900): b. London, 8 Feb. ‘1819; d. Brant- Woo od, Cumberland, 20 Jan, 1900; bur. Coniston Churchyard. Slade Professor, 1869. LL.D., Camb., 1867. D.C.L., Oxon, 1893. ‘Proserpina: Studies of Wayside Flowers,’ 1875-9. Dict. Nat. Bio og. Supp. iii. 8305, with list of portrs. Journ. Bot. 1900, 199. Jacks. 62. Rylands, Thomas Glazebrook (1818-1900): b. Warrington, 24 May, 1818; d. Warrington, 14 Feb. 1900; bur. Thelwall. Wire manufacturer. F.L.S., 1862. Diatomist, &c. ‘Varieties Brit. beard Naturalist, 1889. Hada herbarium. RB.8.C. oc. Linn. Soc. 1901-2, 41. Memoir w. portr. (pri- fately ‘pata by R. D. Radcliffe. Sabine, Sir Edward (1788-1883): b. Dublin, 14 Oct. 1788; d. ee Surrey, 26 June, 1883; bur sDanein, Herts. Geisaral, BAL 1870. F.R.S., 1818. Pres. B.S., 1861-71. F.L.S. &.0.5., 1869. D.0-3n; Oxon, 1855. Brother of -~ Sabine. As- tronomer to Ross's Arctic expedition, 1818; and Parry's expe- dition, 1819-20; collected in Melville Island and in Greenland. Appx. to Parry’s - Voyage, eclxi; 2nd Voyage, 382. R.S.C. v. 851; viil. 805; xi. 251. Dict. Nat. Biog. 1.74. Portr. by G. Poatoe and bust aR Desir at Royal Soc.; portr. byG. F. Watts at ibn: ich. Pleuropogon Sabin Saunders, William Frederick (1834 ~1901): b. Wandsworth, 7 April, 1834; d. Clapham, 26 Dec. 1901. Son of Wm. Wilson Saunders (See Biogr. List, P. 150). F.L.8., 1858. Had a her- arium. Proe. Linn. Soc. 1901-2, 42. —— Andrew (fl aie ) Marya plants with autograph letter n Hb. Sloane, ecexv 382 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Shakespear, Roger (fl. 1777-82) : Sent plants from Jamaica and 8. America to Banks, now in Herb. Mus. Brit. Sim, John (1824- -1901) : b. 1824; d. West Cults, Aberdeen, 24 June, 1901. Florist and fruit- -grower. ‘ Botany of coe Moor,’ 1868. Herbarium of He patice ; see Ann. Scott. Nat Hist. 1902, 179. Gard. Chron. 1901, ii. 13. Slatter, John Whewell (1829-96): d. 6 Jan. 1896. B.A., Camb. Collected in Australia, 1870-80; plants in National Herbarium. sary Rev. Colin (fl. 1831) : Minister of Inverary. Sent Mosses i abate : reer: ‘Notice of Captain Dugald Carmichael,’ Bot. isce Smith, aay (1786- Bg b. Shanklin, I. Wight, 8 June, 1786 ; ‘ sea, Hants, 14 June, 1868; bur. Newport, Vv. Major, Royal Marines. Joined B. Marines, 1809; retired, 1848. Had good botanical library; made MS uate of Hants, Wilts, and Hull plants. See br Bes Fl. has sey, 26. Smith, M. R. (1740 ?-1819): b. 17402; d. Silhet. 1819. Fifty years at Bot. Garden, Silhet. | Collected in Bengal, 1810-16. Hort. porehel- viii. Blew Pl. Asiat. iii. passim. Wallich in anks’ Corresponden Smith, Robert (1873- “1900) : b, Dundee, N.B., 11 Dec. 1878 ; d. Edin nburgh, 28 Aug. 1900. B.Sc., Dundee, 1896. Assistant Zool. Mus. and Demonstrator in Bot., Dundee. ‘Plant Asso- ciations of the Tay Basin,’ in Proc. Pe rthsh. Soc. Nat. Sci. ey 1898-1900. Biog. in ‘College Echoes,’ Nov. 1900, and in Soppitt, Henry tees (1858-99) : b. aspects. The descriptions of the plates are conveniently placed, us pores 1 e cell-wall, and the mucilage which is ex- ereted from them, are only briefly touched upon, although they have been shown t ry considerably in structure in different they should be; some notice of Schroeder's recent work on the movements of Closterium and Euastrum by exeretion of a mucila- ginous stalk would not have been out of place. The mode of divi- sion of a Desmid is not quite clearly described in all details. The ment that ‘‘ changes in the conditions of environ ailect the characters of a species unless they act for a long period of time. This remark is a little vague, and does not exactly agree with current ideas of v o e Desmidiacee are regarded ‘as a degenera family of unicellular Alge evolved by retrogression from sexually differentiated, filamentous Conjugates,” a which has already previously been expressed by the authors; this theory has never appeale us our opinion a arguments brought forward in its favour might just as well be reversed and made use ‘of to prove the opposite. The filamentous Conjugates of the present day are certainly on a higher stage of differentiation, as BRITISH FRESHWATER ALG 387 regards their sexual reproduction, than the majority of the Desmids, and there seems - ae no evidence that the sexual process of the latter i am eo study of t s gr ae The systematic portion of the book, which eoadee a ecahar of new forms, has been very carefully worked ; the descriptions of genera, species, and varieties, are ample, whilst the range of each species in Britain and throughout the printed in large, clear type, and the excellence of the plates has already been sufficiently commented u upon Prof. George West is to be warmly song rhb idial for issuing so ey useful a book as the T'reatise on British Freshwater Algae is likely to be; and the want, so keeuly felt in this country, for a book of this kind, has been satisfied in an adequate manner. Prof. the eb features of the book. It is to be regretted that he did not e his way towards the inclusion of the Per idinea, which certainly have several striking points in common with the Diatoms, although it gyal be granted that they diverge very widely from other groups of Alg The omission the Characee scarcely calls for remark, as choy appear to occup ery specialised Lae in the vegetable kingdom. A book, dealing with Freshwater Algz only, of course involves an artificial separation, but, ri en! the fact that the main groups of Algew dominant in fres water are only feebly repre- sented in the sea, any book dealing with the algal flora of a par- ticular region must necessarily only contain a certain percentage of all the forms of Alge known; why then should such a treatise not be further delimited, and be confined to the consideration of those forms, which inhabit fresh water ? Bie h a delimitation is less artificial than the purely geographical o The first thirty-three pages of the at Ge are devoted to general considerations, including useful information as to the occurrence, collection, preservation, ‘and cue tion of Freshwater Algw, whilst the general discussion 0 olymorphism of this group may be bs Sins from some that ae of steen Algee (a ca sible vite e Conjugate would be better treated apart from them, as Wille does. The group of the Hetervkonte, established by paths is made use of to include a number of green forms, which, in addition to other peculiarities, sonia abundant xanthophyll in their Pia Beh ars 888 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the V ‘agenesis are, however, not included in this group, but are left in the —— Nor does Prof. West agree with the most recen ~ views as to the direct origin of the CE dogoniacee from a Flagellate tele The inclusion of the Glaucocystacee in the Myxophycee is also open to criticism; apart from the blue-green colour, their affinities seem to be very decidedly with the Proto- coccoidea, After all, however, little can be said for or against these debatable points, which a largely of a hypothetical nature The main body of the book, which is provided with excellent illustrations in sien pen original, contains a careful description of or and genera in large type, the more important species 0 each ae. ase with frequent remarks on their distribution, being added in small type; in a few cases a critical synopsis of al the British abort of a genus is given. It is questionable as to whether it is advisable to begin the ‘systematic portion with such a highly differentiated form as Gdogonium ; it would seem nee to start with a primitive series like that of the pelea, and t work up from them to the higher types. Prof. West introduces some older names to replace present ones a for Stigeo- clonium, Tribonema oF Conferra, Ankistrodesmus for Rhaphidium, Choaspis for Sirogonium), which are regarded as having "aie fully established before the publication of the newer names. A valuable feature of the book is the key to the genera of each family. he present volume is bound to appeal strongly to all interested in this field of botany, and to all such the remarks made by Prof. West in his preface are addressed, riz. the importance of a sound knowledge of the geographical aeleiba taxi of the lowly types of Cryptogams, which must throw much light on the land-connections of previous periods. F. E. Frirscu. Morphologie und iota der Algen. Von Dr. Frreprich OLTMANNs. Ba ieller Teil. Pp. vi, 703; 467 figs. Jena, 1904. Price 20 Sbarks: SS) Falkenberg here his Algen im Re Sinne in Schenk’s Handbuch, 1882, no book has till now appeared which embraces the recent resetcles on the eee and biology of lge. Such a book has been much needed, and is now offered to us by Prof essor Oltmanns penis the above title. While Engler the sn at stad point: the present work treats it from the point of view of general morphology and biology. When completed it will pent of two volumes; the first, the subject of this review, treats of the separate families ; the sabia and smaller one will deal with general considera tions. As regards the plan of the first volume, the author explains in his preface that he has omitted the Gi yanophycea, since he holds that their affinities lie rather with the Bacteria, and that they can only be properly understood when con- sidered in binijeniettion with such genera as Cladvthrix, Beggiatoa, &e. On the other hand, we find the Charales included, as well as the coloured Flagellate—the latter on account of their phylogenetic connection with the Alge. MORPHOLOGIE UND BIOLOGIE DER ALGEN 889 The slagsiieatian differs in some respects from that of other authors. The main groups are: I, Chrysomonadinew. II. Hete- roconte. III. Cryptomonadines. IV. Euglenacee. Y. Dino- eon VJs gape VII. Chlorophycee. VIII. Pheo- satisfactory to find that a home, which promises to be a permanent one, has been found for that vagrant genus Botrydium. Professor Oltmanns places Botrydiacew in Heteroconte, next to Confervacex. The view held by certain authors that Peridinee are allied to or Conju- gate alone. In such a book as the present, which will certainly ive the Jead in such me aie it is satisfactory to find the old name Charophee holding own against the ‘ Isoconte’’ of e ors. 6 Pathan ot Heterocontie and Aconte from Chloro- prese 1) containing two species of Bryopsis, under the name udlo - A Bertho ld MS. The cause of the separation is connected made to Soraiithahd; and Splach rena last provisionally. The treat- ment of Fucacee is saryery founded on the author Beitriige z. Kenntniss der Fucaceen, supplemented by the various : may be ed Pro on artition under other specific names. The multitude of figures throughout the book adds greatly to its usefulness, the more so 390 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY since many of the figures are drawn from sources not easily acces- sible to most students. Some of the best are those that iliustrate the structure of the cystocarp. These are in differential colours, and are taken from the author’s paper on the development of the cle. Apart from what are really but minor faults, Prof. Oltmann’s book is by far the finest and most thorough piece of algological ust have entailed enormou ; valuable digest, indispensable to all students of Botany. - E. S. Gepp. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ée. Ar the meeting of the Linnean Society on November 3rd, the Resolution of Council of June 2nd, ‘* That the existing Bye-Laws of the Society be, and they are hereby, repealed, and that the following Bve-Laws be established in lieu thereof,” was then introduced ; the President, Prof. Herdman, explaining that under the Charters it was incumbent on the Council to present all new or changed Bye-Laws to the vote of the Fellows by ballot, after being twice read from the Chair; consequently no modification could take effect unless it be confirmed by a large majority Mr. G. race showed pea mens of a new British grass, Koeleria valesiaca Gaud., which he ha in the original locality at Brent Down, Somersetshire. The Rev. John Gerard, $.J., brought specimens of Plantago major, showing paniculate prolification of the inflorescence, from the neighbourhood plant in Lobel and Pena's Adversaria and Dodoens’s Pemptades, which latter block reappeared in Lobel’s Observationes and Icones and BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 891 Johnson’s edition of Gerard’s Herbal in 1633; the “ie at hea spoke of it as the ‘‘ Besome plantain with spoky tufts.” also attention to later figures in Masters’s Teratology and ee Ganibhers Chronicle, ser. 2, xiii. (1880), p. 864, figs. 65, 66. The point of interest seemed to be that this proliferous tendency was transmitted by seed, for a seedling of the original plant was passed round. Mr. C. B. Crarke publishes in the ae nal of the Linnean Societi 'y issued last month a paper entitled 7 of the Carices of Malaya.” The prefatory note states that ‘the eachal used is that in the e rbarium,’’ and as the only other material fen ied con- sists of ‘‘ several types of Zollinger’’ sent from Vienna, we think the limited nature of the * List” should have been specified in the title. Mr. Clarke’s explanation of his inability ‘“‘ to make any use of the fine collection in the British Museum”’ is curious rath 8. thi i al time than I can give to cx 2 the specific names of the critical species for my own technical descriptions. Further, I do not think it would have strengthened this paper to have added such determi- nations; I should not have felt sure enough of the exact agreement of the plants. It would of course have been different if I could have laid the plants side by side, when the identification would have been ‘e certain as well as more speedy.’’ It seems us that the difficulties which Mr. Clarke finds so insuperable are found and overcome by every monographer, and that his ttl should have been completed by the words “in the Kew Her Tue part of the Ilora Capensis seal in (OBitbee confirms the suspicion expressed on p. 280 mae ‘‘vol. iv.”’ will really be two volumes, entitled sporerely Sect. 1 and Sect. 2: this is doubtless now unavoida e, but it is to be coelioad that it was not an re <3 it must inevitably een’ in inconvenience. Mr. Hiern completes e Scrophulariacee ; Dr. Stapf undertakes the Lentibulaiva and Pai r. C. B. Clarke the Gesneracew, and . A. Sprague the Bignoniacee; ‘the last-named oe a new amb: Podranea, for Tecomaria Ricasoliana. We note that Dr. seg ire (as synonyms) two MS. names of Solender which w not think should have Soon printed. Mr. Clarke (p. 442) olde “Rand 1313” under two species of Streptocarpus; it belongs only to S. Vandeleuri: the list of garden hybrids at the end of this genus introduces a new and w — undesirable feature into the Flora. rmal presentation to the Manchester Museum of Mr. J. Cosmo Melvill’ herbarium took place on the 31st of October. The Museum has published an account of the herbarium, in which Mr. elvi i i half a million specimens, representing 36,000 species of phanero- gams and 6000 cryptogams —the number 2 Bane it ee is that of ‘the Prince of Mantua and Montferrat.” We know some- thing of the colleetieil _ the extraordinary impostor who called himself by the above name, and we cannot think that they add to the value of Mr. Melvill’s hie collection. 892 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Die : mga dey Gesneriaceen, by Dr. Karl Fritsch (8vo, pp. iv, 188, with 88 figs. in text) contains a description of the seedlings of a number of species from fourteen genera, including Ramondia, Saintpaulia, Streptocarpus, Achimenes, Cor ytholoma, and as course of the vascular bundles, &c. The special descriptions are followed by a general part, which includes three sections. the first the author makes a comparative study of the seedling and the adult plant. Section ii. deals with a few points of interest in the - anatomy of the order, mainly hair-structures and the distribution of the colouring matter, anthocyan. ae peace section is a review 0 the m orphology of Str eptocarpus, an arison with the other 1 lhepanes Whe ore a rgeaees of ee 3 tea subdivision of the The price of the book is 44 marks. i like the two prea is Sablished by Messrs. Fischer, of Jena ourth edition of igi? Engler’s _—— der bflanzen- lautees (Bo mtraeger, Berlin) is, except for a few corrections, alterations, and additions, similar to the third edition eb last year, and noticed in this Journal for 1903, p. the alterations, which are concerned almost entirely ethos the dowat plants, we note the inclusion of the Dictyotales under the section Phaophycee—in the previ vious edition they were regarded as forming a distinct section. The general pen of arrangement is identical bei that followed i in the last edition HE Quarterly Record of the Royal Botanic Society of London se cot s the papers read at the Conference held in connection with e Horticultural Exhibition held in June last. The ‘“ Botanical Gardens and saw the flowers and tents, and the entertainments in progress: What would be the impressions of the hypothetical in- habitant of Mars if he could look down and see how things went on in the world below him? He thought that he voll be both surprised and pleased if he looked at ‘the Gardens, and saw ee admirably scientific pursuits and popular amusements were com- bined and carried on. And then at night, the constantly illuminated We regret that pressure on our atin ace compels us to hold over reviews of Mr. Townsend’s Flora of a Mr. a. s Flora of Dublin, and oii reviews and articles. We hope next year to issue as a supplement Mr. Arthur Bennett’s additions to ths second edition of Topographical Botany. INDEX. For ps a Articles, see—County Records; Obituary ; Reviews. cies, and varieties A arta in distinguished by an as Adams, J., Chantransia Alavi 351 Adelantiis dugortiensis sa ex, 350 Aikin, Sohb, @ Alaska, Cryptog ams of (rev.), 2 Alge, Chines ese Marine (t. 460), 161; W. India Alst Alwislale Pemnbandag 135 or i ai Prichardi (t. 465 sage 331 ndrotium, 32 vidry, ats fandologs: 44 Anemone multifida var. grandi- | flora,* 328 Antirr rhinum cordatum, atv Eg edia,* 348 undo Egmontiana, 2 ee ae Besse 350 r Lino » 8855 Tripolium Db hy be be Pte be b> be r. dis soil Peery canescens, 8 Atriplex littoralis, 119; rosea, 26 Azorella concolor,’ : 369 ; trifolio- | ata, 869 arg s ‘Manual,’ ed. 9 (rey. dy a2 Bagi curtifolia,* 37 Ba dham ia decipiens, 1295 7 129; populina,* 1 9 (t. 59) ; osa,* 1380 E., ‘Str vianita Hand- ean of Mosses” dant , E. G., Notes on Dianthus, G., A Correction, 354 | ritish Association, Han Biker od. Ball, Johny 295 New genera, this volume, as well as new names, are Banks’s Deeg Plants and Journal, 84, 3 Barbarea fom 208 arber, Mrs. F. W., 19 4 arleria macrostegia, 22 rmmhart, J. H., Dates of H. B. K. + 128 Bibliographical Notes, 86, 153 Bie i &.; Hay Dri olium repens r. Townse ndii, 1 Biographical Index of British Bo- iat int ze Cur 213 Bolus’s Lis = Cape Peles 63 Boopis Prichardi,* Borreria iietata:% TOL: perangus- tata,* Bossey, F.,} 358 Bianina Exchange Club Reports, 113, 302 Bou pe on French Hepatics, 320 | Bo Boulger, G.8., Biographical Index, Bre ne glebar B ; Mos- ses, ook of on an British Museum Bot. Dept., Report, ~~ = ; 1903, 306; collections beaten ee R. Bro wn's s Madeira List; 1; 39, rv . F. Buonamici, 87 ; Brom 25 Journat or Borany.—Vou. 42. ee. 1904. 394 ooeger hage rary Some sae pe a 120, 209; Herbariu Stellaria Siibiban, British Museum Herbarium (rev.), 356; Biographical Index, 378 ; Physospermum c ae i 385 ; Mimulus Langsdorfii, Britton, C. ye Floral S calle in Violets, 14 Brodrick, 2 Bromus ‘ee achys, 306; inter- ae 65 (t. 457), “a0 2095 ower mus, 55; pseudovel Brown, R. Madeira List, a 30, 175, Buek’s ee List, 1, 39, 175, 197 Buona is Bur, ital? 8s‘ Transpiration,’ 359 Callipsygma Wilsonis (t. 467), 364 Cambridge, opening of Botanical ‘7 be at, 159; Heng hoolvan 279 am 319 a : ‘ 308 Carex extensa, 305; fusca, 305; Goodenowii, 305; montana, 119; precox, 311; Malayan species, 39 Carey, William, Carruthers, J. B., 360 Catabrosa aquatica var. grandiflora, 119 296 avers on Hepatice, 216 Ceram mium Boydenii* (t. 460), watt Cerastium pentandrum, 304; sem decandrum, 114, 303 Cestrum nervosum, 27 Ceylon i = on Chantransia Alar Characiopsis siifpobiies (t. eh Cheshire Mosses, 203 ae Flora, 820; Marine Alge | (t. 4 pit ns Om asteroides, 132; lu- cidum, 133; Lyallii, 133; simplex, 9 132 Chordaria firma,* (t. 460), 162 Comatricha longa, Convolvulus ——— 176; saxa- tilis, 176 | | | | INDEX Cooke’s ‘ Flora of Bombay,’ 247 Cosmarium, 285; bireme var. bar- badense,” 286 ; ; Cucurbita var. attentabien, * 286 ; sublatifrons * (t. OUNTY REco ORDS: eds, 181, 132, 187, 3038 ] ] ] Bucks, 114, 115 119, 279, 306 Ca mbridge, 67, 68, 89, 186, 385 Carmarthen, 114 Chester, 114, 115, 130, 203 Cornwall, 56, 217 ( b rland,: ] J ‘umber 803 Jerby, 115 Jevon, 9, 209, 239, 299, 312, 353 eS Sa 137, 139, 236 ur m, 25 se, 129, 131, 186, 309 amorgan, 64, 117, 118, 305, 312 louse 25, 114, 116, 117, 208 6, 3 ereford "95, 115, 135 ferts, 67, 2 ent, 66, "68, 89, 309, 312, 3538 Lancaster, 25, 56, : ester, 26, 47, 308, 337 ] Poin 50, 67 Merioneth, 138, 209 Salop, : 119, 304 Somer rset, rd ’ 67, $9, 113, 116, 08, oS 390 Suffolk, 6 Surrey, “9 68, 89, 140, 186, 295, , 809 a Sussex, 26, 113, 114, 116, 137, 187, Westmoreland, 25, 54 Wilts, 67, i 168, 305 ie ry orks, 25, bes be 2°. 130, a he also. ‘Lim , 863; ‘ Drawings for ‘Endlish Bovany’ (Supplement ) Crabbea hirsuta, emastus Sancte-Anne,* 106 ’ 433+ tai: 117 Cru a and’s ‘ Flora of Hali- fax’ vce Ctenomyces pit a 55 INDEX Cybianthus collinus, 102 Dates of Humboldt, Bonpland, and ’s ‘Nova Genera,’ 153 Deschampsia discolor, 9 Desmidiaceze, West’s British (rev.), a notes on, §2; pumilus, 83 Diasec Didyma elegans, 91; interme- 3 Dingess in Ceylon (rev.), 188 Meeneinniny nudum, 55 N., Discelium nudum - Pottia errs 55; his‘ Hand- book of Mos Dg: v.), 2 och Plants e’ S Madore oa 4 Die. . C., S. Devon ihe 9 Atriplex rosea, 26; Poa Chai —— la Kali var., 365 Wes also a ants, 54; Feo mus terruptus, 65 (t. 457), 209; Gale- xch. Club, So bo d Kent P nts, 309 ; peooileris aiaineie IB: ‘Aster Lino: Durand’ ie « Sapp). Index Kewensis’ rev.), 59 Echinostelium minutum, Ehret’s a agi gs of Tenlowidicna Plants, Ei S F. S., ‘ Flowering Plants’ maa ae | eer a a 288 ; poly- (t. me Engler’s ‘ Sylla put ae Botany’ poo (Sup- nt) Epilobvan, collinum, sp pulang n,* 367 |, 89.5. Dp agonicum,* “ Epipactis atroviridis, 24 ae anta Bibiana, 150 riksson on Cereal Rusts (rev.), a Erionema Lene 98 (t. 458) easiiie | bryan, K. S. Salmon on, 94, he Gr raminis, formation of ascospores in, 182 meee llonis Britteniana,* 330; rubra, Bncalypis, Maiden on, 248 Euco Eue apc Euonymus adios 304 395 Eupatorium cannabinum, 150; opto a var. pubescens, x ; Slad — 36 Tupharbiag "Africa 160 Evolution, 32 Fagelia Prichardi,* 371 Faramea clenpulletibler 100 Filago minima, 5 Fleischer’s ‘ Musei der Buitenzorg (vev.), 15 ‘Flora Capensis’ (rev.); 123, 272 Flower, Sir W. H., Fo er, W., ‘ Rock- coil. Flora’ (rev.), Fritsch, F. E., British Freshwater Algie (rev.), 386 Fritseh’s (K.) ‘Keimpflanzen,’ 392 uligo ellipsospora, 132 Fumaria capreolata, 186; occiden- talis* (t. 462), 218 Galeopsis Tetrahit, 50, 89 Galium erectum, 116; sylvestre, 240° Gamolepis laxa, 23 Garnsey, H. W. E., Garry, F. N., No drawings for « English Botany ’ (supple- mel _ Gepp, A., ‘Musci der Buitenzorg’ — 157; abe pienso ” (rev.), 316; Pore sses of United States’ Ae ), 8 ep ‘pps A. & E. reer of laska rls 240 5 ‘ Rhipidio- sph (t. 467), 3 . 8., Chinese weet ao Alge ‘ P4160), 161; Sporangia of Hali- meda & 461), 193; ‘ Morphologie der ” (rev.), Gerard’s eOld Riddle’ (rev.), 190 m, Gilbert, Gloeotenium ’ Loitlesbergerianum (t. 4 _ Glumicalyx, 279 Givens festnetformis, 77, 121, 310 panes id : (eo ual’ (rev.), 1 Gregory yc Vi ola gap pet 67 Se 457); ve hectse VY Fas | oni Ps Haberandt’s ‘ Pflanzen- evening 352 396 Haberlandt’s ‘ Pflanzenanatomie’ (rev.), 21 Halltsedn: sporangia of (t. pol 193 Halosaccion microsporum Hammond, W. H. oe phorbia Beula, 312 spells mi obconicum, 45 mim 12 Henslow’s ‘8. African Plants,’ 63 Hepatice, Cavers on, 216; Irish, 128, Hieracium crebridens, 239; dia- phanoides, 117; euprepes, 117; melan nocephalum, 118; vulg: atum var. mutabile, 117 ili a Shar v. Wright’s ‘ Diospyros i in Gorin! rev. )s 188; Brit. Mus. Collections ace 356 Holmes, E. M., Pottia 0 ir J. D., Flora ‘of. British on Indian C. W. W.,$.12 ospora pi ote (t. 464), Horwood, A. R., Leicester Records, 26; , Leicester Lichens, 47; Spirea Humboldt, “Bonpland, and 7 “i fTunnybun’s rawings T British 8 hs wed geo ciliatum, 251; com- , 252; coecineum, 251; ee eg 252 5 filiculeforme, 250; grans,* lavicinuma, 250 ; } 250; vie- Seelandie, len 251; emeliuin, 250; viridu lum, 252 Hyptis feiidion,* 108 ‘Teones Plantarum,’ 32 ree. ens, Indian, 213; 213 India, "lors of, 2 Inula _ barbata, i; Se aresagh Trish Plants, 77, 89, 113, 121, 310, 352, 359; Hepaticse, 128, 201, 213 rar el Asi Hy Ellestebis “Plants, 387 preeter- grandiflora INDEX Jackson, B. D., re Regt ae: en Provence’ (rev.), 90; ‘Nomina trivialia,’ 269; his Supp Index Kewensis’ (rev.), Jackson, J. R., ‘Tim +i (rvev.), 354 ones, D. A., Plagiothecium pili- ferum, 156 Jost’s * “« Plandenglayeileae” (rev.), _ 190 Karsten’s ‘ Vegetations-Bilder,’ 62, 359 Kennedy, John, 296 — s (O.) ‘Lexicon’ (rev.), 58, 187 Lancashire Lichens, 255 Legré’s 9 otanique en Provence’ (re v.), 9 Lemna phen, 353 Lepanthes, 214 Lepidium "Smithii var. alatostyla, 3 Lepturus filiformis, 306 Lett, H. W., Gl yeeria festuczeformis, Te, : a w Hepatic, 201 ; Hypopte sim: t. 463), 249 eailpsintanisteticeck 376: ; purpurea,” Ley, A.. W.H meee 80; Rubus um 0 icea biforis, 135; 135 Lichens, Radnor, Lu: " Lancaslial i Limonium Neumani 8 * (t. 466), 361 5 reticulatum, 118 Linaria repens X vulgaris, 118 125-7, 158, 191, 218, 320, 390 Linton, E. F., Viola calearea, 119; Bromus interruptus, 120; Dorse : Plants, 236 Lister, “4 & G., Mycetozoa (Japan- ese) (t. 458), 97; notes on (t. 459), Lonicera, 62 Lophozia guttulata, 8 son’s ‘Second cadie Botany’ (rev.), 1 Lyngbya ferruginea (t. 464), 292 ythrum junceum, 41 MeArdle’s Irish Hepatice, 128 INDEX Macevicar, S. M., New British He- atice, 80 Madeira Plants, Brown’s List of, 1, 89,'175, 197 Maiden’s’ ‘ Eucalyptus’ and ‘ Nor- folk Island,’ 248 gu ‘Handbook of Cambridge- s Marsea sagiliines,* 37 Marshall, E. 8., Ranunculus Le- normandi, 91; Epilobium hir- sutum, 89; Pembroke Plants, 90; Stellar ria umbros 151; Mon mouthshire Plants, 15ers Wilts ag -notes, 166 ; Fumaria capreo- 186 Masson’ 8 ory oour 2 be Polygonum rg oe 56; his iahartam, 90 s Laws and Wheat, 125 59 Mill, Fi ohn Stuart, 297 Mimulus Langsdorfii 1, Missouri Bot. Garden ie 385 eport, 247 Moore (G. P. on preventing aciets P of alge Moore, S., “Tebort' Matto Grosso porapeage OG: —- Pata- n Composit Mosse, Cheshire, oe European, iG: U.S., Murr rray, G. R. M. , Report Bot. Dept. Brit. Mus., 1902, 51; 1903, oa oe Sapanes e, 97 (t. 458); Notes 129 (t. Mycological ae ee Transactions Mees from coal measures, 30 a purpurascens,” «377; pys- N ewloundien Plants, 84, 352 al ists, 233; Williams on, Osit Bell, Edwe ard, 159 Benson, Richard de Gylpyn, 128 Bossey, Francis, 358 Hope Seren h Playfair P 397 | Stevenson, John, 64 akefield, Thoma eon Odontoschianié Milsoia 88 CE dogonium ee a “( 464), 281 Oligonema flavi Olsson- Seffer, Pa Pee a Linneus in Botany ppc : ‘Marpliéldgis der Algen’ (rev.), 38 Grsiacaie cerulea, 118 Oscillatoria subbrevi is, 292 Oxalis Prichardi,* 334 Paget, Sir James, 298 Baine, William, 299 Pai W. H., Breon Mosses, 835 paleeas e, Thomas, 300 Dalvviellopbetik thermalis* (t. 464), 2342" Panicum oor s, | Parkinson’s (John) ‘ Paradisus,’ 32, 21 4, Parkinson’s (S.) Madeira drawings, 3 Patagonian Plants, 321, 367 at i Scapania com- pacta, 208 Perichenia variabilis var. pedata (t. 459), 139 Pfeffer’s ‘Physiology of Plants’ (rev.), Phaseolus vulgaris, 93 P 31; auriscal- — C h ; ider 131; gyrosum, 97; ln- teo- ere (t. 459), 130 rmum commutatum, 395 sg Plagiothe otis pili fea, Plant-Geography, umes s (rev.), 187 Plant-names, Italian, 150 e, D. T.t 06 ococeus Kiitzingii* (t. 464), Poa Chaixii, 26; Prichardi,* 324 Polygonum ¢ cuspidatu m, ides Steck japonica (t. 460), 163 ; urceolat Post’s (T. yon) Lexicon (rev.), 58, 1 Potamogeton goreagonn subsp. man- churiensis,* 76; alpinus, 72; am- plifobus, 70; australis, 74; ‘Cha- 398 missoi,* 74; aap (Ce — danus, 76; "Alui 61; he ter 5 Timosellifolias, 69 aa 7 Oxy- phyllus var. "Fannie 76; pre- longus, 70; upsaliensis, ae Pottia Heimii, 55, 89 Powell, J. T. + 95 Praeger, R. Ll., ee festucze- phyllus var., 0: Prichard’s Patagonian Plants (t. 465), 821, 367 Primula sinensis, 125 Psilotum txiquetram, 126 uilin W.. Fumaria occident- 8 69), 21 V. H.,+ 80 (portr.) Pyrus intermedia, 116; latifolia, 116 Quinchamalium procumbens, 327 Radnor Lichens, 111 and, R. F., Notes from Srinevanl. Ranunculus heterophyllus, 118; Lenormandi, 89; megaphyllus, 4 Raun Kise s * Pot tamogeton Studies’ ndle Inula grandiflora _ 10; Stra sburger’ e-! Eelaiea . (rev.), 60; ease Physio. 92: Three T eax ais © 315; Prichard’s Patagonian Plants (t. 465), 821, 367 ; his ‘ Flowering Plants’ (rev.), 245 Reticularia lobata, 136 REVIEWS :— Rostpilze. H. Klebahn, 28 Prodr omus Flore Britanniew, iF. N. Williams, 29 Flora St aeatrin Lap: AG ee mall, Lexicon. T. von Post & O. Kuntze, Index Kewensis sv apelerséntant. d & B. D. Jac kson, 59 Lehrbuch. E. Strasburger, &e., = Potamogeton. ©. Raunkier, 61 61 INDEX Botanique en Provence. L. Le- gré, 90 Physiology. W. Pfeffer Manual of Bota any. J. R. "Gr reen, 122 a to Botany. W. C. Steven 3 Second Stage Botany. J. M. Law- son, Flora poe ensis, 123 Musci der Fete M. Flei- scher, 15 Plant- Geography. Age. W. Diospyror i in ie N. Wright, Piiansenah a L. Jost, 190 The Old Riddle. J. Gerard, 190 Pflanzenanatomie. G. Haber landt, 210 Prantl’s Lehrbuch. Ed. F. Pax, 211 Getraderostpilze. J. Eriksson, Cryptogams of Alaska, 240 Flora of Be ax. W. B, Crump & C. and, 24 Olasifieation of Flowering Plants. ndle, 2 eit 4 Ratna’, ed. Xl €.C. Babington & H. & J. F. Groves, qapailrook a Mosses. H. N. : Rock reat Shes: i. A. W. Pea- Praletinan fiir Botanik. K. Schu- Enropiiischen Laubmoose. G- th, Moonee of of set ae. aed. Tim bers. aL Ston British a: tees. J. ritte —— Desmidiacee. W.&G.S. Wes British F ante at Alge. G.S. Morphologie der Algen, F. Olft- manns, Rhipidosiphon, 363 Riddlesdell, H. J., Glamorgan plants, 312 ; proposed Glamorgan ora, ‘ Riviera Nature Notes,’ 1 Robert’s Matto Grosso Plants, 33, ai INDEX Robins’s Madeira Plants, 4 Robinson, James Frodsham m, 300 pe rs, W. M., Highland Plants, : Dart moor Ru bi, 3 ee ft 116; systyla, 116; toment agent) : Enropiiisehen Laubmoose’ ),3 Rouy’s ’ Ilustrationes,’ 318 Rubi, Dartmoo — Rubu us _ raduli- Ries? ; foliosus, ‘lls : Grif- sho olerythros, 114; , Sorengel, 115 ia Beyri tichia Teel’ Aleppo Plants, 83 Rusts, Klebahn on (rev.), 28 Sabbati, a ~ opti of, 148 Sagina Reu teri, 11 n, C. E. ; Epilo bium collinum, 110: ti monium Neumani (t. 466), Salmon, E. §., Be orcad Notes, 2; Erysi phace Selpipgacanthus" nobilis Salsola Kali v Salvia “growieoln, lata Bn * 107 109; verticil- behaae 304 Seapan ia compac 208 Sehimper s Pint: yr eenen (rev.), Schumann, K K.,+ 128; his ‘ Prakti- kum’ (rey.), 315 a Plants, 12, 88, 89, 110, 119, 156, 186, 306 Se cine mar itimus, 305 Sclerochloa loliacea, 208 Scrophularia Ehrhatti, 313 Sen —_ Bon tatus,* 378; sular : 874; pooulifertes® 875 ; Prichardi,* 8 Shoolbred, W. A., Monmouthshire plants Siderits nee 39 magellanicum, 329 Sladen Memorial Fund, £ Small’s ‘Flor Southeastern U.S.’ (rev gs = A. L., Klean s Rostpilze : Cte 55: ‘Cereal Rusts (rev Sodiro’ s ‘Flora pada 192 399 Solander’s MS. Florula Capensis, 63 ae laces s,* 105 Spi a Statie gate: 353: pun si Sg 369 — umbrosa and neglecta, 151, Siemonits noctia Step’s ¢ Trees 8, "5 eye on Sternonitis) “99 Stevens's coer ers (rey.), 123 Stevenson, John,} 6 St r ) | Sibalatis acuation, 114 Svida, 57 Symphyostemon narcissoides, 326 Thompson, H. S8., Flowers at sta- tion, 56; Deschampsia discolor, Thomson’ 8 ‘ Botany Rambles,’ 214 eee aa B a" ie oS mM © = a) oS 1 ownsend, F., Galium_ sylvestre, 240 Transvaal, Not tes from, 2 Tremac anthus * Roberti Ks 456), 33 Trichamphora pestle: 132 Trichia lutescens, 186; varia, 137 Trifolium rales var. Townsendii, Tristagma infletum,* 325 Udotea javensis* (t. 466), 364 Urtica dioica var. ees 10 ——— padifolium, 46 ; vacil- ns, Valerian, cultivated, 320 Verben a bonariensis, 870 nemorosa, 114; ariation in flowers of, 140 stagnina, 31 Wakefield, T.,+ 95 Waller on Blaze Currents, 213 400 INDEX. aor G. R., Lemna polyrrhiza, | vue F. N., Hieracium os 35 ns, Ward on Trees, 318 a : Warnstorf's ‘ Kryptogamenfiora,’ (rev.), 271; his Prodromus FI. Brit. (rev.), ’99; on Neawmnalaaall Watson, W., ae election as A.L.S., 126, 158 A eens s ‘Manual,’ 158 West, G. 2 Mee ie Lancashiré Lichens, Algw (t. 464), 281; his British Sgude ag Algze (rev.), 387 Wi ie Plant-notes, 166 W., 3 British Wood's ‘ Natal Plants,’ 948, 319 Wo est Desmidiacew (rev.), 38 odruffe-Peacock, E. A., Lincoln- Wheldon, J. Che aie one shire Plant- Ae 5; * Flora of 208 ; Lancashire Lichens, 255 Halifax’ (rev v.), 24 ; his * Rock- White, J. W., Stellaria ukboea scil Flora’ (rev.), ate Barbarea intermedia, and Sclero- Woodward, B. B., St. Hilaire’s ~ Pinetos usuelles,’ 86 vba chloa ols cea Whitwell, W., "Salvia verticillata, Wright’s ‘Diospyros in Ceylon’ 9 (rev.), 188 Wilkinson, W. H., Ralpacsbive Lichens, 111 Xylophragma, 32 ; CORRECTIONS 3, 1. 12 from bottom, for “ laniflora ”’ read eae et xon 27, 1. 18 from bottom, after ‘‘ park” a for ‘* Mo pnopatrinia ”’ oe ° Monandropatriniass dec Poy vel.” ie 9, 1. 17 from top, for “ Sternonitis” read ‘ Stemoniis. . 15 from top, for ‘‘ seaweed” read *‘ se ard.” 242, 1. 32 from bottom, supply ‘‘ W.” before ‘ 260, 1. 19 from bottom, for “ lobiferare’’ read ‘ ‘ lobifiea i 1. 16 from bottom, for “ Triglochium ” read ‘‘Trig on 2 hele aa from bottom, substitute ‘‘ FREDERIK WILHELM CHRISTIAN re aah DP, pe a 16 Dek top, after ‘“‘ Leicestershire’ add ‘* Northampton- shire bet ef ed et Ph el for © en = 297,1: 7 rom bottom, for ‘‘ 1804” soem 104.” P. », 332; 1. - from top, for “464” read ‘+4 3 Fr. 353, ne from bottom, add ‘‘ James Brarrren ”’; 1. 6, for ‘* 1818 read WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., PRINTERS, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E. C. SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR 1904 ARE NOW DUE. ees, No. 493 JANUARY, 1904 Vol. XLII JOURNAL BRITISH JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., THE OF BOTANY AND FOREIGN EDITED. BY F.L.8. CONTENTS DULAU & Price Que Shilling and Eightpence PAGE PAGE R. Brown’s List of Madeira Plants. cords, 1903.—Atriplez rosea in By James Brrrrex, Ss. Sussex.—Salsola Kali var. tenut- folia.. — Chaizti. — Viola ons Pisak ose e Flan By G- lutea in Somerset.—Cestr are og P.L.S.. 9 vosum.— Polygonum cuspidatum 26 Le as ag hg Willd. Recs A: 'B. Renpr. 10 | Norices or Booxs:— _— Bat Fiighland Plants (1903). a ns aetna - 2 Piodioeital Pies Billa a Wasting 3 Notes punk the Trans- - _ Freverre N. Wiams - IY. e : uD F.LS. Csinsalittady <2 Coe Book-Notes, News, ie. oat Epipactis ae By Anraur ae t, F.L.8.. oe a ee . Suont Rorss. — Leicestershire Re- # BINA Gane, AE ( LONDOS | NEWMAN & CO., 64, HATTON GARDEN, E. C. CO., SOHO SQUARE BRITISH AND "FOREIGN EDITED BY | JAMES BRITTEN, i m: Gi; Fr. L.S. ed in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. y r. Henry Trimen, who, . G. Baker and Mr. § er ar ' t been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that Sonora of primary importance bearing — this subject has remained unnoticed. | eas ser mae gee have ne received and continue to receive derabl - of many obseur ions any oft has from the frst’ been controlled by ance with the National Herbarium has enabled 3 pages for recording facts of interest and importance ig the ts ta tleat collections mena: the Museum contains. fod became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing to the number of papers sent for publication: the number of plates was at the same time augmented. Poe Subscriptions (16s. post free) roi ona adc rage {not later than the 24th of rain month) should be sent to Wzs & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, London: 9 gone for publication pr inte. tor review to Tue Eprror, 41, Boston Bond, Bre The coemrsins for 1884 to 1895 co bore = had, price I4s. each, or £7 10s. the set: of some of these very few copie The volumes from 1896 to 1902 “ rn had at the usual price, £1 Is. each. : AUTHORS a COPIES.—Contributors are presented with six thei $ printed in the Journan or Botany. Authors who require é€ pu Sie ep = to notify this and state the type may ia regret before ae eopies are as under fe “Beles Bs. 8 pages ony 6s. CO je BOTANICAL DRYING PAPER _ For Drying Flowering Plants, Ferns, & Sea-weeds. Preserves form and colour in the best possible manner, and en if oes requires change of sheets whilst the plants are being dried ; is stout and oe, Used by the Arctic ships, and on the cruise of aM, "8. ‘ Challenger.’ 2m in. by 10 when folded, 15s. per ream, 1s.1d. per quire, il 19s. 1s. 4d. “3 ae r O99. 95h Vg ee 3077-16 04. 3 be. 8d. oy, A PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE ALIEN FLORA OF GREAT BRITAIN. By - T. DUNN, B.A. sei 8vo, 30 pp. Price 5d. post free. By the same Author. 4 : LORA OF SOUTH-WEST SURREY, in- eluding Leatherhead, Dorking, Guildford, Godalming, Farn- a8 ham, and Haslemere. A portable field-guide. Crown 8vo, 122 pp.;” — cloth. Price 3s.; postage 3d. London: WEST, NEWMAN é CO., 54, Hatton Garden, EC, | ‘Ow ike ‘koe every Month, price 1s. panes, Subscription, 12s., post Bas a TH ZO0OL0GIST. The Recognised MONTHLY JOURNAL of NATURAL HISTORY Eprrep sy W. L, DISTANT. oo ; On the lst of every Month, aber ee 63. @ year, post: ea to any cal of world. y Dts ENTOMOLOGIST. ee An Illustrated Journal of General Entomology. Lithographed Plates by the best Entomological Artists, and frequent Woodeuts. Eprreo sy RICHARD SOUTH, F.E.S. London: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL & CO, (Limited). WEST, NEWMAN é& CO., 54, Hatton Garden. Journal of Botany Reprints. 204 pp. Demy 8vo, Crore EXTRA, Price 6s. 6b. net. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX _ DECEASED BRITISH a IRISH BOTANISTS -™ _ JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., cia’ & G. 8. BOULGER, F.L.S. Pre. 198-222, Pack Is. 6p. wer. Ae ‘First Supplement to the Above (1893- a97- ) j “By JAMES E. - BAGNALL, ALS. Demy §8vo, eerie ls. 6p. KEY TO THE RENERA AND SPECIES BRITISH “MOSSES. me THE Rey. H. G. JAMESON, M.A. 16 pp. waa eos Pine is. as KEY TO BRITISH HEPATICA, By SYMERS MACVICAR, M.A. . oh oa Ra Ren venom ars OF the above, with the exception of the Biographical Index, Ww copies TF ‘ Cheha — application should be made TIONS FOR 1904 ARE DUE. _ PEBRUARY, 1904 Vol. XLII THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., PL CONTENTS PaGk 7 Mons. A. Robert's Matto Grosso | Lexicon Generum Phanerogama-” Plants. —I. (Plate 456) . rum in no : R. Brown’s List of Madeira P’ eras pede aa pigs: in in ri rH am Bareras, Bia rae 9 recentia medio auctore Tom von ara Post: opus revisum et auetum Leicestershire fchens, 1886—1903. ab Ovro Kont By A. BR. Horwoop 47 dex Kewensis Practirnan ‘Pha. j| Lincolnshire Aran ied By pac Ap OODRUFFE- abyent £. oe : fies, um, 1902. By .: FBS. eS Sort rina — Filago minima.— Westmoreland Plants. — Cteno- egg tus: a Correction.— Vaccinium vacilians—Discelé nudum in Northants. — Po: Heimii inland.— Wild Flowers \ at a Railway Station.—Bromus maximus cashire .. 654 Novices or Surriement.—Notes Flora of t are “South heastern sen ings for ‘English tod ay States. By Joun K,Smaun,Ph.D. 56 F.N. A. Garry, M. At (continu WEST, LONDON NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, E.C. DULAU & GO., SOHO SQUARE Price One Shilling and Fightpence tte JOURNAL OF BOTANY. BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., F.L.S. Sp we Jounnat OF Borany was pats in 18638 by Dr. Seemann. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. © Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the o%4 cr 10s. a. YF LEWIS'S. MEDICAL AND ) SCIENTIFIC “CIRCULATING LIBRARY. Annual Subscription, Town or Country, from 1 Guinea, BIOLOGY, es CHEMISTRY, ENTOMOLOGY, ZOOLOGY, &c. : Send for Detailed Prospectus. ‘ ‘LEWIS'S QUARTERLY LIST of NEW BOOKS and NEW EDITIONS added to the Library. This List gives the nett price and postage of each book, and is of great service to ER 130, GOWER STREET, LONDON, w.c. PRELIMINARY LIST: OF THE ALIEN FLORA OF GREAT BRITAIN. By 8. T. DUNN, B.A. Royal 8vo, 30 pp. Price 5d. post free. By the-same Author, PLORA OF. SOUTH-WEST SURREY, in- eluding Leatherhead, Dorking, Guildford, Godalming, Farn- ham, and Haslemere. A portable field-guide. Crown 8vo, 122 pp., ie cloth. Price 3s.; postage 3d. BOTANICAL DRYING PAPER mer Drying Flowering Plants, Ferns, & Sea- weeds. Be Lo in. tes 10 when folded, 15s. en ream, 1s. ld. eet ee il 19s. Is. 4d. 20 joo ee de 238. ‘- Is. 8d. ne 0 oO: eo We i 2a 8E OS, Jondon: WEST, NEWMAN € 00., 54, Hatton Garden, Ee. OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS. ANNALS OF BOTANY. = Edited by fssac Bayer Bursoth” A: .F#.S.,: of the seni cot agate D. H. Scort, MLA, W. , Farrow, M.D., of "Basved g MA, Ph.D., PIL. . the Roya al Gardens, University, U.S.A. ; assisted by othe ¢ Botanile: Vol. XVIII. No. LXIX. . Royal Svo, ig 2 covers. With 11 Plates and 34 Figures in the 14s. CONTENTS.—Lawson, A. A., The Gametophyis, Sieicres ke enn and Embryo of Sequoia Senet! —W: H., The ucleo lus and Nucl Division in ¢ ot-apex of pbape olus. — Wonspe LL, W. o The Structure ind Morphology of the’ ‘Ovule.”’—Cavers, F., On the Structure anc d Biology of Fegatella spans iae M. €., On the Oceurrende of Ce lose a the Xylem © of Woody Siems.—Wuuaaams, J. Luoyp, Studies in the Dictyotacew ; 1. The ae As of the MPefrasporanginm and the Gerniinatitig Tetraspore. ears ENSON, Mis sium Seotti, a New Species of Telangium ( Caly mmatotheca), showing Structure. “dae London: HENRY FROWDE, Oxford University Press Warehouse, Amen Corner. Journal of Botany Reprints. 204 pp. Demy 8vo, Crore EXTRA, Price 6s. 6p. net, BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX DECEASED BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.LS., & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. Pp, 198-222, Price 1s. 6p. ner. First Supplement to the Above (1893-97.) ‘* The utility and general aceuracy of this compilation were rendered evident in the course of its publication in the then cosaaie ah is amply confirmed oes that the Index appears revised and completed ."—Atheneum, Dec. 30, 1893. 76 ‘PP. Demy 810, Putcn 2s. | ve FLORA OF ree By JAMES E, BAGNALL, A.L.S. Demy 8vo, Puce Is. 6p. KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES BRITISH. “MOSSES, By tHe Rev. H. G. Pregl oi M.A. 16 ee. Demy 8vo, Pais ls. A KEY TO BRITISH HEPATICA. By SYMERS mecca M.A. bP * Of the above, with the ome atlon of the Biographical index, very few copies remain. For these, early application should be made to the pales amend e oe wasr, NEWMAN é Co. Ce, Piette Garden. JOURNAL OF BOTANY. BRITISH AND FOREIGN - EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G,, FES. i CONTENTS Pagans : 2 Bromus segs M ind 1 a rat | Sort Notes.—New British Ht , Hon. M.A., F.L 8, (Plat i petice, —-Flowering - season BEV ee Ny i tat 5 Ranunculus Lenormandi ous - Viola cale area as a Species By ee of Epilobium eo cut &e, a : brid Gale ottia X xEGORY cope irs 5. Ge EGoRY (Plate ye 67 ots ye OE “get : Pinas Notes on Belinge neces By Arnrau “Deschamps discolor in York- Bennett, F.L.S. (c Bie amaereg ag Oe shire .. Laigceis: Peascunic, in cae “By TH. W. Lerr &. R. Lio Notices oF Books:— a3 Prineni Me late Rev. W. H. ase Avevsrm Lev. (with Boies} 80 Notes on Dianthus: Sas Kpmenn G. ER, F.L8. LS ‘ Banks’s New toundland Plants. . Bs James Britrrex, F.L.S 34 _ Bibliographical Not ee Ga ae | eaent: XAXI-A. St. Hilsite’s ‘Plantes. | Book-Notes, ais oe ‘wanelles des ® Brasiiens” By Boke 3 “" B. Woo —Gio- __ | Suppremenr.—Notes 0! Wacsweos Sema eiehe : ae ior ‘English Botan By Gates Barres ee ae Aer wey, ree eae WEST, NEWMAN & 0., 6, HATTON GARDEN, HO. & 605 SOHO SQUARE _ JOURNAL OF BOTANY EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S. > Tu HE JouRNaL or Borany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. oP 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, Ngiase during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for ~ Ce. lon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. ect es. to occupy the vast field of Bests seg rr p r ‘punctually on the Ist of each month. While Sapa concerned - With - Systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. 2 Bapecial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, - and it may safely be said that nothing. of primary importance bearing ‘Spon this subject has remained iced. Bibliographical matters ae also seoliad and continue to receive ‘ oo" sac Reet Te ¥ of man e publications ally cox ares wai ey Decor: of eh or the’ 5 viseum, the “Sokrnal has fromthe first been controlled by se ith the National Herbarium has enabled ing the priceless collections which the Museum contains. i 1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing sage number of papers sent for publication: the number of plates was at the same time augmented. Subscri (arte oe Sil “a me oe ae later than the 24th of each month) should he sent to West, Newman & Co., 5 atton Garden, London communications for Subtiselicn xi 'b ooks for review to_ é Editor, 41, Boston Road, Brentford The Lege tes 1884 to 1895 can still be had, price 14s. ashe or £7 10s. the set: of some of these e very few copies remain The cae from 1896 to 1902-can be had at the usual price, £1 1s. each. AUTHOR’S SEPARATE COPIES. ears ag are presented with six of their papers as printed in the Jovunna or Borayy. Authors who require order from the pidiedeaas: and to raioag this and state the umber required at head of their MS.; otherwise the type may be be agivat de eae € order Is réceiv: The charges for special separate copies are as under 25 copies - om 4 pages copies” ri 8 BaP ee — 8s. Od. “30 50 . Od. im, ee ier 100 |, 10s. 6d. : asa: ab apanls Pee charged in equal proportion Seprante Titles, rappers &e., extra Just Published, New Edition of Vol. ¥; of GREEN'S MANUAL OF BOTANY. A MANUAL OF BOTANY. In Two Vols, sold separately. By J. Peni. Green, F.R.S., Professor of Botany in the Pharma- ceutical Socie Vol. © MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY. Third Edition. With 778 Engravings, 7s. 6d. Vol Il. GLASSIFICATION AND PHYSIOLOGY. Second Edition. With 466 Engravings, 10s. By the same Author. AN INTRODUCTION TO aca agro" bstanateuecal With 184 Illustrations, 10s. 6 London: J. & A. CHURCHILL, 7, Great La St. LEWIS'S MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC | CIRCULATING LIBRAR Annual Subscription, Town or Country, from 1 Guinea. BIOLOGY, BOTANY, CHEMISTRY, ENTOMOLOGY, ZOOLOGY, &c. Send for Detailed Prospectus. LEWIS'S QUARTERLY LIST of NEW BOOKS and NEW TIONS added to ws Library. ‘This List gives the nett price and postage of each book, and is of great service to BOOK BUYERS. 136, GOWER STREET, LONDON, W.c. os TO BE so Lb. LARGE HERBAL, with several ae in bes good con 4% dition, from an SppCE Association. Price oe: moderate Please ened TH. FUCHS, Pranzee, gee Municx, cays as: OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS. 3 ss N ese OF BOTANY. Edited by Isaac Baxtny Bazrour, M KS, the University of os D. H. Scorr, M.A., a c ae plese ion ee: W. antow, M.D., of Harvard Vol. Journal of Botany (ot First Rta: sot .—‘ This is one of the most useful '° works on peat st “ena has ev fai roduc e author modestly admits it te be a mere compilat But it is a compa tion from the very best sources, eg : > the matter pia} sire 5 and ns information given in a clear‘and concise mann * Nu vi seguir eross references enable us to get the most out of a volume itself, ‘ann: if we want to know e, Mr. Willis tells us where to look for GRASSES : A: "HANDBOOK FOR USE ae She! Le rd AND D, Se. ‘ellow of Sidney Sussex College. Professor of Botany in the Unites - patrtin, _ dag HM a a: vi 6s. “ Botanists and agriculturists alike have gore to thank Prof. i Ward oe this. vary aeviscable addition to the literature of gra: “HE ELEMENTS OF BOTANY. By FRANCIS DARWIN, 4 MB. fea ‘ghar - Christ’s College. With 94 Tlosteatiqaams Ww ‘Benita Editi TRCHICAL PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. By FRANCIS N, MA F.R.S., and E. Bariag sah in ACTON, M.A. - Crown S8vo. ’. Second Edition A STORY or TRAVEL AND ADVENTURE. With 2 Coloured Plate, 32 Tilustrations, eins 3 arses: of the Anthor, and a Sketch h Ma ‘Demy 8: By EUGENE ANDR Re With a Preface by Dr. SCOTT KELME, a S., M. S.A., F.2Z.5 er bd the Royal A James's Gazette— lf the ieee sal important to to the eis and Ecc tet on account of the author’s discove t will prove 0 o less interest to the general reader on account of the thesia: peti it pees Punch.—* A notable addition not only to geographica knowledge, but to rare “sri tahenage of iitherts unknown birds that swarm in ‘he pathless fecal uela.”” : “London: oahu’ ELDER & CO., 15, Waterloo Place, 5.W. & Just Published, New Edition of Vol. 1. of 1GREEN’S MANUAL OF BOTANY. A MANUAL OF.BOTANY. In o Vols, sold separately. By J. Reyyotps Green, F.R.S., Professor of Bolan 4 in the Pharma- - ceutical Society. a Vol. . MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY, Third Edition. With 778 Engravings, 7s. 6d. Vol Il. CLASSIFICATION AND PHYSIOLOGY. Second Edition. With 466 Engrayings, 10s. By the same Author. AN INTRODUCTION TO VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY. | With 184 Illustrations, 10s. 6d. ‘London: J. & A. CHURCHILL, 7, Great Marlborough St. OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS. PFEFFER’S PHYSIOLOGY OF haute: cs went upon the Metabolism and Sources of Energy ants. Second Fully avis Edition, "Translated Edited by A J. EWART, D.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.S. Royal 8vo halfmorneco: Vol: I; €1-8s-; Vol If, 166, ON THE PHYSICS AND PHYSIOLOGY OF >ROTOPLASMIC | STREAMING IN PLANTS. ‘ By the same Editor. Communicated to the Royal Society by FRANCIS GOTCH, D.Se. (Oxon.), F.R.S.. Ro ae al 8vo half. morocco, with See Illustrations. 8s. 6d. n Plant World (Washington).— The work is comprehensive, pve will dispensable to all pliysiologieat botanists.” we fe ANNALS OF BOTANY. Edited by amet Banus Ba M.A., M.D., F.B.S., of the University of e% dinburgh ; eg h.D., F.R.S., of the je Gardens, Kew; W. G. Fantow, “MLD. of = University, U.S.A. ; assisted by other Botanists. Vol. XVIEL. Wee LXX. Royal 8vo, paper covers. London: HENRY FROWDE, Oxford University Press Warehouse, Amen Cor T4s. Gainedialia AUTHOR'S SEPARATE COPIES.—Contributors are p rese rg as printed in the JouBNaL OF Botany. Author ei more are requested to order fr ishers, and to nott this orate —_ the umber required at head of their otherwise the ay be ieee the order is received. The cnarges for special separate copies are as ae 25. copies. . Ss. od. 2é : | s copies 5s. | 8 pages oe me eopies ~ 4 pees ~s P eg oe ee : 7s. oo el hn re BY JAMES BRITTEN, KS, F.LS, 4 G. §. BOULGER oo : Pp. 193-222, Prick 1s. 6p. Net. Fi rst Supplement to the Above : (1893-97-) e “The utility and general aceuracy of this compilation were rendered evident in the course of its publication in the Journal Voor , and the favourable impression a received is amply co confirmed now that th Tides: appears pate and completed to date. "—Athencum, Dec. 30, 18932... * ok e. PP. teil nee Prior § Bs be JAMES E BAGNALL, ch g. Demy 8vo, ae ls. 6p. KEY TO THE GENERA AND ees BRITISH MOSSES. By roe Rev. H. G. JAMESON; ore. 16 pp. Wee ed Pee i A KEY TQ BRITISH HEPATICA. : By SYMERS MACVICAR, M.A. he above. with the -ex¢eption ' ‘of ‘Ai SBiogrephca! ties: sw COT iain. F, For these, —e plication d be made I sag 458, issued ie this number, ,latrates the fit article i in April num er. MAY. 1904 | Vol. XLII THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.8G., F.LS. ff CONTENTS PAGE PAGE Note em nag HUR Plagiotheecium piliferum in Britain. toe F.B.S., eg Prato By D. A. Jones, F-L.S. .. =». 156 losiae" (Plate 459) .- Ge Floral — among Surrey Sort rch a pean ase Violets. By Cuartes E. Barrron 140 Plan “ -di A koi of — Sabbati. M : By capac Busres: FG As Te, SORE Bee eee eee at A PLS ade Book-Notes, News, te. a ; ae ee 3 Svante Se. Sots on < the I ate ee F.N. A. Ganrx, MA, (cn LONDON EST, “NEWMAN & 00, 54, HATTON GARDEN, BE. “PULAU & CO., SOHO SQUARE | Price One Snilliy and Bightpnce BERNARD QUARITGH, 15, Piccadilly, London, A Natural History of the Riviera. fesearf NATURE NOTES. A Popular Account of t st gente Plants and Animals of the Riviera and the page a Ate ond E Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 1903. ee ae 8vo, pp. xv-402. With lates, saa 93 iicciauon in the Text. Cloth Say “Los. 6d. net. 2 v t ust be known ho he more gifted of these have ped him in his good rs will, we predict, bless their anonym ei; the inestimable s e of teaching them obs: et 76 C'est mon sécret p étre heu Bor ing his motto from wites and almost compels the casual visitor to enter ae nei rea, ag " is the most icc te) es. spent t¢ ee reap hia Sn and, as he tells the ery vot ‘the rocks come s, the beetles and the butterfl jes, he seems to and casinos to the higher j oys. Above and cat tholie in ‘his s i at he is an\ Irishman ; but he might safely have left the question of to the judgment of the percipient reader. é has his antipathies is never so palpably good-humo n he ion or crushing his favourite form | hilistine or Prig —we must adopt his own out- cellent coe of mountain scenery from the magnificent ; ia. trond Mr. Duddell, and some beautiful pictures of coast views and zone, contrib te hye Miss E. Wilmott. hee +. only a 3; aid, it is the text, with i heitouk most wicking, ite and the faithful re sane 5: de alien es tion, that constitutes the ebarm i “The ipiandard Iconography of Orchids. ORCHID ALBUM, comprising Coloured Figures ms of New, ages ee Beaatiful Orchidace oe Plants. Conducted by hale ¥.L.S., H.S., and HEN} RY WIL ans ae F.RES Figures by Jonn Nuecenr Fircu. 1882-1897. 11 Vols. bom Ato. is Galore Plates. Cloth extra (£36 6s. net), reduced pe £16 n a Lin denia” can sig angie with this m pabciong eh pan in a impo anc [great book contains but 192 Plates, and ‘ Lindenia,” complete, is almost The illustrations are aoe id ealiaed, but are true to nature. ICE STOVE and GREENHOUSE FLOWERING mprising Descriptions of upwards of peer 5 Hundred 5 and yaxpanied by Instr gees for their Cultivation and Mode of Manage- 1 Vol. han vO, dae i-378. - Profusely Tusirated. Cloth (7s. Gd. Manageme 1876. 1 Vol. Crown 8vo, pp. x-350. dino ‘Mastrated. (5m a reduced to 4s. net renee ' FERNS and eit? re Br tos Just Published, New Edition of | v v pA. GREEN'S MANUAL OF “BOTANY. A MANUAL OF pel os = In Two Vols, sold. separately. | By J. Reysoups Green, F.R.S , Professor ae Botany i in the Pha ‘ceutical care Fs 5 Vol. MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY. eal Edition. With 778 Engravings, 7s. 6d. Vol see Cc FICATION AND PHY YSIOLOGY. LASS econd Raivion. With 466 Engravings, 10s. By the same Author AN INTRODUCTION TO VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY. With 184 Illustrations, 10s. 6d \iiondon: J. & A. CHURCHILL, 7, Great Maelborongh Sh JUST PUBLISHED. By WM. R. LINTON, M.A., Shirley Vicarage, Derby. With Two Maps and One Plate. Demy 8vo, cloth, 12s. 6d. net. Conten gh nese ent ee eee Y ond edge hay and Soils and Panto bibliog raphy, &e,—Flora: Flowering Plants—Higher Cryptogams— He gt ciaeee uland abl ribution - our native botany, mer is likely to ee Id fl rs, &e., of Der jerbiyal e for some time to ¢ —-Field.. ° fd lora of Derby Bite: met an porte en place pe works of | this sade i fournal of abr ticultu ‘* The book is carefu ie oe awn iy Floras.”— Gardeners’ Chi i. - Pe ndbook of wine es eould be difficult to speak too highly.” —Gardeners" agazt oi Nenana BEMROSE & SONS, Limiren, 4. Snow Hill; and Derk JOURNAL bao dines ez Subscription = the. abo Apietae and Adve Se saree ald - West, Newman & Co., 54, Batt "Garey Faden Allcomu for publication, and books for sen hg: ad be t direct Pas a be the aes ‘and forms a valuable addition to our county - AUTHOR'S: teipcien oer Contribute are cee - -eopies of their papers 4s printed In te ourNAL oF Borany. Au o require - a ead m the publishers, aoe to ae this howd state ae : ay we otherwise the type ma. separate mt ead ot MS..; the order is received. The enarges for copies are asunder;— 25 — = eee re ‘$s. 1 8 pages 25 copies eae ae 50 - s, Od. o is: Pina s t pages Fe ee hie me 108, bd. rb cave in al proportion. gts @ Titles, te Rakin ine print: fa tena, and not remade Dy i less. IS’S MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC CIRCULATING LIBRARY. “Subscription, Town or Country, from 1 Guinea.” » BOTANY, CHEMISTRY, ENTOMOLOGY, ZOOLOGY, &c. Send for Detailed Prospectus. 3's QUARTERLY LIST of NEW BOOKS and NEW ONS added to the Library. This List gives the nett nd postage of each book, and is of great service to BUYERS. 204 pp. Demy Svo, Crorm extra, Price 6s. 6D. NET. : BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX DECEASED BRITISH Q TRISH BOTANISTS. ‘JAMES BRITTEN, K86, seer & rac i (1803 | The ati itit an eta accuracy of cee aida were ren< iered ¢€ oo . in irse of ay eceeeee ed in the x i ral of Botany, and the jurable impression en received is amply c sci! now that the Index appears revised and co mp leted ap to — ie sel Dec. 30, 1893. 76 pep. Demy Bvol ae ICE sie. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. By eee E. amas Sra ALE eae Bee: Wie 4k: Gp. KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES. BRITISH MOSSES. By toe Rev... H. G. JAMESON, M.A. if the above. with the exception of the Biographical seit ‘copies remain, hey these, early application should be ma JOURNAL OF se BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., FLEAS. CONTENTS F PAGE qa a Algee cHer, B.A.; revised and edited ie 8. Ger aor Banos) Cat by Percy Groom, } and : 60) : et Isaac BAYLEY BALFour, P. R. S., ' &e. SBE he Wilts Plant-Notes for 1903. Rey. E. 3. Marsmatn, M-A., The Bien 2 been in ws Gayle: ee 466 its cra ogy, a pees and as Tax ad si Her- R pied s List of . Madeira Plants. BERT S Wat ae 2 od The og iiattneed Ds nee eS) F975 Meee ie Pilanzenpisio ees Von Lupwie Jost, eee Notes. By Easest 8. der Univer F.L,5. . 182 ee: Nores.—Fumaria in Orkney.— — Viola. eatcarea. A Correction -- .<< i, LOO. "Nonces.6r Botan -— Sook. Rotae: peng &e. ; _ Plant- h a Physical pea Ss : Ba ogg Be ao. We Gena . | SutpLemenr. ae lor ce : EK peaah det ings for ‘ ace ene Th The on by Wi i. Foe oak ~ N. A. Garey, ae gem: pce caer et emmnettay | : _ LONDON 3 ay a _ WEST, NEWMAN rs CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, E:C. = | ce DULAU ne nee SOHO SQUARE Price Ome = and - Bightponce THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY. EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., F.L.S. jn tales | az Journat or Borany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. ) tn 1372 the editorship was assu assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, wanted it on until the end of 1879, when es left England Boys evlon. Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the e carnal has from its inception filled a position whic , even now, is sveeed by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt m medium Pp panctually om the Ist of each mouth. While — especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed Especial prominence has from the first Sick grvyen ‘e British botany, es and it may safely be said that soe of primary PLOT bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. “ Bibliographical matters have sie saabiced and contin to eecsive sore attention, and the b istory of many ‘ publications — = elucidated. — Every numb: soap a ‘sizitly indepe nder way officially tas Journak hag: Poor ‘the first been controlled by ~ ose Seasainapae = with the National Herbarium gia enabled utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance which the Museum contains. , owing arding In 1896 it t became necessary to increase ihe size of the Journ - to the number of papers sent for publication: the number of plates ted. ‘was at tlie same time augmente ‘Subscriptions (16s. post free) vey’ be alinplngyresrts Prac later than the 24th of vehoutd be soe t to Wes WMA fear 4, Hatton Garden, London communications for publication ae leew sk for rove The Editor, 41, Boston pe Brentford. The volumes for 1894 to 1895, bound in cloth, ean still be had, price 14s. each, or £7 10s. the set. AUTHOR’S SEPARATE COPIES.—Contributors are presented with six _ in the Journnan or Borany. From 1896 to 1903, bound in cloth; can be had at £1 1s. each. Authors who require > re e charges for special se 4 pages a _ 5s, | 8 pages 25 copies oe, Od. ne 6s. 50 he Just Published, New Edition of Vol. d. of GREEN’S MANUAL OF ‘BOTANY. A MANUAL OF BOTANY. In Two Vols, sold separately. . Reynoups Green, F.R.S., Professor of Botany in the Pharma- feoutical Society. : Vol. L MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY. Third Edition. With 778 Engravings, 7s. Gd. Vol Il. CLASSIFICATION AND PHYSIOLOGY. Second Edition. With 466 Engravings, 10s. By the same Author. 1TAN INTRODUCTION TO VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY. With 184 Illustrations, 10s. 6d. JUST PUBLISHED. FLORA OF DERBYSHIRE. By WM. R. LINTON, M.A., Shirley Vicarage, Derby. With Two Maps and One Plate. Demy 5vo, cloth, 12s. 6d. net. : Contents.—Introduction : Meteorology—Climate and Plants—Rocks and Soils and esos a eh aphy, &e.—Flora: Flowering Plants—Higher Cryptogams— Hepatice, Chara SD daresieoses ful and abl tion to our native botany, and i is likely to t thori he wild flowers, d&c., 0 a ori chine for some tame to come.” —-Field. th. “The ‘Flora a Der -byshire’ merits an honourable place among works of =) this nature. ”__ Journal of Horticulture. ‘« The book is caren - n up, and forms a valuable addition to our county Floras.”—Gardeners’ Chron ndbook of which f ‘soba be difficult to speak too highly. Gardeners” Mi actne 2. London: BEMROSE & SONS, Listrep, 4, Snow Hill ond 1 Dae erb Demy 8vo, 392 pp. Price 10s. 6d. net. md “THE PARISH POF HALIFAX. ns Bb. CRUMP, MA. AND 56. CROSSLAND, F.L.S. ae A DETAILED poe - SURVEY OF THE PARISH, ITS PLANT ASSOCIATIONS, ee AND ITS FLORA (2636 SPECIES). ? ie bs "}ondon: J. & A. CHURCHILL, 7, Great Marlborough St. May be had from W. B. CRUMP, 39, Aked’s Road, Halifax, Ve aga CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRES OER THE CAMBRIDGE as goente eter SERIES. General Editor—Artavr E. Snip M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Chris: x Co rg Gxeibrides a . ae Ooh eta oboe gt wr FLOWERING vbergtnbese: Syd i “ag M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in the Departmen - Botany, British tah Vol. I. —_GYMNOSPERMS and MONOCOTYLEDO* 10s. 6d. n As MANUAL abd eyo wisi OF AGL FLOWER.NG - TS AND FER WILLIS, M.A., Director of the Royal . aoe Poke "iadens, Ceylon. pes "dition Fatiact ‘i 'Re-art ranged. In One ~~ Volume, spokty Svo. 10s. 6d. eneum.—** Mr, Willis’s book contains a vast pater of careful information compressed wlan the compass of a single handy volum The whol well abreast of modern research, and a ‘thoroughly siete like palate, lueid, ’ though compac RASSEs: A HANDBOOK FOR USE IN THE FIELD AND 7 salceccigiaet By H. MARSHALL WARD, Se.D., F.R.S, With ~ $1 Figures. Crown 6s. London: C.J. aceuale Jeri aie University Press Warehouse, Ave Maria Lane. ‘Journal of Botany Reprints. 204 pp. Demy 8vo, Ciota Extra, Price 6s. 6p. NET. BIOGRAPHICAL DECEASED BRITISH 4 ? JAMES BRITTEN, KS.G., Ls. & GS. BOULGER, Pris ie oF Pe. 193-222, Price te? bay NET. ‘First wom to the Above 76 pre. any Svo, pa Ys. “ie FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. By JAMES E. BAGNALL, A.L.S. Daas ive ‘Poms Te 6p. z KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES BRITISH MOSSES. By tue Rev. H: G. JAMESON, M.A. Of the above, with the exception of the Biographical Index, ry fow — remain. - For = a ma — be made» JULY, 1904 'T AE OURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.LS. CONTENTS PAGE | Halimeda. eer Notices or Booxs :— ae late 461) .. 193 | star pe a Pilanzenanatomie. | By Dr. G. Ha . 210 Prantl's oe ea der ‘ota Edite Rie oes BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S. +> Tre Journat or Botany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. : In 1872 the ee was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, | assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer : ee ektiiod it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for s lhe Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. _ Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is - : punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with eyoteinatie botany, observations of every kind are welcom _ Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, ee and it may safely be said that poe of primary ene bearing ~ te apon | this subject has remained unnoticed. S iographical matters have ales reodived and continue to receive a achadorable attention, and ete ny obscure publications has . elucidated. - Ev very 1 t books v , the Journal has ; from the first been ¢ sontiolled by tance with the National Herbarium has enabled tl pers: its pages for recording facts of interest and peo ing z the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains In 1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing to the Sauber of papers sent for publication: the number of plates was at the same time augmented. os Subscriptions (16s. post free) and Bac peepee Aree later than the 24th of each month) should be sent to West, N & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, London os ‘communications for publieation and bobby. pre review pe The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford. The volumes for 1884 to 1895, bound in cloth, can still be had, price 14s. ist or ‘£7 10s. the set. From 1896 to 1903, bound in cloth, can be had at £1 Is. ea AUTHOR'S § SEPARATE COPIES.—Contributors are presen ted wi lore are requested to order from the publishers, and to notify this and state the sous — at head of their MS.; otherwise the type may be seabed Botane received. The charges for special — ate copies are as under :— ae ae 4s.| 4 pages 25 copies 5s og ae 25 — 8s. Od. 5s. ¥ i cos Oa 50 9s. Od. — Be tp AO 10s. 6d. aeaiee proportion. Sceataip can Just Published, New Edit om of GREEN'S. MANUAL. OF OF BOTANY. In Two Vols, sold | By 3 Taine EYNOLDS GREEN, F.R.S., Profesebi of core the ety. ceutical Societ Vol. I. MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY. Third Edition. With 778 Engravings, 7s. 6d. Vol Il. CLASSIFICATION AND PHYSIOLOGY. Second car With 466 Engravings, 10s. the same Author. ‘ AN ieee ob Uorten TO VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY With 184 Illustrations, 10s. 6d. 3 London : J. & A. CHURCHILL, 7, Great Marlborough St. LATELY PUBLISHED. FLORA. OF (DE RBYSHIRE. e . By WM. R. LINTON, M.A., Shirley Vicarage, Derby. 2 “Wan 7 “ “wo Maps and One Plate. Demy 8vo, cloth, 12s. 6d. net, = Contents. 7 base Meteorology—Climate and Plants—Roeks and a ee and Plants—Bibliography, Flora: Flowering Plants—Higher Cryptogams— Hepatice, Characex. ee “The work is a car eful and es Maugeebrth = AND OF ALL BOOKSELLERS. ie JUST PUBLISHED. “FLORA OF DE RBYSHIRE. | By WM. R. LINTON, M.A., Shirley Vicarage, Derby. With Two Maps and One Plate. Demy 8vo, cloth, 12s, 6d. net. - Contents.—Introduction :. Meteorology—Climate and Plants —Rocks and So Je and Plante bibliog pee &c.—Flora: Flowering Plante: Biigher Cryptogams— Hepaiice,. beara and re oo: wontribation to our native — andi is likely to , of Der ae shire for some time to come.’’—- Field. itis a ponpesable, place among ‘works of F this ee +ZJoi ie of. “The book is caretly rawn a Flo ras.” —Gardeners’ Chr mt ees handbook of whiell pig be ‘diftieult to speak t00 hl she : ondon: BEMROSE & SONS, Linrep, i: aay Hill: and Derby. /|Q2’Q MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC EW!S S CIRCULATING LIBRARY. Town or Country, from 1 Guinea. eure Subseri ption, BIOLOGY. BOTANY, CHEMISTRY, ByTOmOL EROEDDY,, ker ae Send for Detailed Prospectus. QUARTERLY LIST of NEW BOOKS and NEW T TONS Seed to the Library. This- List gives the nett and postage of each book, and is of great service to BOOK BUYERS. Sings GOWER STREET, LONDON, w.c. NALS OF BOTANY. Edited by Isaac Bayney Barrovr, .D., F.R.S., of the University of Edinburgh; D. H. Scorr, M.A., Ga Kew; W. e eal rdens G, Fartow, M.D., of Harvard §.A.; assisted by other Botanists volume Vol. XVIII. No. LXXI. oa 8vo, Foret covers. With 13 Plates and 8 Figu: 14s. res in the Tex ONTENTS.—Brackman, os H., On the Perication, Alternation of Gene , and General Cytology of the Uredinew.—Dar E, O. V., Obser pes on i n N, A.A., e Gametophytes, Fertilization, and E nica Gueonr, R. P., Spore-Forma n Lepto anion 3° EE, G., A Monograph of the on monies Karsion Boobs on Fe rrence of Secondary Xylem in Psilo tT, D. H., Note on the ; — Sco ence of Sigillariopsis in the Lower Coal- Weak of Britain. List of Botanical Books post-free on application. on: HENRY FROWDE, Oxford Cniversity Press Warehouse, Amen Corner, © THE PRESS. WILL BE READY SHORTLY. _ Crown 8vo. 64 pp. Price 1s. net. 1s. 2d. post free. Hints on ™ iccting. ane. A ethlny Plants. y STANLEY GUITON. ~ Pally Ti lustrated lee nging, Mounting &e. | | Naat af Botany Ri eprints, 204 pp. Demy 8vo, CiorH extra, Price 6s. 6p. NET. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX, CEASED BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. ; JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., ELS, & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. Cikicias, ) y 8vo, Pric HE FLORA OF signe | Bt JAMES E, a cae BRITISH AND JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G, F.L.S. v CONTENTS PAGE | WwW ” ee sir hwater Alew. By . Some Dartmoor Rubi. =esle S. West, M.A.,F.L.8. (Plate _ laria Ehrharti in West Biidein 464 ‘ ohne ae ana books for review. te ‘ The Editor, 41 Boston Road, hrwitosd 1884 to 1895, bound in cloth, can still be had, price 14s. — or volumes for era set. From 1896 to 1903, bound in cloth; ean be had at £1 Is. ea SEPARATE COPIES.—Contrib utors are presen — with six Geir: papers as aap ted in the Journnan or Borany. Authors who require @ requested to order from the publishers nt to notify this cid state the aia aR r IS. ; otherwise the 1 type ma. € distributed before narges for special separate copies are as under :~— 4 pages “ a 5s. Sapa 25 copies. 8s. Od. bd 50 6s. 50 bb 9s. Od. + aa 8s. S. 100 cs] 10s. 6d. : of pages to be oomdaag? in n equal piogdetiets pa gas Titles ; _ Wra rappers, &c., extra. in the J E PADMER, « Te, Yaws: *. oe ‘Hants. SIX SHILLINGS EACH. _ OUR COUNTRY’S FLOWERS, AND HOW TO KNOW. THEM. By W. J. GORDON. With 33 Full-page Coloured Plates. Crown 8vo. a UNIFORM WITH Our Country’s Animals; Our Country’s Fishes ; Our Country’s Shells ; Our Country’s Birds; Our Country’s Butterflies and Moths. Loxpon: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT & CO., Lrtrep, OF AL OKSELLERS. JUST PUBLISHED. ~ FLORA’ OF DE RBYSHIRE. By WM. R. LINTON, M.A., Shirley Vicarage, Derby. With Two Maps and One Plate. Demy 8vo, pee 12s. 6d. net. Contents roduction ea —— gy—Climate and Plants—Rocks and Soils Ke and Pla nts bibl ccrebiber} é&c.—Flora: Flowering ae ie Cryptogams— as for some time "_. Field. an d Siehaienble place see “works of eful and able Dp aerial to our native botany, mec is likely to Dore. ir t “ The Derby: ‘this nature.” —e val O, Horticulture. of * The Fook fs is carefully big and forms a valuable addition to ¢ oar. Sonccas oras.”—Gardeners’ Chro ee Ah handbook of winch’ ze woul os difficult to eae too highly.” é Sinden Magazine ~ Tondon: BEMROSE & SONS, Lumen, 4, Snow Hill; ‘and Derby, : Just Published, New Edition of Vol. 1. of | GREEN'S MANUAL OF BOTANY. | | UAL OF BOTANY. wo Vols, sold. eagerly oe it. Reynotps GREEN, F. R. S:, Paka of Solar 36 n the P - |, MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY. ae “Third Edition. With 778 Engravings, 7s. Gas = Vol I. CLASSIFICATION AND PHYSIOLOGY. | eee Second Edition. With 466 Engravings, 10s. a > arg same Author. a AN INTRODUCTION O VEGETABLE PHY SIOLOGY. Pa With 184 Tce 10s. 6d. Tondon: J. & A. CHURCHILL, 7, Great Marlborough St. NALS. OF - BOTANY. Edited by Isso Bayne Baur M.A., M.D., F.R.S., of the University of hg D. H. Scorr, M.A Ph.D. FLS., of the Royal Gardens, Kew; W. G. Fartow, M. Dy. OF Harvard sett _ University, U. ‘9.4. ; assisted by other eee The subscription price of each volume is £1 1 avomaile in advance. Intending subscribers should send their names, with Ponts o Mr. Henry Frowpr. Vol. XVIII. No. LXXI. Royal 8vo, paper covers. ze 13 Plates and = igures in the Text. 14s. CONTENTS.—Buiackman, V. H., On the Fertilization, Alternation of Guie ra * ~ tions, and General Cytology of the Uredinex —Darnisuiee, O. V., Observations on -Mamillaria elongata.—Lawson, A. A., The Gametophytes, Fertilization, and Embryo Cryptomeria jubaibas — Grecory, R. P., Spore-Formation in on Ug ag ate ‘erns.—Massex, G., A Monograph of the Genus aay ee Karsten.—Boopte, L. 1 | the Occurrence of Secondary Xylem in Psilotum. — Scorr, D. H., Note on the List of Botanical Books post-free on application. London: HENRY FROWDE, Oxford Unis ersity Press Warehouse, Amen Corner. ———— In THE PRESS. WILL BE READY SHORTLY. 34 ‘Crown 8vo. 64 pp. Price 1s. net. 1s. 2d. post free, By STANLEY GUITON. = — Chapters on Collecting’ and Equipment, Drying, Preserving and - Arranging, Mounting, &e. Pally. Illustrated. ~ al , onion: | WEST, NEWMAN “dé Oo. 64, Hatton Garden. 204 pr. Demy 8vo, Crorn Exrra, Price 6s. 6D. NET. eee BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX - DEGEASED BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. _ JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., ELS, & G. §. BOULGER, F.L-S. Pe..198-232. Pace 1s. 6p. NET. “Finst Supplement to the Above (1893-97.) a . Démy 8vo | 2 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. = By JAMES E, BAGNALL, ALS. BRITISH AND FOREIGN JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., F.L.S. CONTENTS E, M.A. sete ; | Norrces or Booxs :— Sebimbers: ot hte ee and gz iere BERT PAG Mr. peeeeth Prichard’s pom _ Devon Plants. —A Gor © Pla By A. B. Ren. a iseeagsie —Notes on the ‘English ered Babington—Lemnv te Pr PN A. Ganne, Mok. (aoe inl dale qreioei Ctatice bahusiens' ne Seat TAG JOURNAL OF BOTANY JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., F.L.S. — — nie Ea Tue Journat or Borany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. [ editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, _ assisted during part of mt time by Mr. j. . G. Baker and Mr. Spencer A nal has feat, its inception filled a position whic ee now, is Govered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium a” publication of new discoveries, and appears Saclay and mnctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned ith systematic botany, observations of every kind are weleomed. ispecial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, es acti iderable attention, pe the history of many obscure © vabteatataal has been eluci cidated. Every number contains reviews of new and ‘ ‘portant books written by competent ates : in this as in every other While im respect a strictly independaae attitude ha no way officially connected with the ‘Departinent por Bowily. a ee ines British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by _ those whose aequs oo is the National Herbarium has enabled _ them to ntilize its pag — aapaarees facts of interest and importance - regarding the piiscidae bon llections which the scaiies contains. If 1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing t6 the number of papers aan for publication: the number of slate was at the same time augmented. Subscriptions (16s. post free) mae resin oe (not later than the 24th of each month) should be sent to Wes man & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, London ; communications for publication std ates for review ‘3 The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford. The volumes for 1884 to 1895, bound in cloth, can still be had, price 14s. each, or £7 10s. the set. From 1896 to 1903, bound in cloth, can be had at £1 1s. ea ch, AUTHOR’S SEPARATE COPIES. —Contributors are presented with six copies of their papers as printed in the Journat or Borany. Authors who require mMiore are requested to order from the publishers, sit to notify this and state the umber required at head of their MS.; otherwise the type may be eager before the order is received. The charges for special separate copies 2pages 25 copies Pit 4 pages 25 — 5s. | S pages 25 copies ee Od. 5 50 5s 50, 9s. Od. 2? ” ” ” 100 7s, ve 100 5 85. ns AOR A gevilter aniber of pages to be charged in _— peop Separate Titles, — Wrappers, &c., ex arge is considerably less. Tondon: WEST, NEWMAN 4 C0., 64, Hatton Garden z Fe articles supplied as | printed 1 in the Pe, and not re-made up, a = OV AND ‘HOW TO. ‘KNOW THEM. me By W. J. GORDON. . With 33 Full- -page Coloured Plates. Crown Hoo. UNIFORM WITH POur Country’s Animals; Our Country’s Fished: 3 Our Country’s Shells ; Our Country’s Birds; 7 Our Country’s Butterflies and Moths. Lonpon: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT & CO., — D OF ALL BOOKSELLERS. ~LEWIS’S MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC CIRCULATING LIBRARY. Annual Subscription, Town or Country, from 1 Guinea. BIOLOGY, BOTANY, CHEMISTRY, ENTOMOLOGY, ZOOLOGY, &c. — Send for Detailed Prospectus. oS _ LEWIS'S QUARTERLY LIST of NEW BOOKS and NEW EDITIONS added to the Library. This List gives the nett price and postage of each book, and is of great service to | BOOK BUYERS. 4 136, GOWER STREET, LONDON we BOTANICAL DRYING PAPER ~ For Dry ers, & gee. weeny 16 in. » 10 when folded, Lbs. per ream, — 18 ll 19s 20 ee 235. a 8d. zs 962 34 26 a 30s. ns 2s. 2d. - London: WEST, NEWMAN & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, — . Just Published, New Edition of Vol. 1. of U OF BOTANY. In Two Vols, sold oan . Reynotps Green, F.R.S., Professor of Botany in the Pharma- ee Society. Vol. Il. MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY. Third Edition. With 778 Engravings, 7s. 6d. Vol Il. CLASSIFICATION AND PHYSIOLOGY. Hep ond Edition. With 466 Engravings, 10s. ‘ By the same Author. Le AN ‘INTRODUCTION TO VEGETABLE pigdbnetc With 184 Ilinstrations, 10s. 6d. : sondon: J. & A. CHURCHILL,.7, Great Marlborough St. ALS. OF BOTA NY. Baitea : i the University of. Suerte rgh; Scorr M. a £4 a a Gardens, Kew G. Fariow, M. D. are. 3 t Barware Be U. 8. A.; nei tte by other oad ns Royal 8vo, Benet covers. With 8 Plates and 7 Figures in the Text. 14s. va — Eneter, A., Plants of the Naciharn Temperate Zone in their | e High Mountains of Tropical vette — Trow, A. H., On Fertili- | e Saprolegnie, — . H., On othallus provisionally ow RNS, G. a Heierophyily = "broseepinaca palustris, L. — Forp, f Psilotum -t — Wotre, J. J., Cyto ae rical Pe ed retindeeeeibel Thermometric Movement . THE PRESS. WILL BE READY SHORTLY. " Crown Si. 64 pp. Price 1s. net. Is. *; Post free. ? —-- pints on fing a Preserving Pla | By STANLEY GUITON. ea nina Sn reel thapters on Collecting and Equipment, Drying, Preserving and anging, sarin, ke. “Fully Illustrated. Fondon: WEST, NEWMAN Gas ~~ nal of Botany Vepri ts. mn 204 pp. Demy 8vo, CLorH extra, Price 6s. 6D. NET. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX Pp. 193- -222, PRE ls. 6D. NET. (1893-97-) 76 pp. Demy Svo, Price 2s. hom _OF STAFFORDSH! THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S. =i PAGE - Notes me eran By E. Sat- orth Somerset — as ea Th (Plate 1 66) (see eed mum eee in Bucks ais Lesion and Callipsygma. By Notices or Booxs Pet He te 467) .. « jos eh el ge of the eee ri: h m i diacee. By W.& G. By A. B. ‘RENDLE, 7M. Soe z S = D. ‘Se. "(coneluded) ~ oOr 2 EST Z Biographical Index o spre an a tech ninte: By di s Brrr- . Morot and Fiisonice der Al- TEN, K.S.G., F.L. ae ann G. S. ei TepRICH Owr- ei Bouter, F. i S.,F.G.8. Se eee x ‘ -. 388 1 cs aa (1898-1902) “ on- Book-Notes, pees ie. 2 . Se ae : cluded) .. 378 Supprement.—Notes on the Draw. Sort Notes. — Mimulus Lang ee for ‘English Botany.’ By _dorjii in Bueks —Aster tae F.N. A. Garry, M.A. (eonclagemi >. LONDON WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, EC. DULAU & CO., SOHO SQUARE Price One Shilling and Eightpence i The Index and Title-page Jor 1904 are issued with this numbe Oa RNAL OF BOTANY EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., F.L.S. ——$—<$$<—<—$ JouRNAL oF Borany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. 2 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, i during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer appear lly on the ist of each month. While more especially concerned matic botany, oo of every kind are weleomed. Ls “prominence has from the r d may safely be said that EMhing of primary importance bearing eu this subject has remained unnoticed. Pidliographical matters have also received and continue to receive rable attention, and the history of many obscure publications Every uumber contains reviews of new and n by competent critics : in this as in every other strictly independent attitude has been maintained. Vaile i in ially connected with the Department of Botany of thé — useum, the Journal has from the first been ¢ Sioned by .equaintance with the ene — jum has enabled ts pages for petordine facts 0 erest and importance on @less botanical collections whiel: ae Macias comma’ im 1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing tthe number of papers sent for publication: the number of plates was at the same time augmented. Subseriptions (16s. post free) and ea. Ar later than the 24th of ack month) s should be sent to West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton sche London ; “Mications for publication and bo jks for review ts The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford. ‘ea for 1884 to 1895, bound in cloth, can still be had, price 14s. ana or From 1896 to 1903, bound in clot h, can be had at £1 1s. eac __ somos SEPARATE COPIES.—Contributors are nena with six their p = si as printed in the Journau or Botany. Authors who require order from the publi come! aaa to notify this and state the SR occiced at ead of their MS.; otherwi e type may be distri ie before eceived. charges for special Seuarane copies are as un |4pages 25 = 5s. | 8 pages 25 copies a Od. ” ; ba et, oo ae 6 100 7s. 5 8s. a 200: oye te oes A & eater number of pages to be charged in oe cb ceee Separate Titles, : Wrappers, &c., a supplied as pri sinks in the oan -_ not re-made up, the cnarge is considerably less Ww Me iN WN 60» 6 54, ae n Garden, E. P An Mistrated Jo ournal of G eee Light P Plates b ; - the best E Entomological Artists, and frequent Woodeuts Evirev sy RICHARD SOUTH, F.E.S. e- London: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL & CO. (Limited), © On the 15th of every Month, price ls. Annual Subscription, 12s., post free. '. THE ZOoLegisz - The Recognised MONTHLY JOURNAL of NATURAL HISTORY. — = Epitrep By W. L. DISTANT. 2 ies BOTANICAL DRYING PAPER — For Drying Flowering Plants, Ferns, & Sea-weeds. 3 . Preserves form and colour in the best possible manner, and seldom “= if ever, requires change of sheets whilst the plants are being drie@ it Fis stout and durable.- Used by the Arctic ships, and on the cruise of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’ 12 90° Se London: WHST, NEWMAN é Ga. as, ‘Hatton Garden Just Published, New Edition of Vol. 1. of : a GREEN'S MANUAL: OF BOTANY, "A MANUAL OF BOTANY. In Two Vols, sold separately. By J. Reyyotps Green, F.R.S., Professor of Botany in the Pharma- ceutical Society. Vol. Il. MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY. Third Edition. With 778 Engravings, 7s. 6d Vol Il. CLASSIFICATION AND PHYSIOLOGY. Second Edition. With 466 Engravings, 10s. By the same Author. AN INTRODUCTION TO VEGETABLE PHYSIOL OGY. With 184 Illustrations, 10s. 6d. ndon: J. & A. CHURCHILL, 7, Great Marlborough St a Selle b OF ‘BOTANY. E ted by Isaac BayLeEy Bitroos, ‘8., of the University of Edinburgh; D. H. Scorr, M. “Roy ardens, Kew; W. G. Farnow, M.D., of Harvard 's. ne assisted by other yes ie Ve Viti No. ae Royal 8vo, i covers. With 8 Plates and ie in a Text. 14s. PLS. 6 yu. a INTENTS. R, A., Plants of the ot esate Temperate Zone 7: their sition to the High eae = Tro opi oy. ais — EHOW, A. H., On Fertili- ? OR otum ny eats — J., Cytological -Ganone, W. F., Undeseribed Dheemeiictric Movement in Shrubs and Trees a Neen. meh 3 Jk vadon : HENRY FROWDE, Oxford University Press Warehouse, Amen Corner. NOW RHADY, Crown 8vo. 64 pp. Price 1s. net. Is. 2d. post free. Bints on ollectina and Preserving Plants. a 4 By STANLEY GUITON. — Chapters on Collecting and Equipment, Drying, Preserving and ging, M ounting, &e. Fully Hllustrated. : 5, 2 ndon : WEST, NEWMAN & tC 54, sla Garden, be » ‘ ( ~>- 204 pp. Demy 8vo, CLtotH extra, Price 6s. 6p. NET. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX JECEASED BRITISH P IRISH BOTANISTS. ; dAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G, FLS, & G. 8, BOULGER, F.LS. Pr. 193-222, Price 1s. 6p. Net. : rst Supplement to the Above - (1893-97-) 76 pp. Demy Svo, Pri E FLORA OF Sipe By JAMES E. _BAGNALL, A.LS. -